Language selection

Search

Patent 2519208 Summary

Third-party information liability

Some of the information on this Web page has been provided by external sources. The Government of Canada is not responsible for the accuracy, reliability or currency of the information supplied by external sources. Users wishing to rely upon this information should consult directly with the source of the information. Content provided by external sources is not subject to official languages, privacy and accessibility requirements.

Claims and Abstract availability

Any discrepancies in the text and image of the Claims and Abstract are due to differing posting times. Text of the Claims and Abstract are posted:

  • At the time the application is open to public inspection;
  • At the time of issue of the patent (grant).
(12) Patent Application: (11) CA 2519208
(54) English Title: CONTROLLED RELEASE COMPOSITION
(54) French Title: COMPOSITION A LIBERATION CONTROLEE
Status: Dead
Bibliographic Data
(51) International Patent Classification (IPC):
  • A61K 9/22 (2006.01)
  • A61K 9/16 (2006.01)
  • A61K 9/20 (2006.01)
  • A61K 9/48 (2006.01)
  • A61K 45/00 (2006.01)
  • A61P 1/04 (2006.01)
(72) Inventors :
  • NAGAHARA, NAOKI (Japan)
  • MIYAMOTO, KEIKO (Japan)
  • AKIYAMA, YOHKO (Japan)
(73) Owners :
  • TAKEDA PHARMACEUTICAL COMPANY LIMITED (Japan)
(71) Applicants :
  • TAKEDA PHARMACEUTICAL COMPANY LIMITED (Japan)
(74) Agent: FETHERSTONHAUGH & CO.
(74) Associate agent:
(45) Issued:
(86) PCT Filing Date: 2004-03-16
(87) Open to Public Inspection: 2004-09-30
Availability of licence: N/A
(25) Language of filing: English

Patent Cooperation Treaty (PCT): Yes
(86) PCT Filing Number: PCT/JP2004/003483
(87) International Publication Number: WO2004/082665
(85) National Entry: 2005-09-15

(30) Application Priority Data:
Application No. Country/Territory Date
2003-072858 Japan 2003-03-17

Abstracts

English Abstract




It is intended to provide a controlled release composition in which the
release of its active ingredient (a proton pump inhibitor) is controlled in
two or more steps with different release speeds. This composition, which
comprises 1) a release-controlling part A capable of controlling the release
speed of the active ingredient at a definite level, and 2) a release-
controlling part B capable of controlling the release speed of the active
ingredient at a definite level which is lower than the release speed in the
release-controlling part A, optionally together with 3) a release-controlling
part C capable of controlling the release speed of the active ingredient at a
definite level which is higher than the release speed in the release-
controlling part B, if necessary, is characterized in that the release of the
active ingredient in the release-controlling part B is first made followed by
the release of the active ingredient in the release-controlling part A (in the
case of having the release-controlling part C, the release of the active
ingredient in the release-controlling part C is first made followed by the
release of the active ingredient in the release-controlling part B).


French Abstract

Cette invention concerne une composition à libération contrôlée dans laquelle la libération du principe actif (inhibiteur de pompe à protons) est contrôlée en deux étapes ou plus et selon des vitesses de libération différentes. Cette composition qui comprend (1) une partie de contrôle de libération (A) commandant la vitesse de libération du principe actif à un niveau défini, et (2) une partie de contrôle de libération (B) commandant la vitesse de libération du principe actif à un niveau défini inférieur à la vitesse de libération de la partie de contrôle (A), avec, éventuellement, (3) une partie de contrôle de libération (C) commandant la vitesse de libération de l'ingrédient actif à un niveau défini qui est supérieur à la vitesse de commande de libération de la partie de contrôle (B), au besoin. La composition de l'invention se caractérise en ce que la libération du principe actif dans la partie de contrôle de libération (B) intervient en premier, suivie de la libération du principe actif dans la partie de contrôle de libération (A) (en présence d'une partie de contrôle de libération (C), la libération du principe actif dans ladite partie (C) se produit avec la libération dans la partie de commande de libération (B)).

Claims

Note: Claims are shown in the official language in which they were submitted.




Claims


1. A controlled release composition showing release of an
active ingredient controlled in two or more steps at
different release rates, which comprises
1) a release-controlled part A comprising a proton pump
inhibitor as an active ingredient, which is capable of
controlling release of the active ingredient to occur at a
predetermined rate; and
2) a release-controlled part B comprising a proton pump
inhibitor as an active ingredient, which is capable of
controlling release of the active ingredient to occur at a
predetermined rate lower than the release rate of the
release-controlled part A;
wherein the release of the active ingredient from the
release-controlled part B precedes the release of the active
ingredient from the release-controlled part A.

2. The controlled release composition of claim 1, further
comprising a release-controlled part C comprising an active
ingredient the same as or different from the active
ingredient contained in the release-controlled part A and/or
the release-controlled part B, which part C is capable of
controlling release of the active ingredient to occur at a
predetermined rate faster than the release rate of the
release-controlled part B;
wherein the release of the active ingredient from the
release-controlled part C precedes the release of the active
ingredient from the release-controlled part B.

3. The controlled release composition of claim 1 or 2,
wherein the release-controlled part A is coated with the
release-controlled part B.

4. The controlled release composition of claim 3, wherein the



239



release-controlled part B is coated with the release-
controlled part C.

5. The controlled release composition of claim 2, wherein the
active ingredient contained in the release-controlled part C
is a proton pump inhibitor.

6. The controlled release composition of any of claims 1 to
3, wherein the proton pump inhibitor contained in each
release-controlled part is the same or different and each is
a compound represented by the following formula (I'):

Image

wherein ring C' is a benzene ring optionally having
substituent(s) or an aromatic monocyclic heterocycle
optionally having substituent(s), R0 is a hydrogen atom, an
aralkyl group optionally having substituent(s), an acyl group
or an acyloxy group, R1, R2 and R3 are the same or different
and each is a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group optionally having
substituent(s), an alkoxy group optionally having
substituent(s) or an amino group optionally having
substituent(s), and Y is a nitrogen atom or CH,
or a salt thereof or an optically active form thereof.

7. The controlled release composition of any of claims 3 to
5, wherein the proton pump inhibitor contained in each
release-controlled part is lansoprazole or a prodrug thereof
or a salt thereof or an optically active form thereof.

8. The controlled release composition of claim 2, wherein the
active ingredient is contained in each release-controlled


240


part in a weight ratio of A:5-95%, B:5-95% and C:0-40%
(provided that when C:0%, the release-controlled part C does
not exist).

9. The controlled release composition of claim 2, wherein the
active ingredient is contained in each release-controlled
part in a weight ratio of A:20-75%, B:20-75% and C:5-30%.

10. The controlled release composition of claim 2, which is a
solid composition for oral administration, wherein the
release of the active ingredient contained in the release-
controlled part C completes within 2 hr after administration.

11. The controlled release composition of claim 1 or 2,
wherein the release-controlled part B is a sustained-release
matrix comprising an active ingredient and a hydrophilic
polymer.

12. The controlled release composition of claim 1 or 2,
wherein the release-controlled part A is a sustained-release
matrix comprising an active ingredient and a hydrophilic
polymer.

13. The controlled release composition of claim 1 or 2,
wherein the release of the active ingredient from the
release-controlled part B is maintained for 1-18 hr.

14. The controlled release composition of claim 1 or 2,
wherein the release of the active ingredient from the
release-controlled part A is maintained for 30 min - 6 hr.

15. The controlled release composition of claim 2, wherein
the release from the release-controlled part C is immediate
release.

241



16. The controlled release composition of claim 1 or 2,
wherein the dosage form is selected from the group consisting
of tablet, granule, pellet and capsule.

242


Description

Note: Descriptions are shown in the official language in which they were submitted.




CA 02519208 2005-09-15
DESCRIPTION
CONTROLLED RELEASE COMPOSITION
Technical Field
The present invention relates to a controlled release
s composition showing a multistep release profile with
different release rates, which is afforded by combining
release-controlled parts in multi-layers, where the release
of an active ingredient is controlled.
Background Art
io An oral preparation is a dosage form most frequently
used among pharmaceutical products. Many oral preparations
capable of maintaining drug efficacy with the administration
of once or twice a day have been developed in recent years to
improve QOL. While synthesis of compounds showing kinetics
zs of sustained drug efficacy with the administration of once or
twice a day has been tried in the synthetic stage of the
compound itself, the kinetics are quite often modified by
designing a long acting preparation with ingenuity in
formulation.
2o As the dissolution property of a long acting
preparation, which is suitable for prolonged blood
concentration of a drug, zero-order release has been
reported. This is based on an idea that, when absorbability
of a drug from the gastrointestinal tract does not show
Zs changes depending on the absorption sites, prolonged drug
concentration in plasma can be achieved by releasing the drug
at a constant rate over the whole area in the
gastrointestinal tract (small intestine, large intestine)
after taking a preparation. However, the inside of the
3o gastrointestinal tract is not the same, and pH, amount of
digestive juice, mechanical force on the preparation,
effective surface area and the like vary depending on the
sites. Thus, a preparation that shows zero-order dissolution
in an in vitro dissolution test does not necessarily show
1



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
similar dissolution property and absorbability in the
gastrointestinal tract. Depending on the kind of the drug to
be an active ingredient, the blood concentration cannot be
maintained within an effective therapeutic range for a long
s period of time. Therefore, a development design of a long
acting preparation, which is based on a different release-
control strategy suitable for drug property and environment
in the gastrointestinal tract, has been desired (e.g., WO
99/51209, JP-B-6-11699, JP-A-9-143073, Eur. J. Pharm. Sci.,
so 1: 195-201 (1994)).
Controlled release preparations containing, as an
active ingredient, a compound having a proton pump inhibitory
activity such as omeprazole and the like are generally
described in some literatures (US 2002-0051814, JP-A-2002-
is 532425). However, there is no report yet on the release-
control strategy that should be employed to achieve desired
sustained drug efficacy.
It is an object of the present invention to provide a
long acting preparation, wherein the release of the active
2o ingredient (e.g., proton pump inhibitor) is controlled in
multisteps, and the active ingredient is released in the
gastrointestinal tract over a long period of time.
Disclosure of the Invention
The present inventors considered that a desired blood
2s concentration could not be maintained in the large intestine
where the amount of digestive juice decreases, because
dissolution of a drug (proton pump inhibitor) from a
preparation is markedly lower than predicted in vitro. To
prevent decrease in the drug dissolution property and
so absorbability in the large intestine, they tried to develop a
preparation showing a dissolution pattern where the drug
dissolution property in the last half, which corresponds to
the dissolution from the lower small intestine to near the
large intestine, is promoted (higher release rate). As a
2



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
result, by coating a core showing immediate release or
sustained release with relatively fast drug dissolution with
a composition containing a drug and a sustained-release base
material at a ratio different than that of the core, they
have succeeded in realizing a sustained release in the first
half due to the drug dissolution from the coated layer and
immediate release or sustained release with an increased
release rate in the last half due to the drug dissolution
from the core. Furthermore, by coating the controlled
to release composition with a drug containing-composition
showing immediate release, they have succeeded in improving
the initial rise of the drug blood concentration after oral
administration, and conducted further studies, which resulted
in the completion of the present invention.
15 Accordingly, the present invention relates to
[1] a controlled release composition showing release of an
active ingredient controlled in two or more steps at
different release rates, which comprises
1) a release-controlled part A comprising a proton pump
2o inhibitor as an active ingredient, which is capable of
controlling release of the active ingredient to occur at a
predetermined rate; and
2) a release-controlled part B comprising a proton pump
inhibitor as an active ingredient, which is capable of
25 controlling release of the active ingredient to occur at a
predetermined rate lower than the release rate of the
release-controlled part A;
wherein the release of the active ingredient from the
release-controlled part B precedes the release of the active
so ingredient from the release-controlled part A,
[2] the controlled release composition of the above-mentioned
[1], further comprising a release-controlled part C
comprising an active ingredient the same as or different from
the active ingredient contained in the release-controlled
3



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
part A and/or the release-controlled part B, which part C is
capable of controlling release of the active ingredient to
occur at a predetermined rate faster than the release rate of
the release-controlled part B;
wherein the release of the active ingredient from the
release-controlled part C precedes the release of the active
ingredient from the release-controlled part B,
[3] the controlled release composition of the above-mentioned
[1] or [2], wherein the release-controlled part A is coated
to with the release-controlled part B,
[4] the controlled release composition of the above-mentioned
[3], wherein the release-controlled part B is coated with the
release-controlled part C,
[5] the controlled release composition of the above-mentioned
i5 [2], wherein the active ingredient contained in the release-
controlled part C is a proton pump inhibitor,
[6] the controlled release composition of any of the above-
mentioned [1] to [3), wherein the proton pump inhibitor
contained in each release-controlled part is the same or
Zo different and each is a compound represented by the following
formula (I')
Rz
_ R~ \ Ra
C
J--S-CHZ
l0 0 Y
R
wherein ring C' is a benzene ring optionally having
substituent(s) or an aromatic monocyclic heterocycle
optionally having substituent(s), R° is a hydrogen atom, an
25 aralkyl group optionally having substituent(s), an acyl group
or an acyloxy group, R1, RZ and R3 are the same or different
and each is a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group optionally having
substituent(s), an alkoxy group optionally having
substituent(s) or an amino group optionally having
4



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
substituent(s), and Y is a nitrogen atom or CH,
or a salt thereof or an optically active form thereof,
[7] the controlled release composition of any of the above-
mentioned [3] to [5], wherein the proton pump inhibitor
contained in each release-controlled part is lansoprazole or
a prodrug thereof or a salt thereof or an optically active
form thereof,
[8] the controlled release composition of the above-mentioned
[2], wherein the active ingredient is contained in each
to release-controlled part in a weight ratio of A:5-95~, B:5-95~
and C:0-40~ (provided that when C:O~, the release-controlled
part C does not exist),
[9] the controlled release composition of the above-mentioned
[2], wherein the active ingredient is contained in each
is release-controlled part in a weight ratio of A:20-75~, B:20-
75~ and C:5-30%,
[10] the controlled release composition of the above-
mentioned [2], which is a solid composition for oral
administration, wherein the release of the active ingredient
2° contained in the release-controlled part C completes within 2
hr after administration,
[11] the controlled release composition of the above-
mentioned [1] or [2], wherein the release-controlled part B
is a sustained-release matrix comprising an active ingredient
2s and a hydrophilic polymer,
[12] the controlled release composition of the above-
mentioned [I] or [2], wherein the release-controlled part A
is a sustained-release matrix comprising an active ingredient
and a hydrophilic polymer,
3° [13] the controlled release composition of the above-
mentioned [1] or [2], wherein the release of the active
ingredient from the. release-controlled part B is maintained
for 1-18 hr,
[14] the controlled release composition of the above-



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
mentioned [1] or [2], wherein the release of the active
ingredient from the release-controlled part A is maintained
for 30 min - 6 hr,
[15] the controlled release composition of the above-
mentioned [2], wherein the release from the release-
controlled part C is immediate release,
[1&] the controlled release composition of the above-
mentioned [1] or [2), wherein the dosage form is selected
from the group consisting of tablet, granule, pellet and
io capsule, and the like.
The controlled release composition of the present
invention shows a drug release profile characterized by a
sustained drug release in the first and middle stages or
middle stage, and a more rapid drug release in the last
15 stage, and when used as a proton pump inhibitor preparation
for oral administration, it provides an effect in that it
improves drug dissolution property in the lower small
intestine - near the large intestine and maintains an
effective drug blood concentration for an extended period of
2o time .
Brief Description of the Drawings
Fig. 1 shows drug dissolution profiles of the
controlled release compositions of the present invention
containing the release-controlled parts A and B [preparation
1 (O) and preparation 2 (~)] and a sustained-release
preparation having the same composition as that of the
release-controlled part B [comparative preparation 1 (~j and
comparative preparation 2 (~)], wherein the vertical axis
shows dissolution rate ($) and the transverse axis shows time
30 (hj after the start of the test.
Fig. 2 shows a drug dissolution profile of the
controlled release composition of the present invention
containing the release-controlled parts A, B and C
[preparation 3], wherein the vertical axis shows dissolution
6



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
rate ($) and the transverse axis shows time (h) after the
start of the test.
Fig. 3 shows drug dissolution profiles of the
controlled release composition of the present invention
s containing the release-controlled parts A, B and C
[preparation 14 (~)] and a sustained-release preparation
consisting of a single release-controlled part [comparative
preparation 3 (*)], wherein the vertical axis shows
dissolution rate ($) and the transverse axis shows time (h)
1° after the start of the test.
Fig. 4 shows the time-course changes in the drug blood
concentration in beagle dogs after oral administration of
[preparation 14 (~)] or [comparative preparation 3 (*)],
wherein the vertical axis shows drug blood concentration
is (~g~mL) and the transverse axis shows time (h) after oral
administration.
Best Mode for Embodying the Invention
The controlled release composition of the present
invention shows release of an active ingredient, which is
2° controlled in two or more steps with different release rates,
and has at least two release-controlled parts (release-
controlled part A and release-controlled part B) containing
the active ingredient (the active ingredients contained in
the release-controlled part A and the release-controlled part
2s g may be the same or different).
As used herein, the ~release-controlled part" means a
functional unit containing an active ingredient, which is
capable of controlling release of the active ingredient to
occur at a predetermined rate. When one release-controlled
so part is coated with other release-controlled part, said other
part defines the start of the control of release from the
release-controlled part inside the coating, by way of
disintegration and dissolution thereof, but other than that,
it is not involved in the control of release of the active
7



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
ingredient from said one release-controlled part. For
example, when the above-mentioned release-controlled part A
is coated with the release-controlled part B, release of the
active ingredient contained in the release-controlled part A
starts upon disintegration, dissolution and the like of the
release-controlled part B to expose the release-controlled
part A, after the completion or during the release (release
of the majority of the active ingredient has been completed)
of the active ingredient from the release-controlled part B.
io The release thereafter is controlled by the release-
controlled part A.
The release-controlled part A is a functional unit
responsible for the final release controlling step
(corresponding to dissolution of oral preparation in the
15 lower small intestine to near the large intestine) of the
controlled release composition of the present invention,
wherein the release of the active ingredient is controlled in
two or more steps, and acts as an immediate release part or a
sustained release part (second sustained release part) where
2o the release rate of the active ingredient is faster than in
the release-controlled part B mentioned below. In the
present specification, the "immediate release part" is a
release-controlled part showing an active ingredient release
profile characterized by immediate release, and the immediate
25 release means that the dissolution rate of an active
ingredient at 30 min after the start of the test is not less
than 85~ when the Japanese Pharmacopoeia Dissolution Test
Method 2 (Paddle Method) is performed using a suitable test
solution (500 mL or 900 mL) at a paddle rotation of 100 rpm.
3D As used herein, as the test solution, for example, a test
solution is used, which shows the concentration of an active
ingredient of not more than 1/3 of the saturated solubility
of the active ingredient, when the active ingredient in a
preparation is dissolved by 100 in a test solution. As the
8



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
test solution, one conventionally employed in the preparation
technical field, such as water, buffer and the like, is used.
For a dissolution test of the active ingredient of the
release-controlled part A, the solution 2 of the Japanese
Pharmacopoeia dissolution test or water is preferably used.
On the other hand, in the present specification, the
"sustained release part" is a release-controlled part showing
an active ingredient release profile characterized by
sustained release, and the sustained release means that the
1° dissolution rate of an active ingredient at 30 min after the
start of the test is less than 85% when the Japanese
Pharmacopoeia Dissolution Test Method 2 (Paddle Method) is
performed using a suitable test solution (500 mL or 900 mL)
at a paddle rotation of 100 rpm. As used herein, as the test
zs solution, those similar to the above-mentioned are used.
When the release-controlled part A is a sustained release
part, the release rate VA of the active ingredient from the
release-controlled part is not particularly limited as long
as it satisfies the above-mentioned definition of the
ao sustained release and is greater than the release rate V$ of
the active ingredient from the release-controlled part B, but
preferably, the dissolution rate of the active ingredient at
30 min after the start of the test in the above-mentioned
dissolution test is 15-85$, more preferably 25-85$, further
preferably 50-85~.
Alternatively, the release profile of the active
ingredient from the release-controlled part A is also
characterized in that the sustained release of the active
ingredient from the release-controlled part A preferably
so occurs for about 30 min - about 6 hr, more preferably about
30 min - about 3 hr, when the controlled release composition
of the present invention is applied to the intended use
(e. g., upon oral administration in the case of an oral
preparation).
9



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
When the release-controlled part A is an immediate
release part, the release-controlled part may be an active
ingredient itself. It is preferable that it should contain,
in addition to the active ingredient, a carrier acceptable in
the field relating to the use of the composition (e. g.,
pharmacologically acceptable carrier in the case of a
pharmaceutical composition).
The active ingredient to be contained in the release-
controlled part A is not particularly limited, and various
zo substances effective for the prophylaxis or treatment of
diseases [for example, anti-inflammatory drugs such as
indomethacin, acetoaminophen and the like, analgesics such as
morphine and the like, cardiovascular system acting drugs
such as diazepam, diltiazem and the like, antihistamine drugs
i5 such as chlorpheniramine maleate and the like, antitumor
drugs such as fluorouracil, aclarubicin and the like,
hypnotics such as midazolam and the like, anti-congestion
drugs such as ephedrine and the like, diuretics such as
hydrochlorothiazide, furosemide and the like, bronchodilators
2o such as theophylline and the like, antitussives such as
codeine and the like, antiarrhythmic drugs such as quinidine,
digoxin and the like, anti-diabetic drugs such as
tolbutamide, pioglitazone, troglidazone and the like,
vitamins such as ascorbic acid and the like, anticonvulsant
2s agents such as phenytoin and the like, topical anesthetics
such as lidocain and the like, adrenal cortex hormones such
as hydrocortisone and the like, drugs acting on the central
nervous system such as donepezil (trade name: aricept, Eisai
Co., Ltd.) and the like, anti-hyperlipidemic agents such as
so pravastatin and the like, antibiotics such as amoxicillin,
cefalexin and the like, dipeptidylpeptidase (DPP)-IV
inhibitors useful for the prophylaxis or treatment and the
like of diabetes, steroid Cl~,2o lyase inhibitors useful for
the prophylaxis or treatment and the like of prostate cancer



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
and breast cancer, gastric motility enhancers such as
mosapride, cisapride and the like, therapeutic drugs for
gastritis, stomach esophagus reflux symptoms and stomach and
duodenal ulcer, such as HZ-blockers (e. g., famotidine,
ranitidine, cimetidine etc.), benzimidazole proton pump
inhibitors (PPI) (e.g., lansoprazole, prodrugs thereof and
optically active forms thereof (R form and S form, preferably
R form), omeprazole and optically active forms thereof (S
form: esomeprazole), rabeprazole and optically active forms
zo thereof, pantoprazole and optically active forms thereof
etc.), imidazopyridine PPIs (e.g., tenatoprazole etc.) and
the like], detergent components, flavors, fertilizers,
deodrants, animal and disinfectants, insecticides,
herbicides, plant growth control substances and the like can
15 be mentioned.
Preferably, the active ingredient is PPI, steroid Cl~,zo
lyase inhibitor or DPP-IV inhibitor, more preferably PPI.
Specific examples of these active ingredients are shown in
the following.
2o A. Proton pump inhibitor (PPI)
As PPI, acid-labile imidazole compounds represented by
the following formula (I'), particularly acid-labile
benzimidazole compounds represented by (I), such as
lansoprazole, an optically active form thereof and the like,
2s imidazole compound derivatives (prodrug type PPI) represented
by the following formulas (II) and (III), which are
relatively stable to acid, salts thereof and optically active
forms thereof and the like can be particularly mentioned.
11



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
Rz
R1 \ R3
~ c~')
---S-CH2
Y
Ro
wherein ring C' is a benzene ring optionally having
substituent(s) or an aromatic monocyclic heterocycle
optionally having substituent(s), R° is a hydrogen atom, an
aralkyl group optionally having substituent(s), an acyl group
s or an acyloxy group, R1, RZ and R3 are the same or different
and each is a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group optionally having
substituent(s), an alkoxy group optionally having
substituent(s) or an amino group optionally having
substituent(s), and Y is a nitrogen atom or CH.
to Of the compounds represented by the above-mentioned
formula (I'), a compound wherein ring C' is a benzene ring
optionally having substituent(s) is particularly represented
by the following formula (I).
Rz
R~ R3
S-CHZ Y/
0
That is, in the formula (I), ring A is a benzene ring
is optionally having substituent (s) , and R°, R1, R2, R3 and Y are
as defined in the above-mentioned formula (I').
In the aforementioned formula (I), a preferable
compound is a compound wherein ring A is a benzene ring
optionally having substituent(s) selected from a halogen
2° atom, an optionally halogenated C1_g alkyl group, an
optionally halogenated C1_4 alkoxy group and a 5- or 6-
membered heterocyclic group, R° is a hydrogen atom, an
12



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
optionally substituted aralkyl group, an acyl group or an
acyloxy group, R1 is a C1_6 alkyl group, a C1-6 alkoxy group, a
C1-6 alkoxy-C1_6 alkoxy group or a di-C1_6 alkylamino group, RZ
is a hydrogen atom, a C1_6 alkoxy-Cl_6 alkoxy group or an
optionally halogenated C1-6 alkoxy group, R3 is a hydrogen atom
or a C1_6 alkyl group, and Y is a nitrogen atom.
Particularly preferred is a compound represented by the
formula (Ia):
R2
R4 \ R~ \ R3
N
/ /'-S-CHZ ~ / Vila)
~N ~ N
I
H
wherein R1 is a C1_3 alkyl group or a C1_3 alkoxy group, RZ is a
C1_3 alkoxy group optionally halogenated or substituted by a
C1-3 alkoxy group, R3 is a hydrogen atom or a C1_3 alkyl group,
and R4 is a hydrogen atom, an optionally halogenated C1_3
alkoxy group or a pyrrolyl group (e. g., 1-, 2- or 3-pyrrolyl
group) .
15 In the formula (Ia) , a compound wherein Rl is a C1_3
alkyl group, RZ is an optionally halogenated C1_3 alkoxy group,
R3 is a hydrogen atom, and R4 is a hydrogen atom or an
optionally halogenated C1-3 alkoxy group is particularly
preferable.
In the compound represented by the above-mentioned
formula (I) [hereinafter to be referred to as compound (I)),
as the ~substituent" of the ~benzene ring optionally having
substituent(s)" for ring A, for example, a halogen atom, a
cyano group, a nitro group, an alkyl group optionally having
2s substituent(s), a hydroxy group, an alkoxy group optionally
having substituent(s), an aryl group, an aryloxy group, a
carboxy group, an acyl group, an acyloxy group, a 5- to 10-
membered heterocyclic group and the like can be mentioned.
About 1 to 3 of these substituents may be substituted on the
13



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
benzene ring. When the number of the substituents is not
less than 2, the respective substituents may be the same or
different. Of these substituents, a halogen atom, an alkyl
group optionally having substituent(s), an alkoxy group
optionally having substituent(s) and the like are preferable.
As the halogen atom, fluorine, chlorine, bromine atom
and the like can be mentioned. Fluorine is particularly
preferable.
As the ~alkyl group" of the "alkyl group optionally
io having substituent(s) ", for example, a C1_~ alkyl group (e.g. ,
methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl,
tert-butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl group and the like) can be
mentioned. As the ~substituent" of the ~alkyl group
optionally having substituent(s)", for example, a halogen
15 atom, a hydroxy group, a C1_6 alkoxy group (e. g., methoxy,
ethoxy, propoxy, butoxy etc.), a C1_6 alkoxy-carbonyl group
(e. g., methoxycarbonyl, ethoxycarbonyl, propoxycarbonyl group
etc.), a carbamoyl group and the like can be mentioned,
wherein the number of these substituents may be about 1 to 3.
2o When the number of the substituents is not less than 2, the
respective substituents may be the same or different.
As the "alkoxy group" of the ~alkoxy group optionally
having substituent(s)", for example, a C1_6 alkoxy group
(e. g., methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, isopropoxy, butoxy,
25 isobutoxy, pentoxy etc.) and the like can be mentioned. As
the "substituent" of the ~alkoxy group optionally having
substituent(s)", those similar to the ~substituent" of the
above-mentioned "alkyl group optionally having
substituent(s)" can be mentioned, and the number of the
3o substituents is also similar.
As the "aryl group", for example, a C6_1q aryl group
(e. g., phenyl, 1-naphthyl, 2-naphthyl, biphenyl, 2-anthryl
group etc.) and the like can be mentioned.
As the ~aryloxy group", for example, a C6_14 aryloxy
14



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
group (e. g., phenyloxy, 1-naphthyloxy, 2-naphthyloxy group
etc.) and the like can be mentioned.
As the ~acyl group", for example, formyl,
alkylcarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl, carbamoyl, alkylcarbamoyl,
alkylsulfinyl, alkylsulfonyl groups and the like can be
mentioned.
As the ~alkylcarbonyl group~, a C1-6 alkyl-carbonyl
group (e.g., acetyl, propionyl group etc.) and the like can
be mentioned.
to As the ~alkoxycarbonyl group", for example, a C1_s
alkoxy-carbonyl group (e. g., methoxycarbonyl, ethoxycarbonyl,
propoxycarbonyl, butoxycarbonyl group etc.) and the like can
be mentioned.
As the "alkylcarbamoyl group", a N-G1_6 alkyl-carbamoyl
is group (e.g., methylcarbamoyl, ethylcarbamoyl group etc.), a
N,N-diCl_6 alkyl-carbamoyl group (e. g., N,N-dimethylcarbamoyl,
N,N-diethylcarbamoyl group etc.) and the like can be
mentioned.
As the ~alkylsulfinyl group", for example, a C1_~
zo alkylsulfinyl group (e. g., methylsulfinyl, ethylsulfinyl,
propylsulfinyl, isopropylsulfinyl group etc.) can be
mentioned.
As the ~alkylsulfonyl group", for example, a C1_~
alkylsulfonyl group (e. g., methylsulfonyl, ethylsulfonyl,
25 propylsulfonyl, isopropylsulfonyl group etc.) can be
mentioned.
As the ~acyloxy group", for example, an
alkylcarbonyloxy group, an alkoxycarbonyloxy group, a
carbamoyloxy group, an alkylcarbamoyloxy group, an
3o alkylsulfinyloxy group, an alkylsulfonyloxy group and the
like can be mentioned.
As the ~alkylcarbonyloxy group", a Cl-6 alkyl-
carbonyloxy group (e. g., acetyloxy, propionyloxy group etc.)
and the like can be mentioned.



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
As the ~alkoxycarbonyloxy group", for example, a C1-s
alkoxy-carbonyloxy group (e. g., methoxycarbonyloxy,
ethoxycarbonyloxy, propoxycarbonyloxy, butoxycarbonyloxy
group etc.) and the like can be mentioned.
s As the ~alkylcarbamoyloxy group", a C1_s alkyl-
carbamoyloxy group (e. g., methylcarbamoyloxy,
ethylcarbamoyloxy group etc.) and the like can be mentioned.
As the ~alkylsulfinyloxy group", for example, a C1-~
alkylsulfinyloxy group (e. g., methylsulfinyloxy,
to ethylsulfinyloxy, propylsulfinyloxy, isopropylsulfinyloxy
group etc.) can be mentioned.
As the ~alkylsulfonyloxy group", for example, a C1_~
alkylsulfonyloxy group (e. g., methylsulfonyloxy,
ethylsulfonyloxy, propylsulfonyloxy, isopropylsulfonyloxy
is group etc.) can be mentioned.
As the ~5- to 10-membered heterocyclic group", for
example, a 5- to 10-membered (preferably 5- or 6-membered)
heterocyclic group containing, besides carbon atoms, one or
more (e. g., 1-3) hetero atoms) selected from a nitrogen
2° atom, a sulfur atom and an oxygen atom, can be mentioned, and
as specific examples, 2- or 3-thienyl group, 2-, 3- or 4-
pyridyl group, 2- or 3-furyl group, 1-, 2- or 3-pyrrolyl
group, 2-, 3-, 4-, 5- or 8-quinolyl group, 1-, 3-, 4- or 5-
isoquinolyl group, 1-, 2- or 3-indolyl group and the like can
2s be mentioned. Of these, preferred is a 5- or 6-membered
heterocyclic group such as 1-, 2- or 3-pyrrolyl group and the
like.
Ring A is preferably a benzene ring optionally having 1
or 2 substituents selected from a halogen atom, an optionally
so halogenated C1_4 alkyl group, an optionally halogenated Cl_4
alkoxy group and a 5- or 6-membered heterocyclic group.
In the above-mentioned formula (I'), as the "aromatic
monocyclic heterocycle" of the ~aromatic monocyclic
heterocycle optionally having substituent(s)" for ring C',
26



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
for example, a 5- or 6-membered aromatic monocyclic
heterocycle such as furan, thiophene, pyrrole, oxazole,
isoxazole, thiazole, isothiazole, imidazole, pyrazole, 1,2,3-
oxadiazole, 1,2,4-oxadiazole, 1,3,4-oxadiazole, furazan,
s 1,2,3-thiadiazole, 1,2,4-thiadiazole, 1,3,4-thiadiazole,
1,2,3-triazole, 1,2,4-triazole, tetraxole, pyridine,
pyridazine, pyrimidine, pyrazine, triazine etc., and the like
can be mentioned. As the ~aromatic monocyclic heterocycle"
for ring C', the ~benzene ring optionally having
to substituent(s)" for the above-mentioned ring A and the
~pyridine ring optionally having substituent(s)" are
particularly preferable. The ~pyridine ring optionally
having substituent(s)" for ring C' may have, at substitutable
position(s), 1 to 4 substituents similar to the ~benzene ring
Is optionally having substituent(s)" for the above-mentioned
ring A.
The position where the ~aromatic monocyclic
heterocycle" of the ~aromatic monocyclic heterocycle
optionally having substituent(s)" is condensed with the
2o imidazole moiety is not particularly limited.
In the above-mentioned formula ( I' ) or ( I ) , as the
~aralkyl group" of the ~aralkyl group optionally having
substituent (s) " for R°, for example, a C~-16 aralkyl group
(e.g. , C6_lo arylCl_6 alkyl group such as benzyl, phenethyl etc.
2s and the like) and the like can be mentioned. As the
~substituent" of the ~aralkyl group optionally having
substituent(s)", those similar to the ~substituent" of the
above-mentioned ~alkyl group optionally having
substituent(s)" can be mentioned, wherein the number of the
3o substituents is about 1 to 4. When the number of the
substituents is not less than 2, the respective substituents
may be the same or different.
As the ~acyl group" for R°, for example, the "acyl
group" described as a substituent for the above-mentioned
17



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
ring A can be mentioned.
As the ~acyloxy group" for R°, for example, the
"acyloxy group" described as a substituent for the above-
mentioned ring A can be mentioned.
Preferable R° is a hydrogen atom.
In the above-mentioned formula (I') or (I), as the
~alkyl group optionally having substituent(s)" for R1, R2 or
R3, the ~alkyl group optionally having substituent(s)"
described as a substituent for the above-mentioned ring A can
to be mentioned.
As the ~alkoxy group optionally having substituent(s)"
for R1, R2 or R3, the ~alkoxy group optionally having
substituent(s)" described as a substituent for the above-
mentioned ring A can be mentioned.
15 As the ~amino group optionally having substituent(s)"
for R1, R2 or R3, for example, an amino group, a mono-C1-s
alkylamino group (e.g., methylamino, ethylamino etc.), a
mono-C6_14 arylamino group (e. g., phenylamino, 1-naphthylamino,
2-naphthylamino etc.), a di-C1_6 alkylamino group (e. g.,
Zo dimethylamino, diethylamino etc.), a di-C6_14 arylamino group
(e. g., diphenylamino etc.) and the like can be mentioned.
Preferable R1 is a C1-6 alkyl group, a C1_6 alkoxy group,
a C1_6 alkoxy-C1-6 alkoxy group or a di-C1-6 alkylamino group.
More preferable R2 is a C1_3 alkyl group or a C1_3 alkoxy group.
2s preferable RZ is a hydrogen atom, a C1_6 alkoxy-C1-s
alkoxy group or an optionally halogenated C,__6 alkoxy group.
More preferable R3 is a C1_3 alkoxy group optionally
halogenated or substituted by a C1_3 alkoxy group.
Preferable R3 is a hydrogen atom or a C1-6 alkyl group.
3o More preferable R3 is a hydrogen atom or a C1_3 alkyl group
(particularly a hydrogen atom).
Preferable Y is a nitrogen atom.
As specific examples of compound (I), the following
compounds can be mentioned.
18



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
2-[[[3-Methyl-4-(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)-2-
pyridinyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-imidazole (lansoprazole), 2-
[[(3,5-dimethyl-4-methoxy-2-pyridinyl)methyl]sulfinyl]-5-
methoxy-1H-benzimidazole, 2-[[[4-(3-methoxypropoxy)-3-methyl-
2-pyridinyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazole sodium salt, 5-
difluoromethoxy-2-[[(3,4-dimethoxy-2-
pyridinyl)methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazole and the like.
Of these compounds, lansoprazole, i.e., 2-[[[3-methyl-
4-(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)-2-pyridinyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-
io benzimidazole is particularly preferable.
Besides the above-mentioned PPI of benzimidazole
compound, PPI of an imidazopyridine compound can be
preferably applied to the present invention. As the PPI of
such imidazopyridine compound, for example, tenatoprazole can
I5 be mentioned.
The compound (I') including the above-mentioned
compound (I) and imidazopyridine compounds may be racemates
and may be optically active forms such as R-form, S-form and
the like. For example, an optically active form of
zo lansoprazole, namely, optically active forms such as (R)-2-
[[[3-methyl-4-(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)-2-
pyridinyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazole and (S)-2-[[[3-
methyl-4-(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)-2-
pyridinyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazole and the like are
25 particularly preferable for the present invention. While
lansoprazole, lansoprazole R-form and lansoprazole S-farm and
the like axe generally preferable in crystal forms, since
they are stabilized by processing into preparations as
mentioned blow and more stabilized by adding a basic
so inorganic salt and further forming an intermediate coating
layer, not only crystals but also amorphous forms can be
used.
As the salts of compound ( I ' ) and compound ( I ) ,
pharmaceutically acceptable salts are preferable. For
19



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
example, salts with inorganic bases, salts with organic
bases, salts with basic amino acids and the like can be
mentioned.
As preferable examples of the salts with inorganic
bases, for example, alkali metal salts such as sodium salt,
potassium salt and the like; alkaline earth metal salts such
as calcium salt, magnesium salt and the Like; ammonium salt
and the like can be mentioned.
As preferable examples of the salts with organic bases,
to for example, salts with alkylamines (trimethylamine,
triethylamine and the like), heterocyclic amines (pyridine,
picoline and the like), alkanolamines (ethanolamine,
diethanolamine, triethanolamine and the like),
dicyclohexylamine, N,N'-dibenzylethylenediamine and the like
15 can be mentioned.
As preferable examples of the salts with basic amino
acids, for example, salts with arginine, lysine, ornithine
and the like can be mentioned.
Of these salts, preferred axe alkali metal salts and
2o alkaline earth metal salts. Sodium salt is particularly
preferable.
Compounds (I') and (I) can be manufactured by a method
known per se, and they can be manufactured by methods
described in, for example, JP-A-61-50978, USP 4,628,098, JP-
2s A-10-195068, WO 98/21201, JP-A-52-62275, JP-A-54-141783 and
the like or methods analogous thereto. The optically active
compound (I) can be obtained by a method using optical
resolution (fractional recrystallization, chiral column
method, diastereomer method, a method using microorganism or
so enzyme and the like), asymmetric oxidation and the like. A
lansoprazole R form can be also produced by a production
methods described in, for example, WO 00-78745, WO 01/83473
and the like, and the like.
As the benzimidazole compound having an antiulcer



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
activity to be used in the present invention, lansoprazole,
omeprazole, rabeprazole, pantoprazole, leminoprazole,
tenatoprazole (TU-199) and the like, optically active forms
thereof and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof are
preferable, and lansoprazole, an optically active form
thereof, particularly R form are more preferable. While
lansoprazole, an optically active form thereof, particularly
R form are preferably crystals, they may be amorphous forms.
They are conveniently applied to prodrugs of these PPIs.
to As preferable prodrugs of these, prodrugs encompassed
in compound (I) or (I'), and additionally, compounds
represented by the following formulas (II) and (III) can be
mentioned.
C ~--S ~ N-
N ~g~
-~ R ~ ~X /~
N
.....W
I
p' (II)
~X2
D2
G
z5 As the compound represented by the above-mentioned
formula (II) [hereinafter to be referred to as compound
(II)], for example, compounds described in WO 03/105845 can
be mentioned. Namely, in compound (II), it is a compound
wherein ring B is a ~pyridine ring optionally having
2o substituent ( s ) "
The pyxidine ring of the "pyridine ring optionally
having substituent(s)" for ring B optionally has 1 to 4
substituents at substitutable positions thereof. As the
substituents, for example, a halogen atom (e. g., fluorine,
25 chlorine, bromine, iodine etc.), a hydrocarbon group
optionally having substituent(s) (e.g., alkyl group having 1
21



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
to 6 carbon atoms such as methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl
group etc., and the like), an amino group optionally having
substituent(s) (e.g., amino; amino group mono- or di-
substituted by alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms such as
s methylamino, dimethylamino, ethylamino, diethylamino group
etc., and the like), an amido group (e.g., formamido, C1-3
acylamino group such as acetamido etc., and the like), a
lower alkoxy group optionally having substituent(s) (e. g.,
alkoxy group having I to 6 carbon atoms such as methoxy,
io ethoxy, 2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy, 3-methoxypropoxy group etc.,
and the like), a lower alkylenedioxy group (e. g., C1_3
alkylenedioxy group such as methylenedioxy, ethylenedioxy
etc., and the like) and the like can be mentioned.
As the substituent which the substituent of the
1s "pyridine ring optionally having substituent(s)" for ring B
may have, for example, a halogen atom (e. g., fluorine,
chlorine, bromine, iodine etc.), a lower alkyl group (e. g.,
alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms such as methyl, ethyl,
propyl group etc., and the like), a lower alkenyl group
20 (e.g., alkenyl group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms such as
vinyl, allyl group etc., and the like), a lower alkynyl group
(e.g., alkynyl group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms such as
ethynyl, propargyl group etc. and the like), a cycloalkyl
group (e. g., cycloalkyl group having 3 to 8 carbon atoms such
2s as cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl group
etc. and the like), a lower alkoxy group (e. g., alkoxy group
having 1 to 6 carbon atoms such as methoxy, ethoxy group
etc., and the like), a vitro group, a cyano group, a hydroxy
group, a thiol group, a carboxyl group, a lower alkanoyl
3o group (e. g., formyl; C1_6 alkyl-carbonyl group such as acetyl,
propionyl, butyryl group etc., and the like), a lower
alkanoyloxy group (e. g., formyloxy; C1-6 alkyl-carbonyloxy
group such as an acetyloxy, propionyloxy group etc., and the
like) , a lower alkoxycarbonyl group (e. g. , C1-6 alkoxy-
22



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
carbonyl group such as methoxycarbonyl, ethoxycarbonyl,
propoxycarbonyl group etc., and the like), an
aralkyloxycarbonyl group (e. g., C~_11 aralkyloxy-carbonyl
group such as benzyloxycarbonyl group etc., and the like), an
aryl group (e. g., aryl group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms such
as phenyl, naphthyl group etc., and the like), an aryloxy
group (e. g., aryloxy group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms such
as phenyloxy, naphthyloxy group etc., and the like), an
arylcarbonyl group (e.g., C6_19 aryl-carbonyl group such as
io benzoyl, naphthoyl group etc., and the like), an
arylcarbonyloxy group (e. g., C6_14 aryl-carbonyloxy group such
as benzoyloxy, naphthoyloxy group etc., and the like), a
carbamoyl group optionally having substituent(s) (e. g.,
carbamoyl; carbamoyl group mono- or di-substituted by alkyl
is group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, such as methylcarbamoyl,
dimethylcarbamoyl group etc., and the like), an amino group
optionally having substituent(s) (e. g., amino; amino group
mono- or di-substituted by alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon
atoms, such as methylamino, dimethylamino, ethylamino,
2o diethylamino group etc., and the like) and the like can be
mentioned, with no particular limitation on the number of
substituents and substitution positions.
While the number of substituents and substitution
positions of "pyridine ring optionally having substituent(s)"
25 for ring B are not particularly limited, it is preferable
that 1 to 3 of the above-mentioned substituents be
substituted at any of the 3-, 4- and/or 5-positions) on the
pyridine ring.
As the "pyridine ring optionally having substituent(s)"
so for ring B, 3-methyl-4-(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)-2-pyridyl is
preferable.
In the present invention, ring C is a benzene ring
optionally having substituent(s)" or an "aromatic monocyclic
heterocycle optionally having substituent(s)", which is
23



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
condensed with the imidazole moiety, with preference given to
the former.
The benzene ring of the "benzene ring optionally having
substituent(s)" for ring C optionally has 1 to 4 substituents
at substitutable positions thereof. As the substituents, for
example, a halogen atom (e. g., fluorine, chlorine, bromine,
iodine etc.), a hydrocarbon group optionally having
substituent(s) (e. g., alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms
such as methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group etc., and
jo the like), an amino group optionally having substituent(s)
(e. g., amino; amino group mono- or di-substituted by alkyl
group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, such as methylamino,
dimethylamino, ethylamino, diethylamino group etc., and the
like), an amido group (e. g., formamido, C1-3 acylamino group
such as acetamido etc., and the like), a lower alkoxy group
optionally having substituent(s) (e.g., alkoxy group having 1
to 6 carbon atoms such as methoxy, ethoxy, difluoromethoxy
group etc., and the like), a lower alkylenedioxy group (e. g.,
C1_3 alkylenedioxy group such as methylenedioxy, ethylenedioxy
2o etc., and the like) and the like can be mentioned.
As the substituent which the substituent of the
"benzene ring optionally having substituent(s)" for ring C
may have, for example, a halogen atom (e. g., fluorine,
chlorine, bromine, iodine etc.), a lower alkyl group (e. g.,
alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, such as methyl,
ethyl, propyl group etc., and the like), a lower alkenyl
group (e.g., alkenyl group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms such as
vinyl, allyl group etc., and the like), a lower alkynyl group
(e.g., alkynyl group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms such as
3o ethynyl, propargyl group etc., and the like), a cycloalkyl
group (e. g., cycloalkyl group having 3 to $ carbon atoms such
as cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl group
etc., and the like), a lower alkoxy group (e. g., alkoxy group
having 1 to 6 carbon atoms such as methoxy, ethoxy group
24



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
etc., and the like), a vitro group, a cyano group, a hydroxy
group, a thiol group, a carboxyl group, a lower alkanoyl
group (e. g., formyl; C1_6 alkyl-carbonyl group such as acetyl,
propionyl, butyryl group etc., and the like), a lower
alkanoyloxy group (e. g., formyloxy; Ci-6 alkyl-carbonyloxy
group such as acetyloxy, propionyloxy group etc., and the
like), a lower alkoxycarbonyl group (e. g., C1_6 alkoxy-
carbonyl group such as methoxycarbonyl, ethoxycarbonyl,
propoxycarbonyl group etc., and the like), an
io aralkyloxycarbonyl group (e. g., C~_z~ aralkyloxy-carbonyl
group such as benzyloxycarbonyl group etc., and the like), an
aryl group (e. g., aryl group having 6 to I4 carbon atoms such
as phenyl, naphthyl group etc,, and the like), an aryloxy
group (e. g., aryloxy group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms such
I5 as phenyloxy, naphthyloxy group etc., and the like), an
arylcarbonyl group (e.g., C6-is aryl-carbonyl group such as
benzoyl, naphthoyl group etc., and the like), an
arylcarbonyloxy group (e. g., C6_14 aryl-carbonyloxy group such
as benzoyloxy, naphthoyloxy group etc., and the like), a
2o carbamoyl group optionally having substituent(s) (e. g.,
carbamoyl; carbamoyl group mono- or di-substituted by alkyl
group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, such as methylcarbamoyl,
dimethylcarbamoyl group etc., and the like), an amino group
optionally having substituent(s) (e. g., amino; amino group
25 mono- or di-substituted by alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon
atoms, such methylamino, dimethylamino, ethylamino,
diethylamino group etc., and the like) and the like can be
mentioned, with no particular limitation on the number of
substituents and substitution portions.
so As the "benzene ring optionally having substituent(s)"
for C ring, benzene ring is preferable.
As the "aromatic monocyclic heterocycle" of the
"aromatic monocyclic heterocycle optionally having
substituent(s)" for ring C, for example, a 5- or 6-membered



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
aromatic monocyclic heterocycle such as furan, thiophene,
pyrrole, oxazole, isoxazole, thiazole, isothiazole,
imidazole, pyrazole, 1,2,3-oxadiazole, 1,2,4-oxadiazole,
1,3,4-oxadiazole, furazan, 1,2,3-thiadiazole, 1,2,4-
s thiadiazole, 1,3,4-thiadiazole, 1,2,3-triazole, 1,2,4-
triazole, tetrazole, pyridine, pyridazine, pyrimidine,
pyrazine, triazine and the like, and the like can be
mentioned. Of these "aromatic monocyclic heterocycles" for
ring C, pyridine ring is particularly preferable. It may
to have 1 to 4 substituents similar to those of the "benzene
ring optionally having substituent(s)" for ring C at the
substitutable positions thereof.
The position where the ~aromatic monocyclic
heterocycle" of the "aromatic monocyclic heterocycle
is optionally having substituent(s)" is fused with an imidazole
moiety is not particularly limited.
In the present invention, X1 and X2 are each an oxygen
atom or a sulfur atom. Both X1 and X2 are preferably oxygen
atoms.
In the present invention, W is a "divalent chain
hydrocarbon group optionally having substituent(s)", or a
divalent group represented by the formula:
Wt-Z Wz
wherein W1 and W2 are each a "divalent chain hydrocarbon
group" or a bond, and Z is a divalent hydrocarbon ring group
2s optionally having substituent(s)", a "divalent heterocyclic
group optionally having substituent(s)", an oxygen atom, SOn
wherein n is 0, 1 or 2, or >N-E wherein E is a hydrogen atom,
a hydrocarbon group optionally having substituent(s), a
heterocyclic group optionally having substituent(s), a lower
so alkanoyl group, a lower alkoxycarbonyl group, an
aralkyloxycarbonyl group, a thiocarbamoyl group, a lower
alkylsulfinyl group, a lower alkylsulfonyl group, a sulfamoyl
26



- CA 02519208 2005-09-15
group, a mono-lower alkylsulfamoyl group, a di-lower
alkylsulfamoyl group, an arylsulfamoyl group, an arylsulfinyl
group, an arylsulfonyl group, an arylcarbonyl group, or a
carbamoyl group optionally having substituent(s), when Z is
s an oxygen atom, SOn or >N-E, W1 and WZ are each a ~divalent
chain hydrocarbon group". Particularly, W is preferably a
~divalent chain hydrocarbon group optionally having
substituent (s) "
As the ~divalent chain hydrocarbon group" of the
~divalent chain hydrocarbon group optionally having
substituent(s)" for W and the ~divalent chain hydrocarbon
group" for W1 or W2, for example, a C1_6 alkylene group (e. g. ,
methylene, ethylene, trimethylene etc.), a CZ_6 alkenylene
group (e. g., ethenylene etc.), a CZ_6 alkynylene group (e. g.,
is ethynylene etc.) and the like can be mentioned. The divalent
chain hydrocarbon group for W may have 1 to 6 substituents
similar to those for the ~benzene ring optionally having
substituent(s)" for ring C at substitutable positions
thereof.
2o As the ~divalent chain hydrocarbon group" of the
~divalent chain hydrocarbon group optionally having
substituent(s)" for W and the ~divalent chain hydrocarbon
group" for W1 or W2, a methylene group and an ethylene group
are preferable. As W, an ethylene group is particularly
2s preferable. When Z is an oxygen atom, SOn or >N-E (n and E
are as defined above), the ~divalent chain hydrocarbon group"
for W1 is preferably a hydrocarbon group having 2 or more
carbon atoms.
As the ~hydrocarbon ring" of the ~divalent hydrocarbon
3o ring group optionally having substituent(s)" for Z, for
example, an alicyclic hydrocarbon ring, an aromatic
hydrocarbon ring and the like can be mentioned, with
preference given to one having 3 to 16 carbon atoms, which
may have 1 to 4 substituents similar to those for the
27



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
"benzene ring optionally having substituent(s)" for ring C at
substitutable positions thereof. As the hydrocarbon ring,
for example, a cycloalkane, a cycloalkene, an arene and the
like are used.
As the cycloalkane for the "divalent hydrocarbon ring
group optionally having substituent(s)" for Z, for example, a
lower cycloalkane and the like are preferable, and, for
example, a C3_lo cycloalkane such as cyclopropane,
cyclobutane, cyclopentane, cyclohexane, cycloheptane,
io cyclooctane, bicyclo[2.2.1]heptane, adamantane etc., and the
like are generally used.
As the cycloalkene for the "divalent hydrocarbon ring
group optionally having substituent(s)" for Z, for example, a
lower cycloalkene is preferable, and, for example, C4_9
i5 cycloalkene such as cyclopropene, cyclobutene, cyclopentene,
cyclohexene, cycloheptene, cyclooctene etc., and the like are
generally used.
As the arene for the "divalent hydrocarbon ring group
optionally having substituent(s)" for Z, for example, a C6_14
2o arene such as benzene, naphthalene, phenanthrene etc., and
the like are preferable, and, for example, phenylene and the
like are generally used.
As the heterocycle for the "divalent heterocyclic
group optionally having substituent(s)" for Z, a 5- to 12-
2s membered "aromatic heterocycle" or "saturated or unsaturated
non-aromatic heterocycle" containing, as ring-constituting
atoms (ring atoms), 1 to 3 (preferably 1 or 2) kinds of at
least 1 (preferably 1 to 4, more preferably 1 or 2) hetero
atoms selected from an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom and a
3o nitrogen atom etc., and the like can be mentioned, which may
have 1 to 4 substituents similar to those for the "benzene
ring optionally having substituent(s)" for ring C at
substitutable positions thereof.
As the aromatic heterocycle for the "divalent
28



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
heterocyclic group optionally having substituent(s)" for Z,
an aromatic monocyclic heterocycle, an aromatic fused
heterocycle and the like can be mentioned.
As the "aromatic monocyclic heterocycle", for example,
a 5- or 6-membered aromatic monocyclic heterocycle such as
furan, thiophene, pyrrole, oxazole, isoxazole, thiazole,
isothiazole, imidazole, pyrazole, 1,2,3-oxadiazole, I,2,4-
oxadiazole, 1,3,4-oxadiazole, furazan, 1,2,3-thiadiazole,
1,2,4-thiadiazole, 1,3,4-thiadiazole, 1,2,3-triazole, 1,2,4-
1° triazole, tetrazole, pyridine, pyridazine, pyrimidine,
pyrazine, triazine etc., and the like can be mentioned.
As the "aromatic fused heterocycle", for example, a 8-
to 12-membered aromatic fused heterocycle such as benzofuran,
isobenzofuran, benzothiophene, isobenzothiophene, indole,
isoindole, 1H-indazole, benzimidazole, benzoxazole, 1,2-
benzisoxazole, benzothiazole, 1,2-benzisothiazole, 1H-
benzotriazole, quinoline, isoquinoline, cinnoline,
quinazoline, quinoxaline, phthalazine, naphthyridine, purine,
pteridine, carbazole, carboline, acridine, phenoxazine,
2° phenothiazine, phenazine, phenoxathiin, thianthrene,
phenanthridine, phenanthroline, indolizine, pyrrolo[1,2-
b]pyridazine, pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridine, imidazo[1,2-
a]pyridine, imidazo[1,5-a]pyridine, imidazo[1,2-b]pyridazine,
imidazo[1,2-a]pyrimidine, 1,2,4-triazolo[4,3-a]pyridine,
2s 1,2,4-triazolo[4,3-b]pyridazine etc., and the like can be
mentioned.
As the saturated or unsaturated non-aromatic
heterocycle for the "divalent heterocyclic group optionally
having substituent(s)" for Z, for example, a 3- to 8-membered
30 (preferably 5- or 6-membered) saturated or unsaturated
(preferably saturated) non-aromatic heterocycle (aliphatic
heterocycle) such as oxirane, azetidine, oxetane, thietane,
pyrrolidine, tetrahydrofuran, tetrahydrothiophene,
piperidine, tetrahydropyran, tetrahydrothiopyran, morpholine,
29



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
thiomorpholine, piperazine, azepane, oxepane, thiene,
oxazepane, thiazepane, azocane, oxocane, thiocane, oxazocane,
thiazocane etc., and the like can be mentioned. These may be
oxo-substituted and may be, for example, 2-oxoazetidine, 2-
oxopyrrolidine, 2-oxopiperidine, 2-oxazepane, 2-oxazocane, 2-
oxotetrahydrofuran, 2-oxotetrahydropyran, 2-
oxotetrahydrothiophene, 2-oxothiane, 2-oxopiperazine, 2-
oxooxepane, 2-oxooxazepane, 2-oxothiepane, 2-oxothiazepane,
2-oxooxocane, 2-oxothiocane, 2-oxooxazocane, 2-oxothiazocane
io and the like.
The two bonds from the ~hydrocarbon ring group" of the
~divalent hydrocarbon ring group optionally having
substituent(s)" or the ~heterocyclic group" of the ~divalent
heterocyclic group optionally having substituent(s)" for Z
15 may be present at any possible position.
The ~hydrocarbon group optionally having
substituent(s)" and ~heterocyclic group optionally having
substituent(s)" for E are as defined in the following.
As the ~lower alkanoyl group" for E, for example,
2o formyl, a C1_6 alkyl-carbonyl group such as acetyl, propionyl,
butyryl, isobutyryl etc., and the like can be used.
As the "lower alkoxycarbonyl group" for E, for
example, a C1_6 alkoxy-carbonyl group such as methoxycarbonyl,
ethoxycarbonyl, propoxycarbonyl, butoxycarbonyl etc., and the
25 like are used.
As the ~aralkyloxycarbonyl" for E, for example, a C~_,_1
aralkyloxy-carbonyl group such as benzyloxycarbonyl etc., and
the like are used.
As the ~lower alkylsulfinyl group" for E, for example,
3o a C1_6 alkylsulfinyl group such as methylsulfinyl,
ethylsulfinyl etc., and the like are used.
As the ~lower alkylsulfonyl group" for E, for example,
a C1_6 alkylsulfonyl group such as methylsulfonyl,
ethylsulfonyl etc., and the like are used.



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
As the ~mono-lower alkylsulfamoyl group" for E, for
example, a mono-C1_6 alkylsulfamoyl group such as
methylsulfamoyl, ethylsulfamoyl etc., and the like are used.
As the ~di-lower alkylsulfamoyl group" for E, for
example, a di-C1_6 alkylsulfamoyl group such as
dimethylsulfamoyl, diethylsulfamoyl etc., and the like are
used.
As the ~arylsulfamoyl group" for E, for example, a C6-to
arylsulfamoyl group such as phenylsulfamoyl,
io naphthylsulfamoyl etc., and the like are used.
As the ~arylsulfinyl group" for E, for example, a C6-zo
arylsulfinyl group such as phenylsulfinyl, naphthylsulfinyl
etc., and the like are used.
As the ~arylsulfonyl group" for E, for example, a C6_lo
is arylsulfonyl group such as phenylsulfonyl, naphthylsulfonyl
etc., and the like are used.
As the ~arylcarbonyl group" for E, for example, a C6-to
aryl-carbonyl group such as benzoyl, naphthoyl etc., and the
like are used.
2° The ~carbamoyl group optionally having substituent(s)"
for E is, for example, a group of the formula -CONRZR3 wherein
RZ and R3 are each a hydrogen atom, a hydrocarbon group
optionally having substituent(s) or a heterocyclic group
optionally having substituent(s), and in the formula -CONRZR3,
25 RZ and R3 may form a ring together with the adjacent nitrogen
atom, and the like.
In the present invention, R is a ~hydrocarbon group
optionally having substituent(s)" or a "heterocyclic group
optionally having substituent(s)", and R can be bonded to W.
3o pf these, a C1-6 hydrocarbon group optionally having
substituent (s) is preferable and a lower (C1-6) alkyl group is
particularly preferable. The ~hydrocarbon group optionally
having substituent(s)" and ~heterocyclic group optionally
having substituent(s)" for R are as defined in the following.
31



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
A detailed explanation of the case where R is bonded to W is
given in the following.
In the present invention, D1 and D2 are each a bond, an
oxygen atom, a sulfur atom or >NR1, and in the formula, R1 is
s a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group optionally having
substituent(s). However, the present invention excludes a
case where both of D1 and D2 are bonds. Among others, each of
D1 and D2 is preferably a bond or an oxygen atom, and
particularly preferably, D1 is an oxygen atom and DZ is an
oxygen atom or a bond. The "hydrocarbon group optionally
having substituent(s)~ for R1 is as defined in the following.
In the present invention, G is a ~hydrocarbon group
optionally having substituent(s)~ or a "heterocyclic group
optionally having substituent(s)". Of these, a C1_s
Is hydrocarbon group optionally having substituent(s) or a
saturated heterocyclic group optionally having
substituent(s), which contains, as ring-constituting atoms, 1
to 4 hetero atoms selected from an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom
and a nitrogen atom is preferable. As G, among others, a C1-s
2o hydrocarbon group optionally having substituent(s) or a
saturated oxygen-containing heterocyclic group optionally
having substituent(s), which further contains, as ring-
constituting atoms, 1 to 3 hetero atoms selected from an
oxygen atom, a sulfur atom and a nitrogen atom is preferable.
Zs The "hydrocarbon group optionally having substituent(s)" and
~heterocyclic group optionally having substituent(s)" for G
are as defined in the following.
As the "hydrocarbon group" of the ~hydrocarbon group
optionally having substituent(s)" for the above-mentioned E,
3o R, R1 or G, for example, a saturated or unsaturated aliphatic
hydrocarbon group, a saturated or unsaturated alicyclic
hydrocarbon group, a saturated or unsaturated alicyclic-
aliphatic hydrocarbon group, an aromatic hydrocarbon group,
an aromatic-saturated or unsaturated alicyclic hydrocarbon
32



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
group and the like can be mentioned, with preference given to
those having 1 to 16, more preferably 1 to 6, carbon atoms.
As specific examples thereof, an alkyl group, an alkenyl
group, an alkynyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a cycloalkenyl
s group, a cycloalkylalkyl group, a cycloalkenylalkyl group, an
aryl group and an arylalkyl group and the like are generally
used.
For example, the ~alkyl group" is preferably a lower
alkyl group (C1_6 alkyl group) and the like, and, for example,
to a C1_6 alkyl group such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl,
butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, pentyl, 1-
ethylpropyl, hexyl etc., and the like are generally used.
For R, a lower alkyl group (C1-6 alkyl group) is preferable, a
methyl group is particularly preferable.
is For example, the ~alkenyl group" is preferably a lower
alkenyl group and the like, and, for example, a CZ_~ alkenyl
group such as vinyl, 1-propenyl, allyl, isopropenyl, butenyl,
isobutenyl, 2,2-dimethyl-pent-4-enyl etc., and the like are
generally used.
2o For example, the ~alkynyl group" is preferably a lower
alkynyl group and the like, and, for example, a CZ_6 alkynyl
group such as ethynyl, propargyl, 1-propynyl etc., and the
like are generally used.
For example, the ~cycloalkyl group" is preferably a
2s lower cycloalkyl group and the like, and, for example, a C3_to
cycloalkyl group such as cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl,
cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, cyclooctyl,
bicyclo[2.2.1]heptanyl, adamantyl etc., and the like are
generally used.
so For example, the ~cycloalkenyl group" is preferably a
lower cycloalkenyl group, and, for example, a C3_to
cycloalkenyl group such as cyclopropenyl, cyclobutenyl,
cyclopentenyl, cyclohexenyl, cycloheptenyl, cyclooctenyl,
bicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-en-2-yl etc., and the like are generally
33



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
used.
For example, the "cycloalkylalkyl group" is preferably
a lower cycloalkylalkyl group, and, for example, a CQ_9
cycloalkylalkyl group such as cyclopropylmethyl,
s cyclopropylethyl, cyclobutylmethyl, cyclopentylmethyl,
cyclohexylmethyl, cyclohexylethyl etc., and the like are
generally used.
For example, the "cycloalkenylalkyl group" is
preferably a lower cycloalkenylalkyl group, and, for example,
Io a C4_9 cycloalkenylalkyl such as cyclopentenylmethyl,
cyclohexenylmethyl, cyclohexenylethyl, cyclohexenylpropyl,
cycloheptenylmethyl, cycloheptenylethyl, bicyclo[2.2.1]hept-
5-en-2-ylmethyl etc., and the like are generally used.
For example, the "aryl group" is preferably a C6_14 aryl
Is group such as phenyl, 1-naphthyl, 2-naphthyl, biphenylyl, 2
anthryl etc., and the like, and, for example, phenyl group
and the like are generally used.
The "arylalkyl group" has, as the aryl moiety, the
"aryl group" defined above, and as the alkyl moiety, the
20 ~~alkyl group" defined above. Of these, for example, a C6-is
aryl-C1_6 alkyl group is preferable, and, for example, benzyl,
phenethyl and the like are generally used.
As the substituent that the "hydrocarbon group" of the
"hydrocarbon group optionally having substituent(s)" for the
Zs above-mentioned E, R, R1 or G may have, for example, a
halogen atom (e. g., fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine
etc.), a nitro group, a cyano group, a hydroxy group, a thiol
group, a sulfo group, a sulphino group, a phosphono group, an
optionally halogenated lower alkyl group (e. g., C1_6 alkyl
.3o such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl,
sec-butyl, tert-butyl, pentyl, 1-ethylpropyl, hexyl and the
like; mono-, di- or tri-halogeno-C1_6 alkyl group such as
chloromethyl, dichloromethyl, trichloromethyl, fluoromethyl,
difluoromethyl, trifluoromethyl, 2-bromoethyl, 2,2,2-
34



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
trifluoroethyl, pentafluoroethyl, 3,3,3-trifluoropropyl,
4,4,4-trifluorobutyl, 5,5,5-trifluoropentyl, 6,6,6-
trifluorohexyl etc., and the like), an oxo group, an amidino
group, an imino group, an alkylenedioxy group (e.g., C1-3
s alkylenedioxy group such as methylenedioxy, ethylenedioxy
etc. , and the like) , a lower alkoxy group (e.g. , C1_6 alkoxy
group such as methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, isopropoxy, butoxy,
isobutoxy, pentyloxy, hexyloxy etc., and the like), an
optionally halogenated lower alkoxy group (e.g., mono-, di-
to or tri-halogeno-C1_6 alkoxy group such as chloromethyloxy,
dichloromethyloxy, trichloromethyloxy, fluoromethyloxy,
difluoromethyloxy, trifluoromethyloxy, 2-bromoethyloxy,
2,2,2-trifluoroethyloxy, pentafluoroethyloxy, 3,3,3-
trifluoropropyloxy, 4,4,4-trifluorobutyloxy, 5,5,5-
is trifluoropentyloxy, 6,6,6-trifluorohexyloxy etc., and the
like) , a lower alkylthio group (e. g. , C1_6 alkylthio group
such as methylthio, ethylthio, propylthio, isopropylthio,
butylthio, isobutylthio, pentylthio, hexylthio etc., and the
like), a carboxyl group, a lower alkanoyl group (e. g.,
ao formyl; C1_6 alkyl-carbonyl group such as acetyl, propionyl,
butyryl, isobutyryl etc., and the like), a lower alkanoyloxy
group (e.g., formyloxy; C1_6 alkyl-carbonyloxy group such as
acetyloxy, propionyloxy, butyryloxy, isobutyryloxy etc., and
the like), a lower alkoxycarbonyl group (e. g., C1_6 alkoxy-
Zs carbonyl group such as methoxycarbonyl, ethoxycarbonyl,
propoxycarbonyl, butoxycarbonyl etc., and the like), an
aralkyloxycarbonyl group (e, g., C~_11 aralkyloxy-carbonyl
group such as benzyloxycarbonyl etc., and the like), a
thiocarbamoyl group, a lower alkylsulfinyl group (e. g., C1_s
3o alkylsulfinyl group such as methylsulfinyl, ethylsulfinyl
etc., and the like), a lower alkylsulfonyl group (e.g., C1-s
alkylsulfonyl group such as methylsulfonyl, ethylsulfonyl
etc., and the like), a sulfamoyl group, a mono-lower
alkylsulfamoyl group (e. g., mono-C1_6 alkylsulfamoyl group



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
such as methylsulfamoyl, ethylsulfamoyl etc., and the like),
a di-lower alkylsulfamoyl group (e. g., di-C1_s alkylsulfamoyl
group such as dimethylsulfamoyl, diethylsulfamoyl etc., and
the like) , an arylsulfamoyl group (e. g. , C6_lo arylsulfamoyl
group such as phenylsulfamoyl, naphthylsulfamoyl etc., and
the like), an aryl group (e.g., C6_lo aryl group such as
phenyl, naphthyl etc., and the like), an aryloxy group (e. g.,
Cs-to aryloxy group such as phenyloxy, naphthyloxy etc., and
the like) , an arylthio group (e. g. , Cs_lo arylthio group such
to as phenylthio, naphthylthio etc., and the like), an
arylsulfinyl group (e.g., Cs-to arylsulfinyl group such as
phenylsulfinyl, naphthylsulfinyl etc., and the like), an
arylsulfonyl group (e.g., C6_lo arylsulfonyl group such as
phenylsulfonyl, naphthylsulfonyl etc., and the like), an
i5 arylcarbonyl group (e.g., Cs_lo aryl-carbonyl group such as
benzoyl, naphthoyl etc., and the like), an arylcarbonyloxy
group (e. g., Cs-to aryl-carbonyloxy group such as benzoyloxy,
naphthoyloxy etc., and the like), an optionally halogenated
lower alkylcarbonylamino group (e. g., optionally halogenated
2o C1-s alkyl-carbonylamino group such as acetylamino,
trifluoroacetylamino etc., and the like), a carbamoyl group
optionally having substituent(s) (e.g., a group of the
formula -CONRZR3 wherein R2 and R3 are each a hydrogen atom, a
hydrocarbon group optionally having substituent(s) or a
25 heterocyclic group optionally having substituent(s) and in
the formula -CONRZR3, R2 and R3 may form a ring together with
the adjacent nitrogen atom), an amino group optionally having
substituent (s) (e. g. , a group of the formula -NR2R3 wherein R2
and R3 are as defined above and in the formula -NRZR3, RZ and
30 R3 may form a ring together with the adjacent nitrogen atom),
a ureido group optionally having substituent(s) (e.g., a
group of the formula -NHCONRZR3 wherein RZ and R3 are as
defined above and in the formula -NHCONRZR3, R2 and R3 may
form a ring together with the adjacent nitrogen atom), a
36



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
carboxamide group optionally having substituent(s) (e.g., a
group of the formula -NR2COR3 wherein R2 and R3 are as defined
above), a sulfonamide group optionally having substituent(s)
(e. g. , a group of the formula -NR2SOZR3 wherein R2 and R3 are
as defined above), a heterocyclic group optionally having
substituent(s) (as defined for R2 or R3) and the like are
used.
As the "hydrocarbon group" of the "hydrocarbon group
optionally having substituent(s)" for RZ or R3, for example, a
to lower alkyl group (e. g., alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon
atoms such as methyl, ethyl, propyl group etc., and the
like), a lower alkenyl group (e.g., alkenyl group having 2 to
6 carbon atoms such as vinyl, allyl group etc., and the
like), a lower alkynyl group (e.g., alkynyl group having 2 to
is 6 carbon atoms such as ethynyl, propargyl group etc., and the
like), a cycloalkyl group (e.g., cycloalkyl group having 3 to
8 carbon atoms such as cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl,
cyclohexyl group etc., and the like), a cycloalkenyl group
(e.g., cycloalkenyl group having 3 to 8 carbon atoms such as
Zo cyclobutenyl, cyclopentenyl, cyclohexenyl group etc., and the
like) , a cycloalkylalkyl group (e, g. , C3-C$ cycloalkyl-C1-C6
alkyl group such as cyclopropylmethyl, cyclobutylmethyl,
cyclopentylmethyl, cyclohexylmethyl group etc., and the
like) , a cycloalkenylalkyl group (e.g. , C3-C$ cycloalkenyl-C1-
25 C6 alkyl group such as cyclobutenylmethyl,
cyclopentenylmethyl, cyclohexenylmethyl group etc., and the
like), an aryl group (e. g., aryl group having 6 to 14 carbon
atoms such as phenyl, naphthyl group etc., and the like), an
arylalkyl group (e.g. , C6-C14 aryl-C1-C6 alkyl group, such as
so benzyl, naphthylmethyl group etc., and the like) and the like
can be mentioned.
As the "heterocyclic group" of the "heterocyclic group
optionally having substituent (s) " for RZ or R3, a 5- to 12-
membered monocyclic or fused heterocyclic group containing 1
37



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
or 2 kinds of 1 to 4 hetero atoms selected from a nitrogen
atom, a sulfur atom and an oxygen atom, such as pyridyl,
pyrrolidinyl, piperazinyl, piperidinyl, 2-oxazepinyl, furyl,
decahydroisoquinolyl, quinolyl, indolyl, isoquinolyl,
thienyl, imidazolyl, morpholinyl etc., and the like can be
mentioned. As the substituent of the "hydrocarbon group
optionally having substituent(s)" and "heterocyclic group
optionally having substituent(s)" for R2 or R3, for example, a
halogen atom (e. g., fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine
to etc.), a lower alkyl group (e.g., alkyl group having 1 to 6
carbon atoms such as methyl, ethyl, propyl group etc., and
the like), a lower alkenyl group (e. g., alkenyl group having
2 to 6 carbon atoms such as vinyl, allyl group etc., and the
like), a lower alkynyl group (e.g., alkynyl group having 2 to
15 6 carbon atoms such as ethynyl, propargyl group etc., and the
like), a cycloalkyl group (e.g., cycloalkyl group having 3 to
8 carbon atoms such as cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl,
cyclohexyl group etc., and the like), a lower alkoxy group
(e.g., alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms such as
2o methoxy, ethoxy group etc., and the like), a nitro group, a
cyano group, a hydroxy group, a thiol group, a carboxyl
group, a lower alkanoyl group (e. g., formyl; C1-6 alkyl-
carbonyl group such as acetyl, propionyl, butyryl group etc.,
and the like), a lower alkanoyloxy group (e.g., formyloxy; C1_
2s 6 alkyl-carbonyloxy group such as acetyloxy, propionyloxy
group etc., and the like), a lower alkoxycarbonyl group
(e. g., C1_6 alkoxy-carbonyl group such as methoxycarbonyl,
ethoxycarbonyl, propoxycarbonyl group etc., and the like), an
aralkyloxycarbonyl group (e. g., C~_1~ aralkyloxy-carbonyl
3o group such as benzyloxycarbonyl group etc., and the like), an
aryl group (e. g., aryl group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms such
as phenyl, naphthyl group etc., and the like), an aryloxy
group (e. g., aryloxy group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms such
as phenyloxy, naphthyloxy group etc., and the like), an
38



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
arylcarbonyl group (e.g., C6_19 aryl-carbonyl group such as
benzoyl, naphthoyl group etc., and the like), an
arylcarbonyloxy group (e. g., C6-is aryl-carbonyloxy group such
as benzoyloxy, naphthoyloxy group and the like), a carbamoyl
s group optionally having substituent(s) (e. g., carbamoyl;
carbamoyl group mono- or di-substituted by alkyl group having
1 to 6 carbon atoms, such as methylcarbamoyl,
dimethylcarbamoyl group etc., and the like), an amino group
optionally having substituent(s) (e. g., amino; amino group
io mono- or di-substituted by alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon
atoms, such as methylamino, dimethylamino, ethylamino,
diethylamino group etc., and the like) and the like can be
mentioned. The number and the position of the substitutions
are not particularly limited.
is As the ring formed by R2 and R3 together with the
adjacent nitrogen atom, for example, pyrrolidine, piperidine,
homopiperidine, morpholine, piperazine, tetrahydroquinoline,
tetrahydroisoquinoline and the like can be mentioned.
The ~hydrocarbon group" of the ~hydrocarbon group
20 optionally having substituent(s)" for the above-mentioned E,
R, R1 or G may have 1 to 5, preferably 1 to 3, the
aforementioned substituents at substitutable positions of the
hydrocarbon group, wherein, when the number of substituent(s)
is not less than 2, respective substituents may be the same
2s or different.
As the ~heterocyclic group" of the ~heterocyclic group
optionally having substituent(s)" for the above-mentioned E,
R or G, a 5- to 12-membered aromatic heterocyclic group and
saturated or unsaturated non-aromatic heterocyclic group
3o containing, as ring-constituting atoms (ring atoms), 1 to 3
(preferably 1 or 2) kinds of at least 1 (preferably 1 to 4,
more~preferably 1 to 3) hetero atoms selected from an oxygen
atom, a sulfur atom and a nitrogen atom and the like can be
mentioned. As the mentioned above, as the ~heterocyclic
39



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
group" of the "heterocyclic group optionally having
substituent(s)" for G, a saturated oxygen-containing
heterocyclic group containing, as ring atoms, 1 to 4, more
preferably 1 to 3, hetero atoms selected from an oxygen atom,
a sulfur atom and a nitrogen atom etc., and the like are
preferable, particularly a 5- to 12-membered saturated
oxygen-containing heterocyclic group and the like are
preferable.
As the "aromatic heterocyclic group", an aromatic
io monocyclic heterocyclic group, an aromatic fused heterocyclic
group and the like can be mentioned.
As the "aromatic monocyclic heterocyclic group", for
example, a 5- or 6-membered aromatic monocyclic heterocyclic
group such as furyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, oxazolyl,
15 isooxazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl,
1,2,3-oxadiazolyl, 1,2,4-oxadiazolyl, 1,3,4-oxadiazolyl,
furazanyl, 1,2,3-thiadiazolyl, 1,2,4-thiadiazolyl, 1,3,4-
thiadiazolyl, 1,2,3-triazolyl, 1,2,4-triazolyl, tetrazolyl,
pyridyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, triazinyl etc.,
2o and the like can be mentioned.
As the "aromatic fused heterocyclic group", for
example, a 8- to 12-membered aromatic fused heterocyclic
group (preferably a heterocycle wherein the aforementioned 5-
or 6-membered aromatic monocyclic heterocycle is condensed
25 with a benzene ring, or a heterocycle wherein the same or
different two heterocycle of the aforementioned 5- or 6-
membered aromatic monocyclic heterocyclic group are
condensed), such as benzofuranyl, isobenzofuranyl,
benzothienyl, isobenzothienyl, indolyl, isoindolyl, lA-
3o indazolyl, benzimidazolyl, benzoxazolyl, 1,2-benzisoxazolyl,
benzothiazolyl, 1,2-benzisothiazolyl, 1H-benzotriazolyl,
quinolyl, isoquinolyl, cinnolinyl, quinazolinyl,
quinoxalinyl, phthalazinyl, naphthylidinyl, purinyl,
pteridinyl, carbazolyl, a-carbolinyl, ~-carbolinyl, Y-



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
carbolinyl, acridinyl, phenoxazinyl, phenothiazinyl,
phenazinyl, phenoxathiinyl, thianthrenyl, phenanthridinyl,
phenanthrolinyl, indolizinyl, pyrrolo[1,2-b]pyridazinyl,
pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridyl, imidazo[1,2-a]pyridyl, imidazo[1,5-
a]pyridyl, imidazo[1,2-b]pyridazinyl, imidazo[1,2-
a]pyrimidinyl, 1,2,4-triazolo[4,3-a]pyridyl, 1,2,4-
triazolo[4,3-b]pyridazinyl etc., and the like can be
mentioned.
As the "saturated or unsaturated non-aromatic
to heterocyclic group", for example, a 3- to 8-membered
(preferably 5- or 6-membered) saturated or unsaturated
(preferably saturated) non-aromatic heterocyclic group
(aliphatic heterocyclic group) such as oxiranyl, azetidinyl,
oxetanyl, thietanyl, pyrrolidinyl, tetrahydrofuryl,
15 thiolanyl, piperidinyl, tetrahydropyranyl, thianyl,
morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, piperazinyl, azepanyl,
oxepanyl, thiepanyl, oxazepanyl, thiazepanyl, azocanyl,
oxocanyl, thiocanyl, oxazocanyl, thiazocanyl and the like can
be mentioned. These may be oxo-substituted and, for example,
20 2-oxoazetidinyl, 2-oxopyrrolidinyl, 2-oxopiperidinyl, 2-
oxazepanyl, 2-oxazocanyl, 2-oxotetrahydrofuryl, 2-
oxotetrahydropyranyl, 2-oxothiolanyl, 2-oxothianyl, 2-
oxopiperazinyl, 2-oxooxepanyl, 2-oxooxazepanyl, 2-
oxothiepanyl, 2-oxothiazepanyl, 2-oxooxocanyl, 2-
25 oxothiocanyl, 2-oxooxazocanyl, 2-oxothiazocanyl and the like
can be mentioned. A 5-membered non-aromatic heterocyclic
group such as 2-oxopyrrolidinyl and the like is preferable.
As the substituent that the "heterocyclic group" of
the "heterocyclic group optionally having substituent(s)" for
3o the above-mentioned E, R or G may have, for example, those
similar to the "substituent" of the "hydrocarbon group
optionally having substituent(s)" for the aforementioned E,
R, R1 and G or the like are used.
The "heterocyclic group" of the "heterocyclic group
41



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
optionally having substituent(s)" for E, R or G may each have
1 to 5, preferably 1 to 3, substituents mentioned above at
substitutable positions of the heterocyclic group, and when
the number of substituents is two or more, respective
substituents may be the same or different.
The bond between R and W in the compound of the
present invention is explained below. When R and W are
bonded, the position of the bond between R and W is not
particularly limited as long as R and W can be bonded.
to The bondable position of R is the position where the
~hydrocarbon group" and ~substituent" of the ~hydrocarbon
group optionally having substituent(s)" defined above for R
can be bonded, and the position where the ~heterocyclic
group" and ~substituent" of the "heterocyclic group
15 optionally having substituent(s)" defined above for R can be
bonded.
As the bondable position of W, a bondable position of
the ~divalent chain hydrocarbon group" of the ~divalent chain
hydrocarbon group optionally having substituent(s)" defined
2° above for W, a bondable position of the "divalent chain
hydrocarbon group" defined above for W1 or W2, a bondable
position of the ~hydrocarbon ring" of the ~hydrocarbon ring
optionally having substituents" defined above for ring Z, and
a bondable position of the ~heterocycle" of the ~heterocyclic
2s group optionally having substituents" defined above for ring
Z can be mentioned.
R and W can be bonded at the bondable position thereof
and can form a ring together with the adjacent nitrogen atom.
As such ring, for example, a saturated nitrogen-containing
3o ring (e. g., azetidine, pyrrolidine, piperidine,
homopiperidine etc.), an unsaturated nitrogen-containing ring
(e. g., tetrahydropyridine etc.), an aromatic nitrogen-
containing ring (e. g., pyrrole etc.), a hetero ring (e. g.,
piperazine, morpholine etc.) containing, besides the nitrogen
42



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
atom to which R and W are adjacent, at least one hetero atom
selected from the group consisting of a nitrogen, an oxygen
and a sulfur, a fused ring (e. g., indole, indoline,
isoindole, isoindoline, tetrahydroquinoline,
s tetrahydroisoquinoline etc.) and the like can be mentioned.
Of these, a 4- to 7-membered ring is preferable.
The ring formed by R and W, which are bonded at each
bondable position thereof, together with the adjacent
nitrogen atom, may have 1 to 4 substituents at substitutable
to positions thereof. When the number of substituents is 2 or
more, respective substituents may be the same or different.
As the substituent, the substituents of the "hydrocarbon
group optionally having substituent(s)" and "heterocyclic
group optionally having substituent(s)" defined for R, and
ss the substituent of the ~divalent chain hydrocarbon group
optionally having substituent(s)" defined for W can be
mentioned. Specifically, a halogen atom (e. g., fluorine,
chlorine, bromine, iodine etc.), a C1_6 alkyl group such as
methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl,
2o tert-butyl, pentyl, 1-ethylpropyl, hexyl etc., and the like
can be mentioned.
By the bond between R and W, for example,
43



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
N/ N.~ N.r'
~N~ ~N~' ~N.r.
HN H3~yN 0
N.~ N.~ N..
~ ~, I
N,
N~ N~
~I
and the like are formed, but the ring is not limited to
these. These may have substituent(s) as defined above, and
it would be understood for those of ordinary skill in the art
that they may also have an isomer.
In the present invention, X is a leaving group such as
a halogen atom, a benzotriazolyl group, a (2,5-
dioxypyrrolidin-1-yl)oxy group and the like. Of these, a
halogen atom such as fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine and
the like is preferable, and chlorine is particularly
io preferable.
In the present invention, M is a hydrogen atom, a
metal cation or a quaternary ammonium ion.
In the present invention, as the ~metal cation", an
alkali metal ion (e.g., Na+, K+, Li+, Cs+ and the like) can be
44



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
mentioned, with preference given to Na+.
In the present invention, as the "quaternary ammonium
ion", tetramethylammonium ion, tetraethylammonium ion,
tetrapropylammonium ion, tetrabutylammonium ion and the like
can be mentioned, with preference given to tetrabutylammonium
ion.
In the compound (II), a pharmacologically acceptable
basic salt can be formed between an acidic group in a
molecule and an inorganic base or an organic base etc, and a
zo pharmacologically acceptable acid addition salt can be formed
between a basic group in a molecule and an inorganic acid or
an organic acid etc.
As the inorganic basic salt of compound (II), salts
with alkali metals (e. g., sodium, potassium and the like),
z5 alkaline earth metals (e. g., calcium and the like), ammonia
etc., and the like can be mentioned, and as the organic basic
salt of compound (II), salts with dimethylamine,
triethylamine, piperazine, pyrrolidine, piperidine, 2-
phenylethylamine, benzylamine, ethanolamine, diethanolamine,
2o pyridine, collidine etc., and the like can be mentioned.
As the acid addition salt of compound (II), inorganic
acid salts (e. g., hydrochloride, sulfate, hydrobromide,
phosphate and the like), organic acid salts (e. g., acetate,
trifluoroacetate, succinate, maleate, fumarate, propionate,
25 citrate, tartrate, lactate, oxalate, methanesulfonate, p-
toluenesulfonate and the like) and the like can be mentioned.
The compound (II) of the present invention encompasses
hydrates. As the "hydrate", 0.5 hydrate - 5.0 hydrate can be
mentioned. Of these, 0.5 hydrate, 1.0 hydrate, 1.5 hydrate
so and 2.0 hydrate are preferable.
The compound (II) of the present invention encompasses
racemates and optically active compounds. As the optically
active compound, such compound wherein one enantiomer is in
enantiomer excess (e. e.) of not less than 90~ is preferable,



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
more preferably in enantiomer excess of not less than 99~.
As the optically active form, an (R)-form represented by the
formula
C ~ S o N-
N
:..R~ ~X~
N
1
D~
~X2
D2
G
wherein each symbol is as defined above, is preferable.
As the preferable compounds encompassed in compound (II), for
example, the following specific compounds can be mentioned.
That is,
2-[methyl[[(R)-2-[[[3-methyl-4-(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)-2-
pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazol-2-
so yl]carbonyl]amino]ethyl acetate,
2- [methyl [ [ (R) -2- [ [ [3-methyl-4- (2 , 2 , 2-trifluoroethoxy) -2-
pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazol-1-
yl]carbonyl]aminoJethyl trimethylacetate,
2-[methyl[[(R)-2-[[[3-methyl-4-(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)-2-
i5 pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazol-1-
yl]carbonyl]amino]ethyl cyclohexanecarboxylate,
2-[methyl[[(R)-2-[[[3-methyl-4-(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)-2-
pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazol-1-
yl]carbonyl]amino]ethyl benzoate,
20 2-[methyl[[2-[[[3-methyl-4-(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)-2-
pyridyl)methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazol-1-
yl]carbonyl]amino]ethyl benzoate,
2-[methyl[[(R)-2-[[[3-methyl-4-(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)-2-
pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazol-1-
46



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
yl]carbonyl]amino]ethyl 4-methoxybenzoate,
2-[methyl[[(R)-2-[[[3-methyl-4-(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)-2-
pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazol-1-
yl]carbonyl]amino]ethyl 3-chlorobenzoate,
s 2-[methyl[[(R)-2-[[[3-methyl-4-(2,2,2=trifluoroethoxy)-2-
pyridyl]methyl)sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazol-1-
yl]carbonyl]amino]ethyl 3,4-difluorobenzoate,
2- [methyl [ [ (R) -2- [ [ [3-methyl-4- (2 , 2 , 2-trifluoroethoxy) -2-
pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazol-1-
io yl]carbonyl]amino]ethyl 4-trifluoromethoxybenzoate,
2-[methyl[[(R)-2-[[[3-methyl-4-(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)-2-
pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazol-1-
yl]carbonyl]amino]ethyl 4-fluorobenzoate,
2- [methyl [ [ (R) -2- [ [ [3-methyl-4- (2 , 2 , 2-trifluoroethoxy) -2-
i5 pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazol-1-
yl)carbonyl]amino]ethyl 3,4,5-trimethoxybenzoate,
2-[methyl[[(R)-2-[[[3-methyl-4-(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)-2-
pyridyl)methyl)sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazol-1-
yl]carbonyl]amino]ethyl 2-pyridinecarboxylate,
20 2-[methyl[[(R)-2-[[[3-methyl-4-(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)-2-
pyridyl)methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazol-1-
yl]carbonyl]amino]ethyl methoxyacetate,
ethyl 2-[methyl[[(R)-2-[[[3-methyl-4-(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)-
2-pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazol-1-
2s yl]carbonyl]amino)ethyl carbonate,
isopropyl 2- [methyl [ [ (R) -2- [ [ [ 3-methyl-4- (2 , 2 , 2-
trifluoroethoxy)-2-pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazol-
1-yl]carbonyl]amino]ethyl carbonate,
isopropyl 2-[methyl[[2-[[[3-methyl-4-(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)-
30 2-pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazol-1-
yl]carbonyl]amino]ethyl carbonate,
benzyl 2-[methyl[[(R)-2-[[[3-methyl-4-(2,2,2-
trifluoroethoxy)-2-pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazol-
1-yl]carbonyl)amino]ethyl carbonate,
47



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
2-[methyl[[(R)-2-[[[3-methyl-4-(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)-2-
pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazol-1-
yl]carbonyl]amino]ethyl tetrahydropyran-4-yl carbonate,
2-methoxyethyl 2-[methyl[[(R)-2-[[[3-methyl-4-(2,2,2-
s trifluoroethoxy)-2-pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazol-
1-yljcarbonyl]amino]ethyl carbonate,
2-[ethyl[[(R)-2-[[[3-methyl-4-(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)-2-
pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazol-1-
yl]carbonyl]amino]ethyl acetate,
so 2-(isopropyl[[(R) -2-[[[3-methyl-4-(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)-2-
pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazol-1-
yl]carbonyl]amino]ethyl acetate,
ethyl 2-[isopropyl[[(R)-2-[[[3-methyl-4-(2,2,2-
trifluoroethoxy)-2-pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazol-
is 1-yl]carbonyl]amino]ethyl carbonate,
2-[cyclohexyl[[(R)-2-[[[3-methyl-4-(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)-2-
pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazol-1-
yl]carbonyl]amino]ethyl acetate,
2-[cyclohexyl[[(R)-2-[[[3-methyl-4-(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)-2-
2o pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazol-1-
yl]carbonyl]amino]ethyl ethyl carbonate,
2-[[[(R)-2-[[[3-methyl-4-(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)-2-
pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazol-1-
yl]carbonyl](phenyl)amino]ethyl acetate,
2s 2-[j[2-[[[3-methyl-4-(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)-2-
pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazol-1-
yl]carbonyl](phenyl)amino]ethyl acetate,
tert-butyl [2-[methyl[[(R)-2-[[[3-methyl-4-(2,2,2-
trifluoroethoxy)-2-pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazol-
so 1-yl]carbonyl]amino]-3-pyridyl]methyl carbonate,
2-[methyl[[(R)-2-[[[3-methyl-4-(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)-2-
pyridyl]methyl]sulfinylj-1H-benzimidazol-1-
yl]carbonyl]amino]benzyl acetate,
2- [ [ 2- ( acetyloxy) ethyl ] [ [ ( R) -2- [ [ [ 3-methyl-4- ( 2 , 2 , 2-
48



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
trifluoroethoxy)-2-pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazol-
1-yl]carbonyl]amino]ethyl acetate,
[ (2S) -1- [ [ (R) -2- [ [ [3-methyl-4- (2, 2, 2-trifluoroethoxy) -2-
pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-IH-benzimidazol-1-yl]carbonyl]-2-
pyrrolidinyl]methyl acetate,
ethyl [methyl[[(R)-2-[[[3-methyl-4-(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)-2-
pyridyl)methyl]sulfinyl]-IH-benzimidazol-1-
yl)carbonyl]amino]acetate,
2-[[[5-methoxy-2-[[(4-methoxy-3,5-dimethyl-2-
io pyridyl)methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazol-1-
yl)carbonyl)(methyl)amino]ethyl benzoate,
3-[methyl[[(R)-2-[[[3-methyl-4-(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)-2-
pyridyl]methyl)sulfinyl)-1H-benzimidazol-1-
yl]carbonyl]amino]propyl benzoate,
I5 2-[methyl[[2-[[[3-methyl-4-(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)-2-
pyridyl]methyl)sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazol-1-
yl)carbonyl)amino]ethyl tetrahydropyran-4-yl carbonate,
ethyl 2-[methyl[[2-[[[3-methyl-4-(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)-2-
pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazol-1-
2o yl]carbonyl]amino]ethyl carbonate,
ethyl 2-[methyl[[(S)-2-[[[3-methyl-4-(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)-
2-pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazol-I-
yl]carbonyl]amino]ethyl carbonate,
ethyl 2-[[[5-methoxy-2-[[(4-methoxy-3,5-dimethyl-2-
25 pyridyl)methyl]sulfinyl]-3H-imidazo[4,5-b)pyridin-3-
yl]carbonyl](methyl)amino]ethyl carbonate,
2-[[[5-methoxy-2-[[(4-methoxy-3,5-dimethyl-2-
pyridyl)methyl]sulfinyl]-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-3-
yl]carbonyl](methyl)amino]ethyl acetate,
so 2-[[[5-methoxy-2-[[(4-methoxy-3,5-dimethyl-2-
pyridyl)methyl]sulfinyl]-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-3-
yl]carbonyl](phenyl)amino]ethyl acetate,
4-[methyl[[(R)-2-[[[3-methyl-4-(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)-2-
pyridyl]methyljsulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazol-1-
49



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
yl]carbonyl]amino]butyl acetate,
ethyl 4-[methyl([(R)-2-[[[3-methyl-4-(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)-
2-pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazol-1-
yl]carbonyl]amino]butyl carbonate,
s ethyl 3-[methyl[[(R)-2-[[[3-methyl-4-(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)-
2-pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazol-1-
yl]carbonyl]amino]propyl carbonate,
3-[methyl[[(R)-2-[[[3-methyl-4-(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)-2-
pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazol-1-
io yl]carbonyl]amino]propyl acetate,
3-[methyl[[(R)-2-[[[3-methyl-4-(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)-2-
pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazol-1-
yl]carbonyl)amino]propane-1,2-diyl diacetate,
diethyl 3-[methyl[[(R)-2-[[[3-methyl-4-(2,2,2-
i5 trifluoroethoxy)-2-pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazol-
1-yl]carbonyl]amino]propane-1,2-diyl biscarbonate,
2-[[(5-methoxy-2-[[(4-methoxy-3,5-dimethyl-2-
pyridyl)methyl]sulfinyl]-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-3-
yl]carbonyl](methyl)amino]ethyl 3-chlorobenzoate,
20 2- [methyl [ [2- [ [ [3-methyl-4- (2, 2, 2-trifluoroethoxy) -2-
pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazol-1-
yl]carbonyl]amino]ethyl acetate,
2-ethoxyethyl 2-[methyl[[(R)-2-[[[3-methyl-4-(2,2,2-
trifluoroethoxy)-2-pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazol-
a5 1-yl)carbonyl]amino]ethyl carbonate,
3-methoxypropyl 2-[methyl[[(R)-2-[[[3-methyl-4-(2,2,2-
trifluoroethoxy)-2-pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazol-
1-yl]carbonyl]amino]ethyl carbonate,
2-[methyl[[(R)-2-[[[3-methyl-4-(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)-2-
3o pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazol-1-
yl]carbonyl]amino]ethyl N,N-dimethylglycinate,
S-[2-[methyl[[(R)-2-[[[3-methyl-4-(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)-2-
pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazol-1-
yl]carbonyl]amino]ethyl] thioacetate,



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
ethyl 2-[2-[methyl[[(R)-2-[[[3-methyl-4-(2,2,2-
trifluoroethoxy)-2-pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazol-
1-yl]carbonyl]amino]ethoxy]ethyl carbonate,
ethyl 2-[methyl[[2-[methyl[[(R)-2-[[[3-methyl-4-(2,2,2-
s trifluoroethoxy)-2-pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazol-
1-yl]carbonyl]amino]ethoxy]carbonyl]amino]ethyl carbonate,
ethyl 2-[[[5-methoxy-2-[[(4-methoxy-3,5-dimethyl-2-
pyridyl)methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazol-1-
yl]carbonyl](methyl)amino]ethyl carbonate,
l0 2-[[[5-methoxy-2-[[(4-methoxy-3,5-dimethyl-2-
pyridyl)methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazol-1-
yl]carbonyl](phenyl)amino]ethyl acetate,
ethyl 2-[[[(S)-5-methoxy-2-[[(4-methoxy-3,5-dimethyl-2-
pyridyl ) methyl ] sulf inyl ] -1H-bent imidazol-1-
ls yl]carbonyl](methyl)amino]ethyl carbonate,
ethyl 2-[[[2-[[[4-(3-methoxypropoxy)-3-methyl-2-
pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazol-1-
yl]carbonyl](methyl)amino]ethyl carbonate,
2-[[[2-[[[4-(3-methoxypropoxy)-3-methyl-2-
2o pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazol-1-
yl]carbonyl](phenyl)amino]ethyl acetate,
2-[[[5-(difluoromethoxy)-2-[[(3,4-dimethoxy-2-
pyridyl)methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazol-1-
yl]carbonyl](methyl)amino]ethyl ethyl carbonate,
2s 2-[methyl[[(R)-2-[[[3-methyl-4-(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)-2-
pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazol-1-
yl]carbonyl]amino]ethyl 1-methylpiperidine-4-carboxylate,
2- [ [ 4- ( aminocarbonyl ) phenyl ] [ [ (R) -2- [ [ [ 3-methyl-4- ( 2 , 2 , 2-

trifluoroethoxy)-2-pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazol-
30 1-yl]carbonyl]amino]ethyl acetate,
2- [methyl [ [ (R) -2- [ [ [ 3-methyl-4- (2 , 2 , 2-trifluoroethoxy) -2-
pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazol-1-
yl]carbonyl]amino]ethyl 1-methyl-4-piperidinyl carbonate,
2-[[4-(aminocarbonyl)phenyl][[2-[([3-methyl-4-(2,2,2-
51



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
trifluoroethoxy)-2-pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazol-
1-yl]carbonyl]amino]ethyl acetate,
(-)-ethyl 2-[[[5-methoxy-2-[[(4-methoxy-3,5-dimethyl-2-
pyridyl)methyl]sulfinyl]-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-3-
yl]carbonyl](methyl)amino]ethyl carbonate and
(+)-ethyl 2-[[[5-methoxy-2-[[(4-methoxy-3,5-dimethyl-2-
pyridyl)methyl]sulfinyl]-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-3-
yl]carbonyl](methyl)amino]ethyl carbonate, a salt thereof and
the like can be mentioned.
Io Of these, the following compounds and salts thereof
are preferable.
2-[methyl[[(R)-2-[[[3-methyl-4-(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)-2-
pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazol-1-
yl]carbonyl]amino]ethyl acetate,
i5 ethyl 2-[methyl[[(R)-2-[[[3-methyl-4-(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)-
2-pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazol-1-
yl]carbonyl]amino]ethyl carbonate,
2-[methyl[[(R)-2-[[[3-methyl-4-(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)-2-
pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazol-1-
2o yl]carbonyl]amino]ethyl tetrahydropyran-4-yl carbonate,
2-[methyl[[2-[[[3-methyl-4-(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)-2-
pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazol-1-
yl]carbonyl]amino]ethyl tetrahydropyran-4-yl carbonate,
ethyl 2-[methyl[[2-[[[3-methyl-4-(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)-2-
25 pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazol-1-
yl]carbonyl]amino]ethyl carbonate,
ethyl 2-[[[5-methoxy-2-[[(4-methoxy-3,5-dimethyl-2-
pyridyl)methyl]sulfinyl]-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-3-
yl]carbonyl](methyl)amino]ethyl carbonate,
30 2-[[[5-methoxy-2-[[(4-methoxy-3,5-dimethyl-2-
pyridyl)methyl]sulfinyl]-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-3-
yl]carbonyl](methyl)amino]ethyl acetate,
2-[methyl[[2-[[[3-methyl-4-(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)-2-
pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazol-1-
52

~

CA 02519208 2005-09-15
yl]carbonyl]amino]ethyl acetate,
ethyl 2-[[[5-methoxy-2-[[(4-methoxy-3,5-dimethyl-2-
pyridyl)methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazol-1-
yl]carbonyl](methyl)amino]ethyl carbonate,
s ethyl 2-[[[(S)-5-methoxy-2-[[(4-methoxy-3,5-dimethyl-2-
pyridyl)methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazol-1-
yl]carbonyl](methyl)amino]ethyl carbonate,
ethyl 2-[[[2-[[[4-(3-methoxypropoxy)-3-methyl-2-
pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazol-1
io yl]carbonyl](methyl)amino]ethyl carbonate, and
2-[[[5-(difluoromethoxy)-2-[[(3,4-dimethoxy-2-
pyridyl)methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazol-1-
yl]carbonyl](methyl)amino]ethyl ethyl carbonate.
Compound (II) can be produced by, for example, the
15 method described in WO 03/105845. To be precise, Compound
(II) can be produced by the following Method A, B and the
like.
(Method A)
The compound (II) or a salt thereof can be obtained by
2o condensation of compound (IV) or a salt thereof with compound
(V) or a salt thereof in the presence or absence of a base.
As the salt of compound (IV) and the salt of compound (V),
the above-mentioned salts of compound (II) can be mentioned.
For example, acid addition salts such as inorganic acid salts
25 (e.g., hydrochloride, sulfate, hydrobromide, phosphate and
the like), organic acid salts (e. g., acetate,
trifluoroacetate, succinate, maleate, fumarate, propionate,
citrate, tartrate, lactate, oxalate, methanesulfonate, p-
toluenesulfonate and the like), and the like can be
3o mentioned.
53



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
_ N~ O
C ~~S O N- II ~ I II ~ ~ S~ N-
G-Dz-C-Dt-W -N-C-X (~) , N B
M \ B ~ -- R ~ ~X~
(I~) IW (II)
D~
~Xz
Dz
G
wherein each symbol is as defined above.
The reaction of Method A is generally carried out in a
solvent, and a solvent that does not inhibit the reaction of
Method A is selected as appropriate. As such solvent, ethers
(e. g., dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, diethyl ether, tert-butyl
methyl ether, diisopropyl ether, ethylene glycol dimethyl
ether and the like), esters (e. g., ethyl formate, ethyl
acetate, butyl acetate and the like), halogenated
hydrocarbons (e. g., dichloromethane, chloroform, carbon
io tetrachloride, trichlene, 1,2-dichloroethane and the like),
hydrocarbons (e. g., n-hexane, benzene, toluene and the like),
amides (e. g., formamide, N,N-dimethylformamide, N,N-
dimethylacetamide and the like), ketones (e. g., acetone,
methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone and the like),
i5 nitriles (e.g., acetonitrile, propionitrile and the like) and
the like, as well as dimethyl sulfoxide, sulfolane,
hexamethylphosphoramide, water and the like can be mentioned,
which may be used alone or as a mixed solvent. The amount of
the solvent to be used is not particularly limited as long as
2o the reaction mixture can be stirred, which is generally 2- to
100-fold amount by weight, preferably 5- to 50-fold amount by
weight, relative to 1 mol of compound (IV) or a salt thereof.
The amount of compound (V) or a salt thereof to be
used is generally 1 - 10 mol, preferably 1 - 3 mol, relative
25 to 1 mol of compound (IV) or a salt thereof.
The reaction of Method A is carried out within a
54



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
temperature range of from about 0°C to 100°C, preferably
20°C
to 80°C.
The reaction time of Method A varies depending on the
kind of compounds (IV), (V) or a salt thereof and solvent,
reaction temperature and the like, but it is generally 1 min.
- 96 hrs., preferably 1 min. - 72 hrs., more preferably 15
min. - 24 hrs.
As the base in Method A, for example, inorganic bases
(e. g., sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, calcium
1a carbonate, sodium hydrogencarbonate etc.), tertiary amines
(e. g., triethylamine, tripropylamine, tributylamine,
cyclohexyldimethylamine, pyridine, lutidine, Y-collidine,
N,N-dimethylaniline, N-methylpiperidine, N-methylpyrrolidine,
N-methylmorpholine, 4-dimethylaminopyridine and the like);
i5 alkylene oxides (e. g., propylene oxide, epichlorohydrin etc.)
and the like can be mentioned. The amount of the base to be
used is generally 1 mol - 10 mol, preferably 1 mol - 3 mol,
relative to 1 mol of compound (IV) or a salt thereof.
The compound (IV) or a salt thereof can be produced
according to the method described in JP-A-61-50978, USP
4,628,098 and the like or a method similar thereto.
The compound (V) or a salt thereof can be produced
according to a method known per se or a method analogous
thereto. For example, when X is a chlorine atom, the
as compound (V) can be obtained by reacting a compound
represented by the formula (VII):
X2 _. R
G-D2-C-D~-W-NH (VII)
wherein each symbol is as defined above, or a salt thereof
so with phosgene, trichloromethyl chloroformate,
bis(trichloromethyl) carbonate, thiophosgene and the like in



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
the presence of an acid scavenger in a solvent (e. g.,
tetrahydrofuran, acetonitrile, dichloromethane etc.).
Alternatively, compound (V) can be also obtained by treating
an ethylcarbamate compound, which is obtained by reacting
s compound (VII) or a salt thereof with ethyl chloroformate,
with phosphorus oxychloride according to the method described
in SGnthetic Communications, vol. 17, p. 1887 (1987) or a
method analogous thereto. As the salt of compound (VII), for
example, acid addition salts such as inorganic acid salts
io (e. g., hydrochloride, sulfate, hydrobromide, phosphate etc.),
organic acid salts (e. g., acetate, trifluoroacetate,
succinate, maleate, fumarate, propionate, citrate, tartrate,
lactate, oxalate, methanesulfonate, p-toluenesulfonate etc.),
and the like can be mentioned.
is As the acid scavenger used here, for example,
inorganic bases (e. g., sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate,
calcium carbonate, sodium hydrogencarbonate etc.), tertiary
amine (e. g., triethylamine, tripropylamine, tributylamine,
cyclohexyldimethylamine, pyridine, lutidine, Y-collidine,
2o N,N-dimethylaniline, N-methylpiperidine, N-methylpyrrolidine,
N-methylmorpholine, 4-dimethylaminopyridine etc.) and the
like can be mentioned.
The compound (VII) and a salt thereof can be produced
according to a method known per se or a method analogous
2s thereto. For example, when D1 is other than a bond, compound
(VII) can be obtained by condensing a compound represented by
the formula (VIII):
-R
I
Fi-~ ~-W -N-R4 (VI I I)
so wherein R4 is a hydrogen atom or a nitrogen-protecting group,
and other symbols are as defined above, or a salt thereof
with a carboxylic acid or thionic acid represented by the
56



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
formula (IX)
X2
G-D2-C-OH (IX)
wherein each symbol is as defined above, or a reactive
derivative thereof (e. g., anhydride, halide etc.), or a salt
thereof in a suitable solvent (e. g., ethyl acetate,
tetrahydrofuran, dichloromethane, N,N-dimethylformamide
etc.), followed by deprotection as necessary. As the salt of
compound (VIII), for example, acid addition salts such as
to inorganic acid salts (e. g., hydrochloride, sulfate,
hydrobromide, phosphate etc.), organic acid salts (e. g.,
acetate, trifluoroacetate, succinate, maleate, fumarate,
propionate, citrate, tartrate, lactate, oxalate,
methanesulfonate, p-toluenesulfonate etc.) etc., and the like
15 can be mentioned.
Alternatively, when D1 is a bond, compound (VII) can be
obtained by condensing a carboxylic acid or thionic acid
represented by the formula (X):
X2 -- R
HO-C-W -N-R4 (X)
wherein each symbol is as defined above, or a reactive
derivative thereof (e. g., anhydride, halide etc.), or a salt
thereof with a compound represented by G-D2-H in a suitable
solvent (e. g., ethyl acetate, tetrahydrofuran,
2s dichloromethane, N,N-dimethylformamide etc.), followed by
deprotection as necessary. As the salt of compound (X), for
example, acid addition salts such as inorganic acid salts
(e. g., hydrochloride, sulfate, hydrobromide, phosphate etc.),
organic acid salts (e. g., acetate, trifluoroacetate,
57



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
succinate, maleate, fumarate, propionate, citrate, tartrate,
lactate, oxalate, methanesulfonate, p-toluenesulfonate etc.)
and the like, salts with alkali metals (e. g., sodium,
potassium etc.), alkaline earth metals (e. g., calcium etc.),
ammonia etc., salts with organic bases such as dimethylamine,
triethylamine, piperazine, pyrrolidine, piperidine, 2-
phenylethylamine, benzylamine, ethanolamine, diethanolamine,
pyridine, collidine etc., and the like can be mentioned.
As the protecting group for R4 in the formula (VIII)
io and the formula (X) , for example, a formyl group, a C1-s
alkyl-carbonyl group (e.g., acetyl, ethylcarbonyl etc.), a
benzyl group, a tert-butyloxycarbonyl group, a
benzyloxycarbonyl group, an allyloxycarbonyl group, a C~-to
aralkyl-carbonyl group (e. g., benzylcarbonyl etc.), a trityl
is group and the like are used. These groups may be substituted
by 1 to 3 halogen atoms (e. g., fluorine, chlorine, bromine
etc.), a nitro group and the like.
As a method for removing such protecting groups, a
method known per se or a method analogous thereto is used,
2° which is, for example, a method using an acid, a base,
reduction, UV light, palladium acetate etc., and the like are
used.
(Method B)
The compound (II) and a salt thereof can be obtained
25 by subjecting compound (VI) or a salt thereof to oxidative
reaction.
58

~

. CA 02519208 2005-09-15
N N O
~--S N- oxidation C ~ S N-
N B
N
.. R.N~X~ ...R. ~X~
N
,._..W .__..W
OI) ~~ III)
~X2 X2
G2 Dz
G
wherein each symbol is as defined above.
The reaction in Method B can be carried out using an
oxidant such as nitric acid, hydrogen peroxide, peroxyacid,
s peroxyacid ester, ozone, dinitrogen tetraoxide,
iodosobenzene, N-halosuccinimide, 1-chlorobenzotriazole,
tert-butyl hypochlorite, diazabicyclo[2.2.2]octane-bromine
complex, sodium metaperiodate, selenium dioxide, manganese
dioxide, chromic acid, ammonium cerium nitrate, bromine,
to chlorine, sulfuryl chloride, magnesium monoperoxyphthalate
and the like. The amount of the oxidant to be used is
generally 0.5 mol - 2 mol, preferably 0.8 mol - 1,2 mol,
relative to 1 mol of compound (VI) or a salt thereof. The
oxidation may be carried out using the above-mentioned
.ts oxidant such as hydrogen peroxide and peroxyacids in the
presence of a catalyst such as vanadium acetate, vanadium
oxide acetylacetonate, titanium tetraisopropoxide and the
like.
The reaction of Method B is generally carried out in a
2o solvent inert to the above-mentioned oxidation reaction. As
the "inert solvent", water, alcohols (e. g., methanol,
ethanol, 1-propanol, 2-propanol etc.), ketones (e, g,,
acetone, methyl ethyl ketone etc.), nitrites (e. g.,
acetonitrile, propionitrile etc.), amides (e. g., formamide,
2s N,N-dimethylformamide etc.), ethers (e. g., diethyl ether,
59



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
tert-butyl methyl ether, diisopropyl ether, dioxane,
tetrahydrofuran etc.), sulfoxides (e. g., dimethyl sulfoxide
etc.) and polar solvents (e. g., sulfolane,
hexamethylphosphoramide etc.) can be mentioned, which may be
used alone or as a mixed solvent thereof. The "inert
solvent" is used in generally 1- to 100-fold amount by weight
relative to compound (VI) or a salt thereof.
The reaction temperature is generally from -80°C to
80°C, preferably from 0°C to 30°C.
zo The reaction time is generally 1 min. - 6 hrs.,
preferably 15 min. - 1 hr.
The compound (VI), which is a starting material in
Method B, can be obtained by, for example a reaction similar
to that in Method A, by the use of a compound represented by
z5 the following formula (XI)
N
C ~--S N-
N ~ g ~ (XI)
M
wherein each symbol is as defined above, instead of compound
(IV) .
The compound (XI) can be synthesized according to the
2o methods described in the following references or a method
analogous thereto: JP-A-61-50978, JP-A-54-141783, JP-A-61-
22079, JP-A-1-6270, JP-A-63-146882.
As the salt of compound (VI), those similar to the
above-mentioned salts of the compound (II), which are acid
25 addition salts such as inorganic acid salts (e. g.,
hydrochloride, sulfate, hydrobromide, phosphate and the
like), organic acid salts (e. g., acetate, trifluoroacetate,
succinate, maleate, fumarate, propionate, citrate, tartrate,
lactate, oxalate, methanesulfonate, p-toluenesulfonate and
3o the like) and the like can be mentioned.



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
The compound (II) or a salt thereof obtained by the
above-mentioned Method A or B can be isolated and purified
from the reaction mixture by a separation means known per se
(e. g., concentration, concentration under reduced pressure,
solvent extraction, crystallization, recrystallization, phase
transfer, chromatography and the like). Since compound (II)
and a salt thereof obtained by the above-mentioned Method A
or B encompass any isomers thereof, optically pure compound
(II) and a salt thereof can be obtained by, for example,
to subjecting compound (II) or a salt thereof to optical
resolution, or asymmetric oxidation of compound (VI) or a
salt thereof.
The method of optical resolution includes methods
known per se, such as a fractional recrystallization method,
Is a chiral column method, a diastereomer method, and so forth.
Asymmetric oxidation includes methods known per se, such as
the method described in W096/02535 and the like.
The ~fractional recrystallization method" includes a
method in which a salt is formed between a racemate and an
Zo optically active compound [e.g., (+)-mandelic acid, (-)-
mandelic acid, (+)-tartaric acid, (-)-tartaric acid, (+)-1-
phenethylamine, (-)-1-phenethylamine, cinchonine, (-)-
cinchonidine, brucine, etc.], which salt is separated by
fractional recrystallization etc., and, if desired, subjected
25 to a neutralization process to give a free optical isomer.
The ~chiral column method" includes a method in which
a racemate or a salt thereof is applied to a column for
optical isomer separation (chiral column). In the case of
liquid chromatography, for example, optical isomers are
3o separated by adding a racemate to a chiral column such as
ENANTIO-OVM (produced by Tosoh Corporation), the DAICEL
CHIRAL series (produced by Daicel Corporation) and the like,
and developing the racemate in water, a buffer (e. g.,
phosphate buffer), an organic solvent (e. g., hexane, ethanol,
61



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
methanol, isopropanol, acetonitrile, trifluoroacetic acid,
diethylamine, triethylamine, etc.), or a solvent mixture
thereof. In the case of gas chromatography, for example, a
chiral column such as CP-Chirasil-DeX CB (produced by GL
Science) and the like is used to separate optical isomers.
The ~diastereomer method" includes a method in which a
racemate and an optically active reagent are reacted to give
a diastereomeric mixture, which is then subjected to ordinary
separation means (e. g., fractional recrystallization,
to chromatography, etc.) to obtain either diastereomer, which is
subjected to a chemical reaction (e. g., acid hydrolysis, base
hydrolysis, hydrogenolysis, etc.) to cut off the optically
active reagent moiety, whereby the desired optical isomer is
obtained. Said ~optically active reagent" includes, for
is example, optically active organic acids such as MTPA [o,-
methoxy-a-(trifluoromethyl)phenylacetic acid], (-)-
methoxyacetic acid and the like, optically active
alkoxymethyl halides such as (1R-endo)-2-(chloromethoxy)-
1,3,3-trimethylbicyclo[2.2.1]heptane etc., and the like.
2° In addition, a benzimidazole compound represented by
the following formula (III)
N N
~SO-CH2
N
CH2 H3C OCH2CF3
p ' '0
~I'D
Q
and a salt thereof can be mentioned as specific examples of
the above-mentioned prodrug.
In the above-mentioned formula (III), D is an oxygen
25 atom or a bond, and Q is a hydrocarbon group optionally
having substituent(s).
62



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
The ~hydrocarbon group" of the nhydrocarbon group
optionally having substituent(s)" for Q encompasses an
aliphatic or aromatic hydrocarbon group, wherein the
aliphatic hydrocarbon group means a saturated or unsaturated,
linear, branched chain or cyclic hydrocarbon group. As the
hydrocarbon group, a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 14 carbon
atoms is preferable. For example, a C1_6 alkyl group, a Cz-6
alkenyl group, a C2_6 alkynyl group, a C3_8 cycloalkyl group and
a C6_14 aryl group can be mentioned, a Cl-6 alkyl group, a C3_$
to cycloalkyl group and a C6_14 aryl group are preferable, and a
C1_6 alkyl group and a C3_8 cycloalkyl group are more
preferable.
The above-mentioned "alkyl group" is a linear or
branched chain alkyl group, with preference given to an alkyl
15 group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms ("C1_6 alkyl group") . For
example, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl,
isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, n-pentyl, isopentyl,
neopentyl, 1-methylpropyl, n-hexyl, isohexyl, 1,1-
dimethylbutyl, 2,2-dimethylbutyl, 3,3-dimethylbutyl, 3,3-
2o dimethylpropyl, 2-ethylbutyl and the like can be mentioned,
with preference given to an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon
atoms. For Q, methyl, ethyl, isopropyl and tert-butyl are
especially preferable, and tert-butyl is particularly
preferable.
25 The above-mentioned "CZ_6 alkenyl group" is a linear or
branched chain alkenyl group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms. For
example, vinyl, n-propenyl, isopropenyl, n-butenyl,
isobutenyl, sec-butenyl, tert-butenyl, n-pentenyl,
isopentenyl, neopentenyl, 1-methylpropenyl, n-hexenyl,
3o isohexenyl, 1,1-dimethylbutenyl, 2,2-dimethylbutenyl, 3,3-
dimethylbutenyl, 3,3-dimethylpropenyl, 2-ethylbutenyl and the
like can be mentioned, with preference given to an alkenyl
group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms, and vinyl, n-propenyl and
isopropenyl are particularly preferable.
63



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
The above-mentioned ~C2_6 alkynyl group" is a linear or
branched chain alkynyl group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms. For
example, ethynyl, n-propynyl (1-propynyl), isopropynyl (2-
propynyl), n-butynyl, isobutynyl, sec-butynyl, tert-butynyl,
n-pentynyl, isopentynyl, neopentynyl, l-methylpropynyl, n-
hexynyl, isohexynyl, 1,1-dimethylbutynyl, 2,2-
dimethylbutynyl, 3,3-dimethylbutynyl, 3,3-dimethylpropynyl,
2-ethylbutynyl and the like can be mentioned, with preference
given to an alkynyl group having 2 to 3 carbon atoms, and
1o ethynyl, 1-propynyl and 2-propynyl are particularly
preferable.
The above-mentioned ~C3-B cycloalkyl group" is a linear
or branched chain cycloalkyl group having 3 to 8 carbon
atoms. For example, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl,
15 cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, cyclooctyl and the like can be
mentioned, with preference given to a cycloalkyl group having
to 7 carbon atoms, and cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl
are especially preferable, and cyclohexyl is particularly
preferable.
Zo The above-mentioned ~aryl group" is a monocyclic or
fused polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbon group, with preference
given to an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 14 carbon
atoms (~C6_14 aryl group") . For example, phenyl, naphthyl,
anthryl, phenanthryl, acenaphthylenyl and acenaphthylenyl can
25 be mentioned, with preference given to an aromatic
hydrocarbon group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms. For Q, phenyl
is particularly preferable.
The above-mentioned ~hydrocarbon group" may be
substituted and as the substituent, for example, a C6_19 aryl
3o group, a hydroxyl group, a halogen, a C1_6 alkoxy group
optionally substituted by halogen, a C~_12 aralkyloxy group, a
C1_5 alkoxy-carbonyl group, a C,__6 alkyl group optionally
substituted by halogen, an amino group optionally substituted
by C1_6 alkyl group and the like can be mentioned.
64



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
As the substituent of the "alkyl group optionally
having substituent(s)", for example, an aryl group, a
hydroxyl group, a halogen, an alkoxy group optionally
substituted by 1 to 5 halogens, a C~_12 aralkyloxy group, a Cl_5
s alkoxy-carbonyl group and the like can be mentioned. The
number of the substituents is 1-5, preferably 1-3.
As the substituent of the "aryl group optionally having
substituent(s)", for example, a halogen, an alkyl group
optionally substituted by 1 to 5 halogens, an aryl group, a
io hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group optionally substituted by 1
to 5 halogens, a C~_12 aralkyloxy group, a C1_s alkoxy-carbonyl
group and the like can be mentioned. The number of the
substituents is 1-5, preferably 1-3.
The above-mentioned "C1_6 alkyl group" , "C2_6 alkenyl
Is group" and "C2_b alkynyl group" may be substituted, and as the
substituent, (i) a C6_14 aryl group, (ii) a hydroxyl group,
(iii) a halogen, (iv) a C1_6 alkoxy group optionally
substituted by halogen, (v) a C~_12 aralkyloxy group, (vi) a
C1_s alkoxy-carbonyl group, (vii) an acylamino group, (viii)
an amino group optionally substituted by C1_6 alkyl group, and
the like can be mentioned, with preference given to (i)-
(vii). The number of the substituents is 1-5, preferably 1-
3.
The above-mentioned "C3_$ cycloalkyl group" and "C6_14
2s aryl group" may be substituted, and as the substituent, (i) a
C6_, 4 aryl group , ( ii ) a hydroxyl group , ( iii ) a halogen , ( iv)
a Cz_6 alkoxy group optionally substituted by halogen, (v) a
C~_12 aralkyloxy group, (vi) a C1_s alkoxy-carbonyl group, (vii)
a C1_6 alkyl group optionally substituted by halogen, (viii)
3o an amino group optionally substituted by C1_6 alkyl group, and
the like can be mentioned, with preference given to (i)-
(vii). The number of the substituents is 1-5, preferably 1-
3.
In the formula ( I I I ) , Q is preferably a C1_6 alkyl



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
group, a C2_s alkenyl group or a CZ_6 alkynyl group, each
optionally having substituent(s) selected from the group
consisting of (i) a Cs-is aryl group, (ii) a hydroxyl group,
(iii) a halogen, (iv) a C1_s alkoxy group optionally
s substituted by halogen, (v) a C~_12 aralkyloxy group, (vi) a
C1_5 alkoxy-carbonyl group and (vii) an acylamino group, or a
C3_$ cycloalkyl group or a Cs_14 aryl group, each optionally
having substituent(s) selected from the group consisting of
(i) a Cs_14 aryl group, (ii) a hydroxyl group, (iii) a halogen,
io (iv) a C1_s alkoxy group optionally substituted by halogen,
(v) a C~_12 aralkyloxy group, (vi) Cl_5 alkoxy-carbonyl group
and (vii) a C1_s alkyl group optionally substituted by
halogen, more preferably,
(1) a C1_s alkyl group optionally having 1 to 5
is substituents selected from the group consisting of (i) a Cs_14
aryl group, (ii) a hydroxyl group, (iii) a halogen, (iv) a C1_
s alkoxy group optionally substituted by 1 to 5 halogens, (v)
a C~_12 aralkyloxy group and (vi) a C1_5 alkoxy-carbonyl group,
or (2) a Cs_1q aryl group optionally having 1 to 5 substituents
2o selected from the group consisting of (i) a halogen, (ii) a
C1_s alkyl group optionally substituted by Z to 5 halogens,
(iii) a Cs_14 aryl group, (iv) a hydroxyl group, (v) a C1_s
alkoxy group optionally substituted by 1 to 5 halogens, (vi)
a C~_lZ aralkyloxy group and (vii) a Cl_5 alkoxy-carbonyl group,
2s still more preferably,
a C,__s alkyl group optionally having substituent(s)
selected from the group consisting of (i) a Cs_14 aryl group,
(ii) a hydroxyl group, (iii) a halogen, (iv) a C1_s alkoxy
group optionally substituted by halogen, (v) a C~_12 aralkyloxy
sa group, (vi) a C1_5 alkoxy-carbonyl group and (vii) an
acylamino group, or a C3_8 cycloalkyl group or a Cs_14 aryl
group, each optionally having substituent(s) selected from
the group consisting of (i) a Cs_14 aryl group, (ii) a hydroxyl
group, (iii) a halogen, (iv) a Cz_s alkoxy group optionally
66



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
substituted by halogen, (v) a C~_12 aralkyloxy group, (vi) a
C1-5 alkoxy-carbonyl group and (vii) a C1-6 alkyl group
optionally substituted by halogen.
Of these, Q is preferably a C1_6 alkyl group optionally
substituted C6_19 aryl group, or a C6-14 aryl group, and
particularly preferably a phenyl group, or a methyl or tert-
butyl group.
In the compound (III), pharmacologically acceptable
basic salt can be formed between an acidic group in a
io molecule and an inorganic base or an organic base and the
like, and a pharmacologically acceptable acid addition salt
can be formed between a basic group in a molecule and an
inorganic acid or an organic acid and the like.
As one of the preferable embodiments of compound (III)
of the present invention, a compound wherein D is a bond, and
Q is an alkyl group optionally having substituent(s) or an
aryl group optionally having substituent(s) can be mentioned.
As the inorganic basic salts of compound (III), for
example, salts with alkali metals (e. g., sodium, potassium
2o etc.), alkaline earth metals (e.
g. , calcium etc. ) , ammonia
and the like, and the like, and as the organic basic salts of
compound (III), for example, salts with dimethylamine,
triethylamine, piperazine, pyrrolidine, piperidine, 2-
phenylethylamine, benzylamine, ethanolamine, diethanolamine,
2s pyridine, collidine and the like, and the like can be
mentioned.
As the acid addition salts of compound (III), for
example, inorganic acid salts (e. g., hydrochloride, sulfate,
hydrobromide, phosphate etc.), organic acid salts (e. g.,
3o acetate, trifluoroacetate, succinate, maleate, fumarate,
propionate, citrate, tartrate, lactate, oxalate,
methanesulfonate, p-toluenesulfonate etc.) and the like can
be mentioned.
The compound (III) of the present invention encompasses
67



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
hydrates. As the "hydrate", 0.5 hydrate-5.0 hydrate can be
mentioned. Of these, 0.5 hydrate, 1.0 hydrate, 1.5 hydrate
and 2.0 hydrate are preferable.
The compound (III) of the present invention encompasses
racemate and optically active compounds. As the optically
active compound, one wherein one enantiomer shows not less
than 90~ enantiomer excess (e.e.), more preferably not less
than 99~ enantiomer excess, is preferable. As an optically
active form, an (R) form represented by the formula
O\ /
~I'D
Q
T° wherein the symbols in the formula are as defined above, is
preferable.
The compound (III) can be manufactured by a method
known per se, and by methods described in, for example, JP-A-
2002-187890, WO 02/30920 and the like or methods analogous
thereto. The optically active compound (III) can be obtained
by a method using optical resolution (fractional
recrystallization, chiral column method, diastereomer method,
a method using microorganism or enzyme and the like),
asymmetric oxidation and the like. As PPI of other
2° benzimidazole compound derivatives, the compound described in
WO 03/27098 can be also applied to the present invention.
B. Steroid Cl~,zo lyase inhibitor
As specific examples of steroid Cl~,zo lyase inhibitor,
in the following compounds can be mentioned.
z5 [1] A compound described in W002/40484, which is represented
68



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
by the formula:
HO ~CHz)
Ar
(I)-A
N
wherein n is an integer of 1 to 3 and Ar is an aromatic ring
optionally having substituent(s), or a salt thereof.
As preferable examples of the compound represented by
the formula (I)-A, in the following compounds can be
mentioned.
[2] The compound of the above-mentioned [1], wherein Ar is a
monocyclic or bicyclic aromatic fused ring optionally having
io substituent (s) .
[3] The compound of the above-mentioned [1], wherein Ar is an
optionally substituted aromatic ring comprising 5 to 10 atoms
containing 0 to 4 hetero atoms as ring-constituting atoms,
which ring is bonded via a carbon atom.
ss [4] The compound of the above-mentioned [1], wherein Ar is a
group represented by the formula;
(Ray) m~ ('1 ) -A
(Ra2) ~
wherein ml is an integer of 1 to 4, m2 is an integer of 0 to
3, and Ra' and Ra2 are the same or different and each is
2o independently a hydrogen atom, a hydroxy group optionally
having a substituent, a thiol group optionally having a
substituent, an amino group optionally having substituent(s),
an aryl group, a halogen atom or a hydrocarbon group
optionally having substituent(s), a group represented by the
25 formula:
69



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
(Ra3) ~ \
(2) -A
(Ra~ ~
wherein m3 is an integer of 1 to 5, m4 is an integer of 0 to
4, and Ra3 and Ra4 are the same or different and each is are
each independently a hydrogen atom, a hydroxy group
optionally having a substituent, a thiol group optionally
having a substituent, an amino group optionally having
substituent(s), an acyl group, a halogen atom or a
hydrocarbon group optionally having substituent(s), or a
group represented by the formula:
io (Ra5) ~ '~ (3) -A
S
wherein m5 is an integer of 1 to 4, and Ra$ is a hydrogen
atom, a hydroxy group optionally having a substituent, a
thiol group optionally having a substituent, an amino group
optionally having substituent(s), an acyl group, a halogen
i5 atom or a hydrocarbon group optionally having substituent(s).
[5] The compound of the above-mentioned [1], wherein Ar is a
group represented by the formula:
\ \
Rah ~ / / (~-~)-A
Ra'~N CO
wherein Ras and Ra' are the same or different and each is are
2o each independently a hydrogen atom or a lower alkyl group, or
a group represented by the formula:



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
Ra3
\ \ c,
(Ra ~~
(2-1 ) -A
wherein m4 is an integer of 0 to 4, and Ra3 and Ra4 are the
same or different and each is independently a hydrogen atom,
a hydroxy group optionally having a substituent, a thiol
s group optionally having a substituent, an amino group
optionally having substituent(s), an acyl group, a halogen
atom or a hydrocarbon group optionally having substituent(s).
[6] The compound of the above-mentioned [1], wherein Ar is a
group represented by the formula:
\ \
io Ra~ ~ / / (~-~)-A
Ra'~N CO
wherein Ra6 and Ra' are the same or different and each is
independently a hydrogen atom or a lower alkyl group.
[7] The compound of the above-mentioned [1], which is an
enantiomer wherein the steric configuration is an S
is configuration.
[8] The compound of the above-mentioned [1], which is an
enantiomer wherein the steric configuration is an R
configuration.
Each symbol in each formula is defined as follows.
N is an integer of 1 to 3, with preference given to 1.
ml is an integer of 1 to 4, with preference given to 1
or 2, particularly 1.
m2 is an integer of 0 to 3, with preference given to 0
or 1, particularly 0.
2s m3 is an integer of 1 to 5, with preference given to 1
71



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
to 3, particularly 1.
m4 is an integer of 0 to 4, with preference given to 0
or 1, particularly 0.
m5 is an integer of 1 to 4, with preference given to 1
s or 2, particularly 1.
m6 is an integer of 0 to 3, with preference given to 0
or l, particularly 0.
As the hydroxy group optionally having a substituent
for Ral, Ra2, Ra3, Ra4 or Ras, an unsubstituted hydroxyl group,
to and in addition, for example, a lower alkoxy (e. g., C1_4
alkoxy group such as methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy and the like),
a lower alkanoyloxy (e. g., C1-4 alkanoyloxy such as acetyloxy,
propionyloxy and the like), a carbamoyloxy optionally having
substituent(s) (e.g., unsubstituted carbamoyloxy, and
15 further, for example, carbamoyloxy substituted by 1 or 2 C1_4
alkyl groups, such as methylcarbamoyloxy, ethylcarbamoyloxy,
dimethylcarbamoyloxy, diethylcarbamoyloxy,
ethylmethylcarbamoyloxy and the like) and the like can be
mentioned.
2o As the thiol group optionally having a substituent for
Ral, Ra2, Ra3, Ra4 or Ras, an unsubstituted thiol group, and in
addition, for example, a lower alkylthio (e. g., C1-4 alkylthio
group such as methylthio, ethylthio, propylthio and the
like), a lower alkanoylthio (e.g., C1-4 alkanoylthio such as
2s acetylthio, propionylthio and the like) and the like can be
mentioned.
As the amino group optionally having substituent(s) for
Ral, Ra2, Ra3, Ra4 or Ras, an unsubstituted amino group, and in
addition, for example, a lower alkylamino (e.g., C1-4
so alkylamino group such as methylamino, ethylamino, propylamino
and the Like), a di-lower alkylamino (e. g., di-C1_4 alkylamino
such as dimethylamino, diethylamino and the like), a C1_4
alkanoylamino (e.g., acetylamino, propionylamino etc.) and
the like can be mentioned.
72



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
As the acyl group for Ral, Ra2, Ra3, Ra9 or Ray, for
example, an alkanoyl group (e.g., C1_6 alkanoyl such as
formyl, acetyl, propionyl and the like), an alkylsulfonyl
group (e. g., C1_4 alkylsulfonyl such as methylsulfonyl,
ethylsulfonyl and the like), an aroyl group (e. g., benzoyl,
toluoyl, naphthoyl etc.), a carbamoyl group optionally
having substituent(s) (e. g., mono- or di-C1-to alkylcarbamoyl
group such as methylcarbamoyl, ethylcarbamoyl,
dimethylcarbamoyl, diethylcarbamoyl and the like, mono- or
io di-C6_14 arylcarbamoyl group such as phenylcarbamoyl,
diphenylcarbamoyl and the like, mono- or di-C~-is
aralkylcarbamoyl group such as benzylcarbamoyl,
dibenzylcarbamoyl and the like, and the like), a sulfamoyl
group optionally having substituent(s) (e.g., mono- or di-C1-
Is to alkylsulfamoyl group such as methylsulfamoyl,
ethylsulfamoyl, dimethylsulfamoyl, diethylsulfamoyl and the
like, mono- or di-C6_19 arylsulfamoyl group such as
phenylsulfamoyl, diphenylsulfamoyl and the like, mono- or
di-C~-16 aralkylsulfamoyl group such as benzylsulfamoyl,
2o dibenzylsulfamoyl and the like, and the like) and the like
can be mentioned.
As the halogen for Ral, Ra2, Ra3, Ra4 or RaS, fluorine,
chlorine, bromine and iodine can be mentioned.
As the "hydrocarbon group" of the "hydrocarbon group
25 optionally having substituent (s) " for Ral, Ra2, Ra3, Ra4 or
Ras, for example, a chain hydrocarbon group, a cyclic
hydrocarbon group and the like can be mentioned.
As the chain hydrocarbon group, for example, a linear
or branched chain hydrocarbon group having carbon 1 to 10
3o carbon atoms and the like can be mentioned. Specifically,
for example, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group and the like
can be mentioned. Of these, an alkyl group is particularly
preferable. As the "alkyl group", for example, a C1_lo alkyl
group such as methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, butyl,
73



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, n-pentyl, isopentyl,
neopentyl, n-hexyl, isohexyl and the like, and the like can
be mentioned, with preference given to a C1_6 alkyl group
(e. g., methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, sec-
butyl, tert-butyl etc.). As the ~alkenyl group", for
example, a C2_lo alkenyl group such as vinyl, 1-propenyl,
allyl, isopropenyl, 1-butenyl, 2-butenyl, 3-butenyl,
isobutenyl, sec-butenyl and the like, and the like can be
mentioned, with preference given to a C2_6 alkenyl group
io (e. g., vinyl, 1-propenyl, allyl etc.). As the ~alkynyl
group", for example, a CZ_lo alkynyl group such as ethynyl, 1-
propynyl, propargyl and the like, and the like can be
mentioned, with preference given to a C2_6 alkynyl group
(e. g., ethynyl etc.).
15 As the cyclic hydrocarbon group, for example, a cyclic
hydrocarbon group having 3 to 18 carbon atoms can be
mentioned. Specifically, for example, an alicyclic
hydrocarbon group, an aromatic hydrocarbon group and the like
can be mentioned.
2o As the ~alicyclic hydrocarbon group", for example, a
monocyclic or fused polycyclic group consisting of 3 to 10
carbon atoms can be mentioned. Specifically, a cycloalkyl
group, a cycloalkenyl group and a bi- or tri-cyclic fused
ring of these and a C6_1q aryl group (e.g. , benzene etc. ) and
2s the like, and the like can be mentioned. As the ~cycloalkyl
group", for example, a C3_6 cycloalkyl group such as
cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl and the
like, and the like can be mentioned, and as the ~cycloalkenyl
group", for example, a C3_6 cycloalkenyl group such as
3o cyclopropenyl, cyclobutenyl, cyclopentenyl, cyclohexenyl and
the like, and the like can be mentioned.
As the "aromatic hydrocarbon group", for example, a
monocyclic aromatic hydrocarbon group, a fused polycyclic
aromatic hydrocarbon group and the like, which consist of 6
74



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
to 18 carbon atoms, can be mentioned. Specifically, a C6_14
aryl group such as phenyl, 1-naphthyl, 2-naphthyl, 2-
indenyl, 2-anthryl and the like can be mentioned, with
preference given to a C6_lo aryl group (e.g., phenyl etc.) and
s the like.
The substituent that the ~chain hydrocarbon group" for
the ~hydrocarbon group optionally having substituent(s)" may
have is not particularly limited. For example, a halogen
atom, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an acyloxy group, an
to alkylthio group, an acylamino group, a carboxyl group, an
alkoxycarbonyl group, an oxo group, an alkylcarbonyl group, a
cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aromatic heterocyclic
group and the like can be mentioned. These substituents are
substituted on the ~chain hydrocarbon group" within the
Is chemically acceptable range, and the number of the
substituents is 1 to 5, preferably 1 to 3. When the number
of the substituents is not less than 2, the respective
substituents may be the same or different.
As the substituent that the ~cyclic hydrocarbon group"
2o for the "hydrocarbon group optionally having substituent(s)"
may have is not particularly limited. For example, a halogen
atom, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an acyloxy group, an
alkylthio group, an alkylsulfonyl group, a mono- or di-
alkylamino group, an acylamino group, a carboxyl group, an
2s alkoxycarbonyl group, an alkynylcarbonyl group, an alkyl
group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aromatic
heterocyclic group and the like can be mentioned. These
substituents are substituted on the "cyclic hydrocarbon
group" within the chemically acceptable range, and the number
30 of the substituents is 1 to 5, preferably 1 to 3. When the
number of the substituents is not less than 2, the respective
substituents may be the same or different.
As the ~halogen atom", for example, fluorine, chlorine,
bromine, iodine and the like can be mentioned. As the



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
~alkoxy group", for example, a C1_lo alkoxy group such as
methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, isopropoxy, butoxy, isobutoxy, sec-
butoxy, pentyloxy, hexyloxy and the like, and the like can be
mentioned. As the ~acyloxy group", for example, formyloxy, a
Ci-to alkyl-carbonyloxy (e.g., acetoxy; propionyloxy etc.) and
the like can be mentioned. As the ~alkylthio group", for
example, a C1_lo alkylthio group such as methylthio, ethylthio,
propylthio, isopropylthio and the like, and the like can be
mentioned. As the ~alkylsulfonyl group", for example, a C1_lo
io alkylsulfonyl group such as methylsulfonyl, ethylsulfonyl,
propylsulfonyl and the like, and the like can be mentioned.
As the "acylamino group", for example, formylamino,
diformylamino, a mono- or di-C1-to alkyl-carbonylamino (e. g.,
acetylamino, propionylamino, butyrylamino, diacetylamino
etc.) and the like can be mentioned. As the ~mono- or di-
alkylamino group", those similar to the aforementioned lower
alkylamino and di-lower alkylamino can be exemplified. As
the ~alkoxycarbonyl group", for example, a C1_lo alkoxycarbonyl
group such as methoxycarbonyl, ethoxycarbonyl,
2o propoxycarbonyl, isopropoxycarbonyl, butoxycarbonyl and the
like, and the like can be mentioned. As the ~alkylcarbonyl
group", for example, a C1_lo alkylcarbonyl group such as
acetyl, propionyl, butyryl, valeryl and the like, and the
like can be mentioned. As the ~alkynylcarbonyl group", for
example, a C3_,o alkynylcarbonyl group such as ethynylcarbonyl,
1-propynylcarbonyl, 2-propynylcarbonyl and the like, and the
like can be mentioned. As the ~cycloalkyl group", for
example, a C3-to cycloalkyl group such as cyclopropyl,
cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl and the like, and the
like can be mentioned. As the ~aryl group", for example, a
C6_14 aryl group such as phenyl, 1-naphthyl, 2-naphthyl and the
like, and the like can be mentioned. As the ~aromatic
heterocyclic group", for example, a mono- to tri-cyclic
aromatic heterocyclic groups containing, besides carbon
76



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
atoms, 1 or 2 kinds of preferably 1 to 4 hetero atoms
selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur, and the like can
be mentioned, Specifically, for example, thienyl, pyridyl,
furylpyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl,
thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, pyridazinyl,
tetrazolyl, quinolyl, indolyl, isoindolyl and the like can be
mentioned. As the "alkyl group", for example, a C1_lo alkyl
group such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, sec-
butyl, tert-butyl, pentyl and the like, and the like can be
to mentioned.
The substituent that the aforementioned "hydrocarbon
group may have may futher have 1 to 5, preferably 1 to 3,
substituents shown below within the chemically acceptable
range. As such substituent, for example, a halogen atom
Is (e. g., fluorine, chlorine, bromine etc.), a hydroxyl group
and a C1_6 alkoxy group (e. g., methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy,
isopropoxy etc.) can be mentioned.
As the lower alkyl group for Ra6 or Ra', for example, a
linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon
2° atoms can be mentioned. Specifically, methyl, ethyl, n-
propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl,
cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl and the like can be mentioned.
The aromatic ring optionally having substituent(s) for
Ar is, for example, a monocyclic or bicyclic fused aromatic
25 ring optionally having 1 or more substituents and the like.
In addition, an optionally substituted aromatic ring
consisting of 5 to 10 atoms containing 0 to 4 hetero atoms)
as ring-constituting atoms) (where the aromatic ring is
bonded to a condensed imidazole ring in the formula (I)-A via
3o a carbon atom rather than a hetero atom) can be also
preferably exemplified as Ar.
As the substituent of the aromatic ring optionally
having substituent(s) for Ar, a hydroxyl group optionally
having a substituent, a thiol group optionally having a
77



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
substituent, an amino group optionally having substituent(s),
an acyl group, a halogen atom or a hydrocarbon group
optionally having substituent(s) can be mentioned. As the
"hydroxy group optionally having a substituent", the "amino
group optionally having substituent(s)", the "acyl group",
the "halogen atom" and the "hydrocarbon group optionally
having substituent(s)", those exemplified for the above-
mentioned Ral, RaZ, Ra3, Ra4 or Ras, respectively, can be
mentioned.
to The compound of the present invention represented by
the formula (I)-A may form a salt, and as the salt, acid
addition salts such as inorganic acid salts (e. g.,
hydrochloride, sulfate, hydrobromide, phosphate etc.),
organic acid salts (e. g., acetate, trifluoroacetate,
succinate, maleate, fumarate, propionate, citrate, tartrate,
lactate, oxalate, methanesulfonate, p-toluenesulfonate etc.)
and the like can be mentioned.
The compound of the formula (I)-A and a salt thereof
may be hydrates, which are encompassed in the present
2o invention. Hereinafter the compound (I)-A also includes
salts and hydrates.
The prodrug of compound (I)-A means a compound that is
converted to compound (I) -A having a steroid Cl~,2o-lYase-
inhibitory action in the body by reaction with an enzyme,
2s gastric acid and the like.
As the prodrug of the compound (I)-A, a compound
wherein an imidazole nitrogen of the compound (I)-A is
acylated or alkylated [e. g., dimethylaminosulfonylated,
acetoxymethylated, (5-methyl-2-oxo-1,3-dioxolen-4-
so yl)methoxycarbonylmethylated, pivaloyloxymethylated or
benzyloxymethylated compound etc.]; a compound wherein a
hydroxyl group of the compound (I)-A is acylated, alkylated,
phosphorylated, sulfated, borated [e.g., compound wherein a
hydroxyl group of the compound (I)-A is acetylated,
78



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
palmitoylated, propanoylated, pivaloylated, succinylated,
fumalylated, alanylated or dimethylaminomethylcarbonylated
etc.], and the like are preferred. These compounds can be
produced by a method known per se.
s The prodrug of the compound (I)-A may be as it is or a
pharmacologically acceptable salt. As examples of such salt,
when the prodrug of the compound (I)-A has an acidic group
such as carboxyl group and the like, salts with inorganic
bases (e.g., alkali metals such as sodium, potassium and the
io like, alkaline earth metals such as calcium, magnesium etc.,
transition metals such as zinc, iron, copper etc., and the
like), salts with organic bases (e.g., organic amines such as
trimethylamine, triethylamine, pyridine, picoline,
ethanolamine, diethanolamine, triethanolamine,
zs dicyclohexylamine, N,N'-dibenzylethylenediamine etc., basic
amino acids such as arginine, lysine, ornithine etc., etc.),
and the like can be mentioned.
When the prodrug of the compound (I)-A has a basic
group such as amino group and the like, salts with inorganic
2o acids and organic acids (e. g., hydrochloric acid, nitric
acid, sulfuric acid, phosphoric acid, carbonic acid,
bicarbonic acid, formic acid, acetic acid, propionic acid,
trifluoroacetic acid, fumaric acid, oxalic acid, tartaric
acid, malefic acid, citric acid, succinic acid, malic acid,
2s methanesulfonic acid, benzenesulfonic acid, p-toluenesulfonic
acid etc.), salts with acidic amino acids (e. g., aspartic
acid, glutamic acid etc.) and the like can be mentioned.
The prodrug of the compound (I)-A may be a hydrate or a
non-hydrate.
3o While the compound (I)-A has one or more asymmetric
carbons in a molecule, both an R configuration compound and
an S configuration compound due to the asymmetric carbons are
encompassed in the present invention.
As the compound (I)-A, a compound, wherein the absolute
79



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
configuration of carbon atom bonded by hydroxy group is S
configuration, is preferable.
Of the compounds represented by the formula (I)-A,
(t)-7-(5-methoxybenzo[b]thiophen-2-yl)-6,7-dihydro-5H-
s pyrrolo[1,2-c]imidazol-7-0l,
(t)-7-(5-fluorobenzo[b]thiophen-2-yl)-6,7-dihydro-5H-
pyrrolo[1,2-c]imidazol-7-0l,
( t ) -7- ( 4 ' -f luoro [ 1 , 1 ' -biphenyl ] -3-yl ) -6 , 7-dihydro-5H-
pyrrolo[1,2-c]imidazol-7-0l,
zo (t)_7-(4'-fluoro[1,1'-biphenyl]-4-yl)-6,7-dihydro-5H-
pyrrolo[1,2-c]imidazol-7-0l,
(t)-6-(7-hydroxy-6,7-dihydro-5H-pyrrolo[1,2-c]imidazol-7-yl)-
N-methyl-2-naphthamide,
(t)-N-cyclopropyl-6-(7-hydroxy-6,7-dihydro-5H-pyrrolo[1,2-
is c]imidazol-7-yl)-2-naphthamide,
(t)-N-ethyl-6-(7-hydroxy-6,7-dihydro-5H-pyrrolo[1,2-
c)imidazol-7-yl)-2-naphthamide,
(t)-N-cyclobutyl-6-(7-hydroxy-6,7-dihydro-5H-pyrrolo[1,2-
c]imidazol-7-yl)-2-naphthamide,
ao (t)-b-(7-hydroxy-6,7-dihydro-5H-pyrrolo[1,2-c]imidazol-7-yl)-
N-isopropyl-2-naphthamide,
(t) -6- (7-hydroxy-6, 7-dihydro-5H-pyrrolo [I,2-c] imidazol-7-yl) -
2-naphthamide,
(+)-7-(5-methoxybenzo[b)thiophen-2-yl)-6,7-dihydro-5H-
2s pyrrolo[1,2-c]imidazol-7-0l,
(+)-7-(5-fluorobenzo[b]thiophen-2-yl)-6,7-dihydro-5H-
pyrrolo[1,2-c]imidazol-7-0l,
(+)-7-(4'-fluoro[l,1'-biphenyl]-3-yl)-6,7-dihydro-5H-
pyrrolo[1,2-c]imidazol-7-0l,
30 (+)-7-(4'-fluoro[1,1'-biphenyl]-4-yl)-6,7-dihydro-5H-
pyrrolo[1,2-c)imidazol-7-0l,
(+)-6-(7-hydroxy-6,7-dihydro-5H-pyrrolo[1,2-c]imidazol-7-yl)-
N-methyl-2-naphthamide,
(+)-N-cyclopropyl-6-(7-hydroxy-6,7-dihydro-5H-pyrrolo[1,2-



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
c]imidazol-7-yl)-2-naphthamide,
(+)-N-ethyl-6-(7-hydroxy-6,7-dihydro-5H-pyrrolo[1,2-
c]imidazol-7-yl)-2-naphthamide,
(+)-N-cyclobutyl-6-(7-hydroxy-6,7-dihydro-5H-pyrrolo[1,2-
c]imidazol-7-yl)-2-naphthamide,
(+)-6-(7-hydroxy-6,7-dihydro-5H-pyrrolo[1,2-c]imidazol-7-yl)-
N-isopropyl-2-naphthamide,
(+)-6-(7-hydroxy-6,7-dihydro-5H-pyrrolo[1,2-c]imidazol-7-yl)-
2-naphthamide,
io (-)_~-(5-methoxybenzo[b]thiophen-2-yl)-6,7-dihydro-5H-
pyrrolo[1,2-c]imidazol-7-0l,
(-) -7- (5-fluorobenzo [b] thiophen-2-yl) -6, 7-dihydro-5H-
pyrrolo[1,2-c]imidazol-7-0l,
(-)-7-(4'-fluoro[1,1'-biphenyl]-3-yl)-6,7-dihydro-5H-
ls pyrrolo [ 1, 2-c ] imidazol-7-0l ,
(-)-7-(4'-fluoro[l,1'-biphenyl]-4-yl)-&,7-dihydro-5H-
pyrrolo[1,2-c]imidazol-7-0l,
(-)-6-(7-hydroxy-6,7-dihydro-5H-pyrrolo[1,2-c]imidazol-7-yl)-
N-methyl-2-naphthamide,
20 (-)-N-cyclopropyl-6-(7-hydroxy-6,7-dihydro-5H-pyrrolo[1,2-
c]imidazol-7-yl)-2-naphthamide,
(-)-N-ethyl-6-(7-hydroxy-6,7-dihydro-SH-pyrrolo[1,2-
c]imidazol-7-yl)-2-naphthamide,
(-)-N-cyclobutyl-6-(7-hydroxy-6,7-dihydro-5H-pyrrolo[1,2-
2s c)imidazol-7-yl)-2-naphthamide,
(-)-6-(7-hydroxy-6,7-dihydro-5H-pyrrolo[1,2-c]imidazol-7-yl)-
N-isopropyl-2-naphthamide,
(-)-6-(7-hydroxy-6,7-dihydro-5H-pyrrolo[1,2-c]imidazol-7-yl)-
2-naphthamide and the like are particularly preferable.
so As examples of other steroid Cl~,zo lyase inhibitors, the
compounds described in W092/15404, W093/20097, EP-A288053,
EP-A413270, (1H-imidazol-1-yl)methyl-substituted
benzimidazole derivatives described in JP-A-64-85975, the
carbazole derivatives described in W094/27989, W096/14090 and
81

~

CA 02519208 2005-09-15
W097/00257, the azole derivatives described in W095/09157,
the 1H-benzimidazole derivatives described in US5,491,161,
the dihydronaphthalene derivatives described in W099/18075
and the like can be mentioned.
s The compounds having a steroid Cl~.2o lyase inhibitory
activity, which are described in each of the above-mentioned
publications can be produced by the method disclosed in each
publication.
C.DPP-IV inhibitor
io In the present specification, the DPP-IV inhibitor
means a compound that inhibits an enzyme activity of DPP-IV
[Classification by the International Union of Biochemical and
Molecular Biology (IUBMB): EC3.4.14.5j. The compound may be
peptidic or non-peptidic.
Is In addition, the DPP-IV inhibitor may have different
forms between before and after administration to living
organisms, as long as the DPP-IV inhibitory activity is
maintained. In other words, the DPP-IV inhibitor may be an
"active metabolite" having a DPP-IV inhibitory activity of a
2o structure that changed due to the metabolism in living
organisms. Furthermore, the DPP-IV inhibitor may be a
"prodrug" that changes to an active form by reaction with
enzyme, gastric acid and the like under physiological
conditions in living organisms.
25 As specific examples of the DPP-IV inhibitor, the
following compounds [lj-[8j can be mentioned.
[lj A compound described in W002/062764, which is represented
by the formula:
~Rb'
A~ ~ _N
~L-NH2
Xb-Rb2
(I)-B
82



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
wherein ring A1 is an optionally substituted 5- to 10-
membered aromatic ring,
Rbl and Rb2 are the same or different and each is an
optionally substituted hydrocarbon group or an optionally
s substituted heterocyclic group,
Xb is a bond, -0-, -S-, -SO-, -SOZ- or -NRb3- (Rb3 is a
hydrogen atom or an optionally substituted hydrocarbon
group) ;
L is a divalent hydrocarbon group, or a salt thereof.
io As the salt of the compound represented by the formula
(I)-B, a pharmacologically acceptable salt is preferable. As
such salt, for example, salts with inorganic bases, salts
with organic bases, salts with inorganic acids, salts with
organic acids, salts with basic or acidic amino acids and the
.ts like can be mentioned.
As preferable examples of the salts with inorganic
bases, alkali metal salts such as sodium salt, potassium salt
and the like; alkaline earth metal salts such as calcium
salt, magnesium salt and the like; aluminum salt; ammonium
2o salt and the like can be mentioned.
As preferable examples of the salts with organic bases,
salts with trimethylamine, triethylamine, pyridine, picoline,
ethanolamine, diethanolamine, triethanolamine,
dicyclohexylamine, N,N-dibenzylethylenediamine and the like
2s Can be mentioned.
As preferable examples of the salts with inorganic
acids, salts with hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, nitric
acid, sulfuric acid, phosphoric acid and the like can be
mentioned.
3o As preferable examples of the salts with organic acids,
salts with formic acid, acetic acid, trifluoroacetic acid,
fumaric acid, oxalic acid, tartaric acid, malefic acid, citric
acid, succinic acid, malic acid, methanesulfonic acid,
benzenesulfonic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid and the like can
83



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
be mentioned.
As preferable examples of the salts with basic amino
acids, salts with arginine, lysine, ornithine and the like
can be mentioned.
As preferable examples of the salts with acidic amino
acids, salts with aspartic acid, glutamic acid and the like
can be mentioned.
The compound represented by the formula (I)-B may be a
non-hydrate or a hydrate, or a prodrug.
io As preferable examples of the compound represented by
the formula (I)-B, the following compounds can be mentioned.
(Compound I-a)
A compound wherein
ring A1 is a benzene ring optionally having 1 or 2
15 substituents selected from
1) a cyano group;
2) a C1_lo alkyl group (preferably ethyl) or a CZ-to alkenyl
group (preferably ethenyl), each optionally substituted by
carbamoyl group or carboxyl group;
20 3) an optionally substituted hydroxy group [preferably an
alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms (preferably methoxy,
isopropoxy) optionally having 1 to 3 substituents selected
from a carbamoyl group, a carboxyl group and an
alkoxycarbonyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms (preferably
2s methoxycarbonyl); a hydroxy group; an aralkyloxy group having
7 to 13 carbon atoms (preferably benzyloxy)][more preferably
carbamoylmethoxy];
4 ) an acyl group [preferably a C1_6 alkyl-carbonyl (preferably
acetyl), a carbamoyl, a mono- or di-(Cz_6 alkyl optionally
3o having 1 to 3 substituents selected from a halogen atom and a
C1-6 alkoxy-carbonyl) -carbamoyl (preferably methylcarbamoyl,
ethylcarbamoyl, propylcarbamoyl, dimethylcarbamoyl,
trifluoroethylcarbamoyl, ethoxycarbonylmethylcarbamoyl and
84



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
the like) , a C3_lo cycloalkyl-carbamoyl (preferably
cyclopropylcarbamoyl), a C~_13 aralkyl-carbamoyl (preferably
benzylcarbamoyl), a nitrogen-containing heterocycle-carbonyl
(preferably pyrrolidinylcarbonyl, piperidinocarbonyl)
optionally substituted by hydroxy, a C1_6 alkylsulfonyl
(preferably methylsulfonyl) , a Cl_6 alkylsulfinyl (preferably
methylsulfinyl), a carboxyl, a C1_6 alkoxy-carbonyl
(preferably methoxycarbonyl), thiocarbamoyl];
5) an optionally substituted amino group (preferably
o carbamoylamino);
6) an optionally substituted thiol group [preferably an
alkylthio group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms (preferably
methylthio) optionally substituted by carbamoyl group;
7) an optionally substituted heterocyclic group [preferably
an aromatic heterocyclic group (preferably furyl, thienyl,
oxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiazolyl, tetrazolyl, pyridyl,
pyrrolyl, triazolyl) or a non-aromatic heterocyclic group
(preferably dioxoisoindole, 5-oxoxadiazol-3-yl, 5-
oxothiadiazol-3-yl), each optionally having 1 or 2
2o substituents selected from a C1_6 alkyl group optionally
substituted by 1 to 3 halogen atoms (preferably methyl,
trifluoromethyl), a carboxyl group,. an alkoxycarbonyl group
having 2 to 8 carbon atoms (preferably ethoxycarbonyl), a
cyano group, a carbamoyl group, an amino group, a mono- or
di-C2_lo alkanoylamino group (e. g. , acetylamino,
isopentanoylamino) , a C,_,o alkoxy-carbonylamino group (e. g. ,
methoxycarbonylamino), a carbamoylamino group, a mono- or di-
Ci-io alkyl-carbamoylamino group (e. g., methylcarbamoylamino,
dimethylcarbamoylamino), a C6_14 aryl-carbonylamino group
so (e.g., benzoylamino), a C3_lo cycloalkyl-carbonylamino group, a
C~_13 aralkyloxy-carbonylamino group, a mono- or di-Cl-to
alkylsulfonylamino group (e. g., methylsulfonylamino,
dimethylsulfonylamino) , a C6_14 arylsulfonylamino group and a
C1-6 alkoxy-carbamoylamino group (e. g. ,



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
methoxycarbamoylamino)]; and
8) an amidino group;
Rbl is an alkyl group having 4 to 10 carbon atoms (preferably
isobutyl, neopentyl) or a cycloalkylalkyl group having 4 to
carbon atoms (preferably cyclopropylmethyl);
Rb2 is an aryl group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms (preferably
phenyl) optionally having 1 or 2 substituents selected from a
halogen atom (preferably fluorine, chlorine) and a C1-6 alkyl
(preferably methyl);
zo Xb is a bond; and
L is a C1-to alkylene (preferably -CH2-) .
(Compound I-b)
A compound wherein
ring A1 is a benzene ring optionally having 1 or 2
substituents selected from
1) a C1_lo alkyl group (preferably ethyl) or a C2-to alkenyl
group (preferably ethenyl), each optionally substituted by
alkoxycarbonyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms (preferably
ethoxycarbonyl) or carbamoyl group;
2) an optionally substituted hydroxy group [preferably an
alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms (preferably methoxy)
optionally substituted by carbamoyl group; more preferably
carbamoylmethoxy];
3) an acyl group (preferably carbamoyl, thiocarbamoyl,
2s carboxyl ) ;
4) an optionally substituted heterocyclic group [preferably
an aromatic heterocyclic group (preferably furyl, thienyl,
oxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiazolyl, tetrazolyl, pyridyl,
pyrrolyl, triazolyl) or a non-aromatic heterocyclic group
(preferably 5-oxoxadiazol-3-yl), each optionally having 1 or
2 substituents selected from a C1_6 alkyl group (preferably
methyl), a carboxyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group having 2
to 8 carbon atoms (preferably ethoxycarbonyl), a cyano group,
a carbamoyl group, an amino group, a mono- or di-CZ_lo
86



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
alkanoylamino group (e.g., acetylamino, isopentanoylamino), a
CI-to alkoxy-carbonylamino group (e. g., methoxycarbonylamino),
a carbamoylamino group, a mono- or di-C1-to alkyl-
carbamoylamino group (e. g., methylcarbamoylamino,
dimethylcarbamoylamino), a C6_14 aryl-carbonylamino group
(e.g., benzoylamino), a C3-zo cycloalkyl-carbonylamino group, a
C~-13 aralkyloxy-carbonylamino group, a mono- or di-C1-to
alkylsulfonylamino group (e. g., methylsulfonylamino,
dimethylsulfonylamino), a C6_14 arylsulfonylamino group and a
1° C1-s alkoxy-carbamoylamino group ( a . g . ,
methoxycarbamoylamino)];
Rb2 is an alkyl group having 4 to 10 carbon atoms (preferably
isobutyl, neopentyl) or a cycloalkylalkyl group having 4 to
carbon atoms (preferably cyclopropylmethyl);
I5 Rb2 is an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms (preferably
butyl) optionally substituted by 1 to 3 halogen atoms;
Xb is -O-;
L is a Cl_lo alkylene (preferably -CHZ-) .
Of the compounds represented by the formula (I)-B, 2-
[3-(aminomethyl)-4-butoxy-2-isobutyl-1-oxo-1,2-dihydro-6-
isoquinolyl]-1,3-thiazole-4-carbonitrile;
2-[3-(aminomethyl)-4-butoxy-2-isobutyl-1-oxo-1,2-dihydro-6-
isoquinolyl]-1,3-thiazole-4-carboxylic acid;
2-[3-(aminomethyl)-4-butoxy-2-isobutyl-1-oxo-1,2-dihydro-6-
isoquinolyl]-1,3-thiazole-4-carboxamide;
ethyl 2-[3-(aminomethyl)-4-butoxy-2-isobutyl-1-oxo-1,2-
dihydro-6-isoquinolyl]-1,3-thiazole-4-carboxylate;
(E)-3-[3-(aminomethyl)-4-butoxy-2-isobutyl-1-oxo-1,2-dihydro-
6-isoquinolyl]-2-propenamide;
so (E)-3-[3-(aminomethyl)-2-isobutyl-4-phenyl-1-oxo-1,2-dihydro-
6-isoquinolyl]-2-propenamide;
3-(aminomethyl)-2-isobutyl-Z-oxo-4-phenyl-1,2-dihydro-6-
isoquinolinecarboxamide;
2-{[3-(aminomethyl)-2-isobutyl-4-phenyl-1-oxo-1,2-dihydro-6-
87



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
isoquinolyl]oxy}acetamide and the like are particularly
preferable.
[2] N-(N'-substituted-glycyl)-2-cyano-pyrrolidine derivatives
such as (2S)-1-{{{2-[(5-cyanopyridin-2-
yl)amino]ethyl}amino}acetyl}-2-cyano-pyrrolidine (DPP-728)
(described in W098/19998) represented by the formula
NC ~ O CN
~N~
N H N
(2S)-1-{[(3-hydroxy-1-adamantyl)amino]acetyl}-2-cyano-
T° pyrrolidine (LAF237) (described in W000/34241) represented by
the formula
H O CN
HO N
N
(2S)-1-{{{2-[(1-pyrimidin-2-ylpiperidin-4-yl}amino}acetyl}-2-
is cyano-pyrrolidine (described in W002/30890),
(2S)-1-{{{2-[(pyrazin-2-yl)amino]ethyl}amino}acetyl}-2-cyano-
pyrrolidine (described in W002/51836),
and the like.
[3] Thiazolidine or pyrrolidine derivatives (described in
so WO01/72290 and the like) such as L-threo-
isoleucylthiazolidine (P32/98) represented by the formula
O
HzNY \N~
S
~CH
CH3
88



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
L-allo-isoleucylthiazolidine, L-threo-isoleucylpyrrolidine,
L-allo-isoleucylpyrrolidine, L-valylpyrrolidine and the like.
s [4] N-substituted-2-cyanopyrrole and 2-cyanopyrroline
derivatives described in WO01/55105, with preference given to
(S,S)-1-(2-amino-3,3-dimethylbutyryl)-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrole-
2-carbonitrile.
[5] Heterocyclic compounds described in W002/02560, with
io preference given to 7-benzyl-8-[6-(hydroxymethyl)-1,4-
diazepan-1-yl]-1,3-dimethyl-3,7-dihydropurine-2,6-dione.
[6] Pyrrolidine derivatives condensed with cyclopropane
described in WO01/68603, with preference given to (1S,3S,5S)-
2-[(2S)-2-amino-3,3-dimethylbutyryl]-3-cyano-2-
is azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexane.
[7] Proline derivatives described in W002/14271, with
preference given to (2S)-1-[(2S,4S)-4-(3-chloro-4-
cyanophenyl)amino-2-pyrrolidinylcarbonyl]-2-cyanopyrrolidine.
[8] Gyanopyrrolidine derivatives described in W002/38541,
2o with preference given to (2S,4S)-1-[(2S,3S)-2-amino-3-methyl-
pentanoyl]-2-cyano-4-fluoropyrrolidine.
The compounds having a DPP-IV inhibitory activity,
which are described in each of the above-mentioned
25 publications can be produced by the method disclosed in each
publication.
The content of the active ingredient relative to the
whole release-controlled part A is, for example, about 1-100
wt~, preferably about 10- about 90 wt$, more preferably about
30 30- about 80 wt~.
As the pharmacologically acceptable carrier contained
in the release-controlled part A, various organic or
inorganic carrier substances conventionally used as
preparation materials and, for example, excipient, lubricant,
89



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
binder, disintegrant and the like can be mentioned. Where
necessary, preparation additives such as preservative,
antioxidant, stabilizer, coloring agent, sweetening agent and
the like can be also used.
As preferable examples of the excipient, lactose,
sucrose, D-mannitol, D-sorbitol, starch, pregelatinized
starch, dextrin, crystalline cellulose, low-substituted
hydroxypropylcellulose, carboxymethylcellulose sodium, gum
arabic, dextrin, pullulan, light silicic anhydride, synthetic
1o aluminum silicate, magnesium aluminometasilicate and the like
can be mentioned.
As preferable examples of the lubricant, magnesium
stearate, calcium stearate, talc, colloid silica and the like
can be mentioned.
15 As preferable examples of the binder, pregelatinized
starch, sucrose, gelatin, gum arabic, methylcellulose,
carboxymethylcellulose, carboxymethylcellulose sodium,
crystalline cellulose, sucrose, D-mannitol, trehalose,
dextrin, pullulan, hydroxypropylcellulose,
2o hydroxypropylmethylcellulose, polyvinylpyrrolidone and the
like can be mentioned.
As preferable examples of the disintegrant, lactose,
sucrose, starch, carboxymethylcellulose,
carboxymethylcellulose calcium, croscarmellose sodium, sodium
25 carboxymethylstarch, light silicic anhydride, low-substituted
hydroxypropylcellulose (L-HPC (trade name: manufactured by
Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd,)) and the like can be mentioned.
As preferable examples of the preservative, p-
oxybenzoates, chlorobutanol, benzyl alcohol, phenethyl
so alcohol, dehydroacetic acid, sorbic acid and the like can be
mentioned.
As preferable examples of the antioxidant, sulfite,
ascorbate and the like can be mentioned.
Preparations and the like wherein the active ingredient



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
is the above-mentioned PPI preferably contain a basic
inorganic salt as a stabilizer.
As the basic inorganic salt to be used in the present
invention, basic inorganic salts of sodium, potassium,
magnesium or calcium can be mentioned, with preference given
to basic inorganic salts of magnesium or calcium. More
preferred is a basic inorganic salt of magnesium. These may
be hydrates or solvates. In the following examples, hydrates
and solvates are also included, though not particularly
io indicated.
As the basic inorganic salt of sodium, for example,
sodium carbonate, sodium hydrogencarbonate, sodium hydroxide
and the like can be mentioned.
As the basic inorganic salt of potassium, for example,
15 potassium carbonate, potassium hydrogencarbonate, potassium
hydroxide and the like can be mentioned.
As the basic inorganic salt of magnesium, for example,
heavy magnesium carbonate, magnesium carbonate, magnesium
oxide, magnesium hydroxide, magnesium aluminometasilicate,
2o magnesium silicate, magnesium aluminate, synthetic
hydrotalcite [Mg6A12 (OH) 16~C03~4H20] and aluminum magnesium
hydroxide [2.5Mg0~A1203~xH20], preferably heavy magnesium
carbonate, magnesium carbonate, magnesium oxide, magnesium
hydroxide and the like can be mentioned.
25 As the basic inorganic salt of calcium, precipitated
calcium carbonate, calcium hydroxide and the like can be
mentioned.
As the basic inorganic salt, heavy magnesium carbonate,
magnesium carbonate, magnesium oxide, magnesium hydroxide and
so the like can be more preferably mentioned.
The basic inorganic salt to be used in the present
invention may be any as long as its 1% aqueous solution or
suspension shows basic pH (not less than pH 7).
The basic inorganic salts may contain one or more kinds
91



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
thereof in combination, and the amount to be added is about
0.2 - about 0.6 part by weight, preferably about 0.2 - about
0.4 part by weight per 1 part by weight of PPI (benzimidazole
compound and the like). Particularly, when PPI is
lansoprazole or an optically active form thereof, a basic
inorganic salt (preferably basic inorganic salt of magnesium
or calcium, more preferably magnesium carbonate) is
preferably contained in about 0.2 - about 0.4 part by weight
per 1 part by weight of PPI,
to As preferable examples of the coloring agent, water-
soluble edible tar pigments (e. g., foodcolors such as Food
Red Nos. 2 and 3, Food yellow Nos. 4 and 5, Food Blue Nos. 1
and 2 and the like), water insoluble lake pigments (e. g.,
aluminum salt of the aforementioned water-soluble edible tar
i5 pigment), natural i ents (e.
p gm g., ~3-carotene, chlorophyll,
red iron oxide) and the like can be mentioned.
As preferable examples of the sweetening agent,
saccharin sodium, dipotassium glycyrrhizinate, aspartam,
stevia and the like can be mentioned.
ao When the release-controlled part A is a sustained
release part, the release mechanism of an active ingredient
is not particularly limited, and any of release by passive
diffusion from the inside of a base material, release caused
by erosion of a base material, release in response to changes
2s in the environmental pH, release utilizing the inner pressure
caused by the swelling of a base material due to the
absorption of the environmental moisture and the like may be
employed.
When release by passive diffusion is to be utilized,
3o the release-controlled part A further contains, in addition
to the active ingredient (preferably further containing a
pharmacologically acceptable carrier), a hydrophilic polymer,
a liposoluble base material, or other sustained-release base
materials.
92



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
In the present specification, a ~hydrophilic polymer"
means a polymer capable of controlling release of an active
ingredient by becoming a hydrogel upon absorption of water
and diffusing the active ingredient contained in the
s preparation, or by dissolution of itself in water.
In the controlled release composition of the present
invention, the release rate of the active ingredient from
each release-controlled part can be freely adjusted by
controlling the viscosity and amount of addition of the
to hydrophilic polymer to be used as a base material.
The viscosity of the hydrophilic polymer contained in
the release-controlled part A is, for example, preferably not
less than 1 mPa-s, more preferably not less than 4 mPa-s,
based on the viscosity of a 2 wt% aqueous solution
is (measurement temperature: 20°C).
Specific examples of the hydrophilic polymer include
hydroxypropylcellulose (HPC) such as HPC-SSL (trade name,
manufactured by Nippon Soda Co., Ltd.) (viscosity of 2 wt%
aqueous solution at 20°C: 2.0-2.9 mPa-s), HPC-SL (trade name,
2o manufactured by Nippon Soda Co., Ltd.) (viscosity of 2 wt%
aqueous solution at 20°C: 3.0-5.9 mPa-s), HPC-L (trade name,
manufactured by Nippon Soda Co., Ltd.) (viscosity of 2 wt%
aqueous solution at 20°C: 6.0-10.0 mPa-s), HPC-M (trade name,
manufactured by Nippon Soda Co., Ltd.) (viscosity of 2 wt%
zs aqueous solution at 20°C: 150-400 mPa-s), HPC-H (trade name,
manufactured by Nippon Soda Co., Ltd.) (viscosity of 2 wt%
aqueous solution at 20°C: 1000-4000 mPa-s) and the like;
hydroxypropylmethylcellulose such as TC-5S (trade name,
manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) (viscosity of 2
so wt% aqueous solution at 20°C: about 15 mPa-s), TC-5R (trade
name, manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.)
(viscosity of 2 wt% aqueous solution at 20°C: about 6 mPa-s),
TC-5E (trade name, manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co.,
Ltd.) (viscosity of 2 wt% aqueous solution at 20°C: about 3
93



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
mPa~s), TC-5MW (trade name, manufactured by Shin-Etsu
Chemical Co., Ltd.) (viscosity of 2 wt% aqueous solution at
20°C: about 4 mPa~s), METOLOSE 60SH-50 (trade name,
manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) (viscosity of 2
s wt% aqueous solution at 20°C: about 50 mpa~s), METOLOSE 65SH-
50 (trade name, manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.)
(viscosity of 2 wt% aqueous solution at 20°C: about 50
mPa~s), METOLOSE 90SH-100 (trade name, manufactured by Shin-
Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) (viscosity of 2 wt% aqueous solution
to at 20°C: about 100 mPa~s), METOLOSE 65SH-400 (trade name,
manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) (viscosity of 2
wt% aqueous solution at 20°C: about 400 mPa~s), METOLOSE
90SH-400 (trade name, manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co.,
Ltd.) (viscosity of 2 wt% aqueous solution at 20°C: about 400
is mpa~s), METOLOSE 65SH-1500 (trade name, manufactured by Shin-
Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) (viscosity of 2 wt% aqueous solution
at 20°C: about 1500 mpa~s), METOLOSE 60SH-4000 (trade name,
manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) (viscosity of 2
wt% aqueous solution at 20°C: about 4000 mPa~s), METOLOSE
Zo 65SH-4000 (trade name, manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical
Co., Ltd.) (viscosity of 2 wt% aqueous solution at 20°C:
about 4000 mpa~s), METOLOSE 90SH-4000 (trade name,
manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) (viscosity of 2
wt% aqueous solution at 20°C: about 4000 mPa~s), METOLOSE
Zs 90SH-30000 (trade name, manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical
Co., Ltd.) (viscosity of 2 wt% aqueous solution at 20°C:
about 30000 mPa~s) and the like;
methylcellulose such as METOLOSE SM15 (trade name,
manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.)
30 (viscosity :about 15 mpa~s, 2 wt% aqueous solution, 20°C),
METOLOSE SM25 (trade name, manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical
Co., Ltd.) (viscosity of 2 wt% aqueous solution at 20°C:
about 25 mPa~s), METOLOSE SM100 (trade name, manufactured by
Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) (viscosity of 2 wt% aqueous
94



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
solution at 20°C: about 100 mPa-s), METOLOSE SM400 (trade
name, manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.)
(viscosity of 2 wt% aqueous solution at 20°C: about 400
mPa-s), METOLOSE SM1500 (trade name, manufactured by Shin-
s Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) (viscosity of 2 wt% aqueous solution
at 20°C: about 1500 mPa-s), METOLOSE SM4000 (trade name,
manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) (viscosity of 2
wt% aqueous solution at 20°C: about 4000 mPa-s), METOLOSE
SM8000 (trade name, manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co.,
io Ltd.) (viscosity of 2 wt% aqueous solution at 20°C: about
8000 mPa~s) and the like;
polyethylene oxide such as WSR N-12K (trade name,
manufactured by Union Carbide Corporation) (viscosity of 2
wt% aqueous solution at 20°C: 400-800 mPa~s), WSR N-60K
is (trade name, manufactured by Union Carbide Corporation)
(viscosity of 2 wt% aqueous solution at 20°C: 2000-4000
mPa~s), WSR 301 (trade name, manufactured by Union Carbide
Corporation) (viscosity of 1 wt% aqueous solution at 25°C:
1500-4500 mPa-s), WSR Coagulant (trade name, manufactured by
ao Union Carbide Corporation) (viscosity of 1 wt% aqueous
solution at 25°C: 4500-7500 mPa-s), WSR 303 (trade name,
manufactured by Union Carbide Corporation] (viscosity of 1
wt% aqueous solution at 25°C: 7500-10000 mPa-s), WSR 308
(trade name, manufactured by Union Carbide Corporation]
2s (viscosity of 1 wt% aqueous solution at 25°C: 10000-15000
mPa-s) and the like;
sodium carboxymethylcellulose such as Sunrose F-150MC (trade
name, manufactured by Nippon Paper Chemicals Co., Ltd.)
(viscosity of 1 wt% aqueous solution at 25°C: 1200-1800
so mPa~s), Sunrose F-300MC (trade name, manufactured by Nippon
Paper Chemicals, Co., Ltd.) (viscosity of 1 wt% aqueous
solution at 25°C: 2500-3000 mPa-s), Sunrose F-1000MC (trade
name, manufactured by Nippon Paper Chemicals, Co., Ltd.)
(viscosity of 1 wt% aqueous solution at 25°C: 8000-12000



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
mPa~s) and the like; and the like. Two or more kinds of these
hydrophilic polymers may be mixed at appropriate ratios for
use.
The content of the hydrophilic polymer relative to the
whole release-controlled part A is, for example, about 5 -
about 90 wt$, preferably about 10 - about 80 wt~.
As the liposoluble base material, for example, carnauba
wax, hydrogenated castor oil, hydrogenated rape seed oil,
polyglycerol esters of fatty acids and the like can be
to mentioned.
As other sustained-release base material, for example,
cellulose polymers such as ethylcellulose and the like;
aminoalkyl methacrylate copolymer RS, ethyl acrylate-methyl
methacrylate copolymer suspension (acrylic acid polymers such
is as Eudragit NE and the like) and the like can be mentioned.
When the release caused by erosion of a base material
is to be utilized, the release-controlled part A can further
contain, in addition to the active ingredient (preferably
further containing a pharmacologically acceptable carrier),
2o for example, an~ amphiphilic base material such as
polyglycolated glyceride (e. g., Gelucire50/13 (trade name,
manufactured by GATTEFOSSE) and the like.
When the active ingredient is released in response to
the changes in the environmental pH, the release-controlled
25 part A can further contain, in addition to the active
ingredient (preferably further containing a pharmacologically
acceptable carrier), for example, enteric base materials
[e.g., acrylic acid polymers such as methacrylic copolymer L
[Eudragit L (trade name, manufactured by Rohm Pharma)],
so methacrylic copolymer LD [Eudragit L-30D55 (trade name,
manufactured by Rohm Pharma)], methacrylic copolymer S
[Eudragit S (trade name, manufactured by Rohm Pharma)] and
the like, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose polymers
[hydroxypropylmethylcellulose phthalate (trade name: HPMCP,
96



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
Shin-Etsu Chemical), hydroxypropylmethylcellulose acetate
succinate (trade name: HPMCAS, Shin-Etsu AQOAT, Shin-Etsu
Chemical)), carboxymethylethylcellulose (trade name: CMEC,
Freund Corporation), cellulose acetate phthalate (trade name:
CAP, Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) and the like] and
the like.
As one that releases the active ingredient utilizing
the inner pressure caused by the swelling of the inside of
the composition due to the absorption of the environmental
to moisture, for example, one utilizing an OROS system (trade
name, manufactured by ALZA) and the like can be mentioned.
When the active ingredient is weak acidic - weak
alkaline and shows relatively low water solubility, and
dissolution and absorption of the active ingredient at the
1$ lower small intestine - near the large intestine may become
insufficient when used as an oral preparation, a pH adjusting
agent and other dissolution aids may be added to the release-
controlled part A for the purpose of controlling the
dissolution behavior from the release-controlled part A.
2o variation in the drug dissolution property due to the
environmental pH can be reduced by the use of a pH adjusting
agent and the like. Suppression of the variation in the drug
dissolution property caused by environmental pH is extremely
significant in achieving constant efficacy in various
25 patients, because in vivo pH of respective patients may vary.
As the pH adjusting agent, for example, organic acids
such as citric acid, tartaric acid, ascorbic acid, malic
acid, fumaric acid, malonic acid, succinic acid, malefic acid,
aspartic acid, glutamic acid, edetic acid and the like,
30 organic acid salts such as sodium edetate, dibasic sodium
citrate, potassium hydrogentartrate and the like, inorganic
acids such as phosphoric acid, hydrochloric acid, sulfuric
acid and the like, inorganic acid salts such as potassium
dihydrogen phosphate and the like can be mentioned. Of
97



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
these, citric acid, tartaric acid, ascorbic acid and the like
are preferable. As other dissolution aids, for example,
macrogol 4000, macrogol 6000, sodium lauryl sulfate and the
like can be mentioned.
The content of the pH adjusting agent and other
dissolution aids relative to the whole release-controlled
part A varies depending on the kind and the content of the
active ingredient, the size of the preparation and the like,
it is, for example, 0.5-50 wt~, preferably 2-30 wt~.
to The release-controlled part A can take, but not limited
to, the form such as tablets, granules, fine granules,
pellets, capsules, crystals, pastes, liquids and the like.
When the release-controlled part A is a pharmaceutical
composition, it can be prepared by a production method
1$ conventionally used in the preparation technical field. For
example, when the release-controlled part A is an immediate
release part, an active ingredient and a pharmacologically
acceptable carrier are mixed and molded, and when the
release-controlled part A is a sustained release part, an
2o active ingredient, a pharmacologically acceptable carrier and
a hydrophilic polymer are mixed and molded. The dispersion
mode of the active ingredient in the molded product may be
uniform dispersion or nonuniform dispersion, with preference
given to uniform dispersion.
25 The release-controlled part A can also be prepared by,
in addition to the above-mentioned, for example, tumbling
granulation methods, in which an active ingredient or a
mixture of an active ingredient with hydrophilic polymer, an
excipient, lubricant and the like is applied in small
so portions onto the surface of an inert carrier particle as a
core, while spraying a binder dissolved in a suitable solvent
such as water, lower alcohol (e.g., methanol, ethanol and the
like) and the like, pan coating methods, fluidized bed
coating methods or melt granulating methods. As the inert
98



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
carrier particle, for example, those made of sucrose,
lactose, starch, crystalline cellulose or waxes can be used,
and the average particle size thereof is preferably from
about 100 ~n to about 1500 Vin.
When the release-controlled part A is a tablet, it can
be prepared by, for example, adding the above-mentioned
excipient, disintegrant, binder, lubricant and the like to an
active ingredient (and a hydrophilic polymer), mixing (where
necessary, further kneading) them and compression molding the
to mixture.
The release-controlled part B is a functional unit that
acts as a (first) sustained release part (corresponding to
dissolution of an oral preparation in the upper small
intestine - near the lower small intestine) in the controlled
15 release composition of the present invention where the
release of the active ingredient is controlled in two or more
steps.
The release rate VB of the active ingredient from the
release-controlled part B is not particularly limited as long
2o as it satisfies the definition of the above-mentioned
sustained-release, and lower than the release rate VA of the
active ingredient from the release-controlled part A.
Preferably, the dissolution rate of an active ingredient at 1
hr after the start of the test is about 5 - about 100, more
2s preferably about 10-50~, when the Japanese Pharmacopoeia
Dissolution Test Method 2 (Paddle Method) is performed using
a suitable test solution (500 mL or 900 mL) at a paddle
rotation of 100 rpm. As the test solution here, those
similar to the above-mentioned are used.
3o Alternatively, the release profile of the active
ingredient from the release-controlled part B is also
characterized in that the sustained release of the active
ingredient from the release-controlled part B preferably
occurs for about 1 hr - about 118 hr, more preferably about 2
99



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
hr - about 10 hr, when the controlled release composition of
the present invention is applied to the intended use (e. g.,
upon oral administration in the case of an oral preparation).
The release-controlled part B is not particularly
limited in the release mechanism of the active ingredient as
long as it contains an active ingredient the same as or
different from the active ingredient contained in the
release-controlled part A, the release rate of the active
ingredient satisfies the above-mentioned conditions, and the
zo release of the active ingredient precedes the release of the
active ingredient contained in the release-controlled part A,
and any, which is similar to those mentioned above for the
release-controlled part A, can be used.
For example, as a composition wherein the active
15 ingredient is released from the base material by passive
diffusion, matrix compositions using the aforementioned
hydrophilic polymers (e. g., hydroxypropylcellulose,
hydroxypropylmethylcellulose, polyethylene oxide and the
like), matrix compositions using liposoluble base materials
20 (e. g., carnauba wax, hydrogenated castor oil, hydrogenated
rape seed oil, polyglycerol esters of fatty acids and the
like), matrix compositions using sustained-release base
material (e.g., cellulose polymers such as ethylcellulose and
the like; aminoalkyl methacrylate copolymer RS, ethyl
25 acrylate-methyl methacrylate copolymer suspensions [acrylic
acid polymers such as Eudragit NE and the like] and the
like), and the like can be mentioned.
As a composition where the active ingredient is
released caused by the erosion of a base material, for
so example, matrix compositions using an amphiphilic base
material such as polyglycolated glyceride (e. g., Gelucire
50/I3 (trade name, manufactured by GATTEFOSSE) and the like,
and the like can be mentioned.
As a composition where the active ingredient is
100



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
released in response to the changes in the environmental pH,
for example, matrix compositions using enteric base materials
[e.g., acrylic acid polymers such as methacrylic copolymer L
[Eudragit L (trade name, manufactured by Rohm Pharma)],
methacrylic copolymer LD [Eudragit L-30D55 (trade name,
manufactured by Rohm Pharma)], methacrylic copolymer S
[Eudragit S (trade name, manufactured by Rohm Pharma)] and
the like, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose polymers
[hydroxypropylmethylcellulose phthalate (trade name: HPMCP,
to Shin-Etsu Chemical), hydroxypropylmethylcellulose acetate
succinate (trade name: HPMCAS, Shin-Etsu AQOAT, Shin-Etsu
Chemical)], carboxymethylethylcellulose (trade name: CMEC,
Freund Corporation), cellulose acetate phthalate (trade name:
CAP, Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) and the like], and
15 the like can be mentioned.
As a composition where the active ingredient is
released utilizing the inner pressure caused by the swelling
of a base material due to the absorption of the environmental
moisture, for example, one utilizing an OROS system (trade
2o name, manufactured by ALZA) and the like can be mentioned.
The active ingredient contained in the release-
controlled part B is preferably the same as the one contained
in the release-controlled part A. When the active ingredient
contained in the release-controlled part B is the same as the
25 one contained in the release-controlled part A, those
mentioned above, preferably PPI, steroid C~~,ZO lyase inhibitor
and DPP-IV inhibitor, more preferably PPI, can be
exemplified. As used herein, by the "same" is meant that the
active ingredients contained in the both release-controlled
so parts are functionally the same. For example, in the case of
PPI, the active ingredients contained in each release-
controlled part may be the same compound or different
compounds as long as they have a PPI activity.
On the other hand, when the active ingredient contained
101



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
in the release-controlled part B is different from the active
ingredient contained in the release-controlled part A, one
that can be a combination agent aiming at an addition or
synergistic effect of efficacy, reduction of side effects and
the like is preferable. For example, in the case of a DPP-IV
inhibitor, it can be used in combination with drugs such as a
therapeutic agent for diabetes, a therapeutic agent for
diabetic complications, an antihyperlipemia agent, an
antihypertensive agent, an antiobestic agent, a diuretic, an
io antithrombotic agent and the like (hereinafter to be
abbreviated as a combination drug).
The dose of the combination drug can be determined as
appropriate based on the dose clinically employed. The
proportion of the DPP-IV inhibitor and a combination drug can
i5 be appropriately determined depending on the administration
subject, administration route, target disease, condition,
combination and the like. When, for example, the
administration subject is a human, a combination drug is used
in an amount of 0.01-100 parts by weight per 1 part by weight
20 of the DPP-IV inhibitor.
Examples of the above-mentioned therapeutic agent for
diabetes include insulin preparations (e. g., animal insulin
preparations extracted from pancreas of cattle, swine; human
insulin preparations synthesized by genetic engineering
2s techniques using Escherichia coli or yeast; zinc insulin;
protamine zinc insulin; fragments or derivatives of insulin
(e. g., INS-1 and the like)), insulin sensitizers (e. g.,
pioglitazone hydrochloride, rosiglitazone (maleate), GI-
262570, JTT-501, MCC-555, YM-440, KRP-297, CS-011, FK-614,
so NN-622, AZ-242, BMS-298585, EML-16336, compounds described in
W099/58510 (e.g., (E)-4-[4-(5-methyl-2-phenyl-4-
oxazolylmethoxy)benzyloxyimino]-4-phenylbutyric acid)), PPARy
agonists, PPARy antagonists, PPARy/a dual agonists, a-
glucosidase inhibitors (e. g., voglibose, acarbose, miglitol,
102



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
emiglitate), biguanides (e. g., phenformin, metformin,
buformin), insulin secretagogues [sulfonylureas (e. g.,
tolbutamide, glibenclamide, gliclazide, chlorpropamide,
tolazamide, acetohexamide, glyclopyramide, glimepiride,
s glipizide, glybuzole and the like), repaglinide, senaglinide,
nateglinide, mitiglinide or calcium salt hydrate thereof],
GLP-1 receptor agonists [e. g., GLP-1, NN-2211, AC-2993
(exendin-4) , BIM-51077, Aib(8,35)hGLP-1 (7,37)NH2] , amyrin
agonists (e. g., pramlintide), phosphotyrosine phosphatase
to inhibitors (e. g. , vanadic acid) , X33 agonists (e, g. , CL-
316243, SR-58611-A, UL-TG-307, SB-226552, AJ-9677, BMS-
196085, AZ40140), gluconeogenesis inhibitors (e. g., glycogen
phosphorylase inhibitors, glucose-6-phosphatase inhibitors,
glucagon antagonists, somatostatin receptor agonists), SGLT
(sodium-glucose cotransporter) inhibitors (e.g., T-1095) and
the like.
Examples of the therapeutic agent for diabetic
complications include aldose reductase inhibitors (e. g.,
Tolrestat, Epalrestat, Zenarestat, Zopolrestat, Minalrestat,
2o Fidarestat, SNK-860, CT-112), neurotrophic factors and
increasing drugs thereof (e. g., NGF, NT-3, BDNF, neurotrophin
pr.oduction~secretion promoters described in W001/14372 (e. g.,
4-(4-chlorophenyl)-2-(2-methyl-1-imidazolyl)-5-[3-(2-
methylphenoxy)propyl]oxazole) and the like), neuranagenesis
25 stimulators (e. g., Y-128), PKC inhibitors (e. g., LY-333531),
AGE inhibitors (e.g., ALT946, pimagedine, pyratoxanthine, N-
phenacylthiazolium bromide (ALT766), EXO-226), active oxygen
scavengers (e. g., thioctic acid), cerebral vasodilators
(e. g., tiapride, mexiletine), and the like.
3o Examples of the antihyperlipemia agent include statin
compounds which are cholesterol synthesis inhibitors (e. g.,
cerivastatin, pravastatin, simvastatin, lovastatin,
atorvastatin, fluvastatin, itavastatin and salts thereof
(e. g., sodium salt)), squalene synthase inhibitors (e. g.,
103



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
compounds described in W097/10224, such as N-[[(3R,5S)-1-(3-
acetoxy-2,2-dimethylpropyl)-7-chloro-5-(2,3-dimethoxyphenyl)-
2-oxo-1, 2,.3, 5-tetrahydro-4,1-benzoxazepin-3-yl]acetyl]
piperidine-4-acetic acid and the like), fibrate compounds
(e. g., bezafibrate, clofibrate, simfibrate, clinofibrate),
ACAT inhibitors (e. g., Avasimibe, Eflucimibe), anion exchange
resins (e. g., colestyramine), probucol, nicotinic acid drugs
(e. g., nicomol, niceritrol), ethyl icosapentate, plant
sterols (e. g., soysterol, Y-oryzanol) and the like.
io Examples of the antihypertensive agent include
angiotensin converting enzyme inhibitors (e. g., captopril,
enalapril, delapril), angiotensin II antagonists (e. g.,
candesartan cilexetil, losartan, eprosartan, valsartan,
telmisartan, irbesartan, tasosartan), calcium antagonists
15 (e. g., manidipine, nifedipine, amlodipine, efonidipine,
nicardipine), potassium channel openers (e. g., levcromakalim,
L-27152, AL 0671, NIP-121), Clonidine and the like.
Examples of the antiobestic agent include antiobestic
agents acting on the central nervous system (e. g.,
2° Dexfenfluramine, fenfluramine, phentermine, Sibutramine,
amfepramone, dexamphetamine, Mazindol, phenylpropanolamine,
clobenzorex), pancreatic lipase inhibitors (e, g., orlistat),
~3 agonists (e.g., CL-316243, SR-58611-A, UL-TG-307, SB-
226552, AJ-967?, BMS-196085, AZ40I40), peptide anorexiants
zs (e. g., leptin, CNTF (Ciliary Neurotropic Factor)),
cholecystokinin agonists (e.g., lintitript, FPL-15849) and
the like.
Examples of the diuretic include xanthine derivatives
(e. g., sodium salicylate and theobromine, calcium salicylate
3o and theobromine), thiazide preparations (e. g., ethiazide,
cyclopenthiazide, trichloromethyazide, hydrochlorothiazide,
hydroflumethiazide, benzylhydrochlorothiazide, penflutizide,
polythiazide, methyclothiazide), antialdosterone agents
(e. g., spironolactone, triamterene), carbonate dehydratase
104



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
inhibitors (e. g., acetazolamide), chlorobenzenesulfonamide
agents (e. g., chlortalidone, mefruside, indapamide),
azosemide, isosorbide, etacrynic acid, piretanide,
bumetanide, furosemide and the like.
s Examples of the antithrombotic agent include heparin
(e. g., heparin sodium, heparin calcium, dalteparin sodium),
warfarin (e. g., warfarin potassium), anti-thrombin drugs
(e. g., aragatroban), thrombolytic agents (e. g,, urokinase,
tisokinase, alteplase, nateplase, monteplase, pamiteplase),
to platelet aggregation inhibitors (e. g,, ticlopidine
hydrochloride, cilostazol, ethyl icosapentate, beraprost
sodium, sarpogrelate hydrochloride) and the like.
The combination drug is preferably an insulin
preparation, an insulin sensitizer, an a-glucosidase
is inhibitor, a biguanide, an insulin secretagogue (preferably
sulfonylurea) or the like.
DPP-IV inhibitors and these combination drugs may be
processed to give a combination agent aiming at an addition
or synergistic effect of the efficacy, reduction of side
2o effects and the like, by adding one or both of them to the
release-controlled part A of the controlled release
composition of the present invention, and adding the other or
both of them to the release-controlled part B.
Alternatively, the combination drug may be administered
2s separately as a single preparation.
Of the controlled release compositions of the present
invention, a composition containing, as an active ingredient,
PPI such as benzimidazole compounds (e.g., lansoprazole and
an optically active form thereof) and the above-mentioned
so imidazole compounds, (particularly, compounds represented by
the above-mentioned formu las ( I ' ) , ( I ) , ( I I ) and ( I I I ) , an
optically active form thereof), is useful as a pharmaceutical
agent, since it has a superior antiulcer activity, a gastric
acid secretion-inhibiting action, a mucosa-protecting action,
105



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
an anti-Helicobacter pylori activity and the like, and shows
low toxicity. In this case, the controlled release
composition of the present invention can be orally
administered to mammals (e. g., human, monkey, sheep, horse,
dog, cat, rabbit, rat, mouse and the like) for the
prophylaxis or treatment of digestive ulcer (e. g., gastric
ulcer, duodenal ulcer, anastomotic ulcer etc.), Zollinger-
Ellison syndrome, gastritis, reflux esophagitis, Symptomatic
Gastroesophageal Reflux Disease (Symptomatic GERD), NUD (Non
to Ulcer Dyspepsia), stomach cancer (including stomach cancer
caused by promoted production of interleukin-1(3 due to
genetic polymorphism of terleukin-1), stomach MALT lymphoma
and the like, eradication of Helicobacter pylori, suppression
of upper gastrointestinal hemorrhage caused by digestive
15 ulcer, acute stress ulcer and hemorrhagic gastritis,
suppression of upper gastrointestinal hemorrhage caused by
invasive stress (stress caused by major surgery requiring
intensive management after operation and cerebrovascular
disorder, head trauma, multiple organ failure and extensive
2o burn requiring intensive care), treatment or prophylaxis of
ulcer caused by nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory agent; or the
treatment, prophylaxis and the like of hyperacidity and ulcer
caused by postoperative stress. For eradication of
Helicobacter pylori, PPI and other active ingredients (e. g.,
25 1 to 3 kinds of active ingredients) may be concurrently used.
As the ~other active ingredients", for example,
antibacterial agents such as an anti-Helicobacter pylori
active substance, an imidazole compound, a quinolone compound
and the like, and bismuth salt can be mentioned.
3o particularly, a pharmaceutical agent comprising PPI and an
antibacterial agent in combination is preferable. Of these,
a combined use with antibacterial agents such as an anti-
Helicobacter pylori active substance, an imidazole compound
and the like is preferable.
106



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
As the ~anti-Helicobacter pylori active substance", for
example, antibiotic penicillin (e. g., amoxicillin,
benzylpenicillin, piperacillin, mecillinam and the like),
antibiotic cefem (e, g,, cefixime, cefaclor and the like),
s antibiotic macrolide (e.g., antibiotic erythromycins such as
erythromycin, clarithromycin and the like), antibiotic
tetracycline (e. g., tetracycline, minocycline, streptomycin
and the like), aminoglycoside antibiotics (e. g., gentamicin,
amikacin and the like), imipenem and the like can be
io mentioned. Of these, antibiotic penicillin, antibiotic
macrolide and the like are preferable.
As the ~imidazole compound", for example,
metronidazole, miconazole and the like can be mentioned.
As the ~bismuth salt", for example, bismuth acetate,
is bismuth citrate and the like can be mentioned.
Antibacterial agents of the ~quinolone compounds" are
also preferable and, for example, ofloxacin, ciploxacin and
the like can be mentioned.
Particularly, for eradication of Helicobacter pylori,
Zo PPI and antibiotic penicillin (e. g., amoxicillin etc.) and/or
antibiotic erythromycin (e.g., clarithromycin etc.) are
preferably used in combination.
PPI and these combination drugs may be administered
separately, or may be processed to give a combination agent
Zs aiming at an addition or synergistic effect of the efficacy,
reduction of side effects and the like, by adding one or both
of them to the release-controlled part A and adding the other
or both of them to the release-controlled part B.
The content of the active ingredient relative to the
3o whole release-controlled part B is, for example, about 1-80
wt~, preferably about 5- about 50 wt~, more preferably about
10- about 30 wt~.
The content of the active ingredient in each release-
controlled part relative to the whole active ingredient in
107



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
the controlled release composition of the present invention
is, for example, about 5 - about 95 wt~ for the release-
controlled part A and about 5 - about 95 wt~ for the release-
controlled part B, preferably, about 20 - about 80 wt~ for
the release-controlled part A and about 20 - about 80 wt~ for
the release-controlled part B, more preferably, about 30 -
about 70 wt~ for the release-controlled part A and about 30 -
about 70 wt~ for the release-controlled part B.
In one preferable embodiment, the release-controlled
1° part B contains a hydrophilic polymer as a sustained-release
base material in addition to the active ingredient. As
specific examples of the hydrophilic base material, those
mentioned above for the release-controlled part A can be
mentioned.
is The viscosity of the hydrophilic polymer contained in
the release-controlled part B is, for example, preferably not
less than I mPa~s, more preferably not less than 4 mPa~s,
based on the viscosity of a 2 wt~ aqueous solution
(measurement temperature: 20°C).
2o The content of the hydrophilic polymer relative to the
whole release-controlled part B is, for example, about 5 -
about 90 wt$, preferably about 10 - about 80 wt~.
When the release-controlled part A and the release-
controlled part B are both sustained-release matrices
25 containing a hydrophilic polymer, the release rate in each
release-controlled part can be appropriately set to a desired
rate by, for example, controlling the viscosity and the
amount of addition of the hydrophilic polymer to be
contained. Those of ordinary skill in the art can easily
3o modify such design. For example, using a relatively low
viscous hydrophilic polymer for the release-controlled part
A, and a relatively highly viscous hydrophilic polymer for
the release-controlled part B, the release from the release-
controlled part A can be controlled to the release rate VA,
108



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
which is faster than the release rate V$ from the release-
controlled part B (e. g., Examples 1 - 4 below).
Alternatively, using a relatively low content hydrophilic
polymer for the release-controlled part A, and a relatively
high content hydrophilic polymer fox the release-controlled
part B, the release from the release-controlled part A can be
controlled to the release rate VA, which is faster than the
release rate VB from the release-controlled part B.
The controlled release composition of the present
to invention containing the release-controlled part A and the
release-controlled part B may take any form as long as the
release of the active ingredient contained in the release-
controlled part B precedes the release of the active
ingredient contained in the release-controlled part A and it
15 may take the form such as, but not limited to, for example,
tablets, granules, fine granules, pellets, capsules,
crystals, pastes and the like. As used herein, by the
"precede" is meant that the release of the active ingredient
contained in the release-controlled part B starts earlier
2° than the release of the active ingredient contained in the
release-controlled part A and the release of the active
ingredient contained in the release-controlled part A is
started after the completion or during the release (release
of the majority of the active ingredient has been completed)
25 of the active ingredient from the release-controlled part B.
The relationship in time between the completion of the
release of the active ingredients from the both release-
controlled parts is not particularly limited, and the release
from the release-controlled part B generally ends earlier.
3o As long as the release of the active ingredient from the
whole controlled release composition shows a two-step release
pattern in which sustained release at a predetermined release
rate (VB) changes to immediate release or sustained release
at a faster release rate (VA), the release of the active
109



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
ingredient from the release-controlled part A may finish
simultaneously with or before the completion of the release
of the active ingredient from the release-controlled part B.
Preferably, the controlled release composition of the
present invention has a structure wherein the release-
controlled part A is coated with the release-controlled part
B. As used herein, by the "coated" is meant a state where
the release-controlled part B covers substantially the entire
surface of the release-controlled part A. By the
io ~substantially" is meant that the release-controlled part B
covers, though not completely, the surface of the release-
controlled part A to the extent that the start of the release
of the active ingredient from the release-controlled part A
can be defined. In contrast, when a part of the release-
Is controlled part A is coated with the release-controlled part
B (e. g., spantab type tablet and the like), or is not coated
at all (e. g., granule mixture or capsule containing the same
and the like), the exposed surface of the release-controlled
part A (which is not in contact with the release-controlled
2o part B) needs to undergo a treatment to delay the start of
the release of the active ingredient by a different means
(e.g., coating of pH-dependent soluble film made of the
aforementioned enteric base material etc., known timed
release systems such as film soluble type, film withdrawal
25 type, film disinte ration t a film
g yp , permeation type and the
like.
When the controlled release composition of the present
invention is a pharmaceutical composition, it can be prepared
by mixing the active ingredient with a sustained-release base
3o material, preferably the above-mentioned hydrophilic polymer,
according to a method conventionally used in the preparation
technical field and, for example, coating the release-
controlled part A with the obtained mixture. A
pharmacologically acceptable carrier may be added in the
110



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
above-mentioned mixing and/or coating step. As the
pharmacologically acceptable carrier, those similar to the
above-mentioned for the release-controlled part A can be
used. The dispersion mode of the active ingredient in the
release-controlled part B of the obtained composition may be
uniform dispersion or nonuniform dispersion, with preference
given to uniform dispersion.
When the controlled release composition of the present
invention is a granule, coating with the release-controlled
so part B can be performed by, for example, tumbling granulation
methods, in which the active ingredient and a base material
such as a hydrophilic polymer and the like, or a mixture
thereof with a pharmacologically acceptable carrier such as
excipient, lubricant and the like is applied in small
15 portions onto the surface of the release-controlled part A as
a core, which is prepared by any of the above-mentioned
methods, while spraying a binder dissolved in a suitable
solvent such as water, lower alcohol (e. g., methanol, ethanol
and the like) and the like, pan coating methods, fluidized
2o bed coating methods or molten granulation methods.
Furthermore, when the controlled release composition of
the present invention is a tablet, coating with the release-
controlled part B can be performed by compression molding a
mixture as an outer shell, which is obtained by adding, for
25 example, the above-mentioned excipient, disintegrant, binder,
lubricant and the like to the active ingredient and a
hydrophilic polymer and mixing them (further kneading where
necessary), on the release-controlled part A as a core, which
is prepared by any of the above-mentioned methods.
so When the active ingredient in the release-controlled
part B is markedly inactivated under acidic conditions, the
surface of the release-controlled part may be coated with an
enteric base material such as acrylic acid polymers including
methacrylic acid copolymer L [Eudragit L (trade name,
111



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
manufactured by Rohm Pharma)), methacrylic acid copolymer LD
[Eudragit L-30D55 (trade name, manufactured by Rohm Pharma)],
methacrylic acid copolymer S [Eudragit S (trade name,
manufactured by Rohm Pharma)] and the like,
hydroxypropylmethylcellulose phthalates [HP-50, HP-55, HP-55S
(trade names, manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.)
and the like.
In another preferable embodiment, the controlled
release composition of the present invention futher comprises
to a release-controlled part C comprising an active ingredient
the same as or different from the active ingredient contained
in the release-controlled part A and/or the release-
controlled part B, which part C is capable of controlling
release of the active ingredient to occur at a predetermined
rate (V~) faster than the release rate (VB) of the release-
controlled part B. In the controlled release composition,
the release of the active ingredient from the release-
controlled part C precedes the release of the active
ingredient from the release-controlled part B. As used
2o herein, by the "precede" is meant the same as mentioned above
for the release of the active ingredients contained in the
release-controlled part A and the release-controlled part B.
Namely, the release of the active ingredient contained in the
release-controlled part B is started after the completion or
25 during the release (release of the majority of the active
ingredient has been completed) of the active ingredient from
the release-controlled part C. The relationship in time
between the completion of the release of the active
ingredients from the both release-controlled parts is that V~
so is generally much faster than VB and the release from the
release-controlled part C generally ends earlier, because the
content of the active ingredient is generally higher in the
release-controlled part B.
Preferably, the controlled release composition of the
112



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
present invention has a structure wherein the release-
controlled part A is coated with the release-controlled part
B, and further, the release-controlled part B is coated with
the release-controlled part C. As used herein, by the
s "coated" is meant the same as mentioned above for the
release-controlled part A and the release-controlled part B.
In contrast, when a part of the release-controlled part B is
coated with the release-controlled part C (e. g,, spantab type
tablet and the like), or is not coated at all (e, g., granule
to mixture or capsule containing the same and the like), no
particular problem occurs as long as the release of the
active ingredient from the release-controlled part C is
immediate release. However, when it is sustained release or
delayed dissolution, the exposed surface of the release-
rs controlled part B (which is not in contact with the release-
controlled part C) needs to undergo a treatment to delay the
start of release of the active ingredient by a different
means (e.g., coating of pH-dependent soluble film made of the
aforementioned enteric base material etc., known timed
2o release systems such as film soluble type, film withdrawal
type, film permeation type etc.).
The release-controlled part C is a functional unit
responsible for the first release controlling step
(corresponding to dissolution of oral preparation in the
2s stomach to near the upper small intestine) of the above-
mentioned controlled release composition wherein the release
of the active ingredient is controlled in three steps, and
acts as an immediate release part or a sustained release part
wherein the release rate V~ of the active ingredient is
3° faster than that (VB) of the release-controlled part B (in
the latter case, the release-controlled part B is a second
sustained release part and the release-controlled part A
(when it is a sustained release part) is a third sustained
release part).
113



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
Preferably, the release rate V~ of the active
ingredient from the release-controlled part C is the same as
or not less than the release rate VA of the active ingredient
from the release-controlled part A, and specifically, the
dissolution rate of an active ingredient at 30 min after the
start of the test is not less than 50~, more preferably not
less than 85%, when the Japanese Pharmacopoeia Dissolution
Test Method 2 (Paddle Method) is performed using a suitable
test solution (500 mL or 900 mL) at a paddle rotation of lOD
io rpm.
Alternatively, the release profile of the active
ingredient from the release-controlled part C is also
characterized in that the sustained release of the active
ingredient from the release-controlled part C is completed
i5 within about 2 hr, more preferably within about 30 min after
application (e.g., after administration) to the intended use
(e. g., upon oral administration in the case of an oral
preparation).
The active ingredient contained in the release-
2° controlled part C is preferably the same as that contained in
the release-controlled part A. When the active ingredient
contained in the release-controlled part C is the same as
that contained in the release-controlled part A, which is
exactly as mentioned above is preferably exemplified.
25 On the other hand, when the active ingredient contained
in the release-controlled part C is different from that
contained in the release-controlled part A, one that can be a
combination agent aiming at an addition or synergistic effect
of the efficacy, reduction of side effects and the like is
so preferable and, for example, a combination drug similar to
that described for the release-controlled part B can be
mentioned.
The content of the active ingredient relative to the
whole release-controlled part C is, for example, about 0.1 -
114



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
100 wt~, preferably about 1 - about 95 wt$, more preferably
about 5 - about 90 wt~.
In addition, the content of the active ingredient in
each release-controlled part relative to the whole active
ingredient in the controlled release composition of the
present invention is, for example, about 5-95 wt~ for the
release-controlled part A, about 5 - about 95 wt~ for the
release-controlled part B and 0 - about 40 wt~ for the
release-controlled part C (when it is 0~, the release-
io controlled part C does not exist), preferably, about 20 -
about 75 wt~ for the release-controlled part A, about 20 -
about 75 wt~ for the release-controlled part B and about 5 -
about 30 wt~ for the release-controlled part C, more
preferably, about 30 - about 65 wt$ for the release-
i5 controlled part A, about 30 - about 65 wt$ for the release-
controlled part B and about 5 - about 20 wt$ for the release-
controlled part C.
The release-controlled part C is preferably an
immediate release part. In this case, the release-controlled
ao part may be an active ingredient itself. It is preferable
that it contain, in addition to the active ingredient, a
carrier acceptable in the field relating to the use of the
composition (e.g., pharmacologically acceptable carrier in
the case of a pharmaceutical composition). As the
25 pharmacologically acceptable carrier, for example,
preparation additives such as the above-mentioned excipient,
lubricant, binder, disintegrant, preservative, antioxidant,
stabilizer, coloring agent, sweetening agent and the like for
the release-controlled part A can be used.
3o The controlled release composition of the present
invention comprising release-controlled part A, release-
controlled part B and release-controlled part C can take, but
not limited to, forms such as tablets, granules, fine
granules, pellets, capsules, crystals, pastes and the like.
115



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
When the controlled release composition of the present
invention is a pharmaceutical composition, it can be prepared
by mixing the active ingredient with a pharmacologically
acceptable carrier according to a method conventionally used
in the preparation technical field and, for example, coating
the above-mentioned composition, wherein the release-
controlled part A is coated with the release-controlled part
B, with the obtained mixture. The dispersion mode of the
active ingredient in the release-controlled part C of the
obtained composition may be uniform dispersion or nonuniform
dispersion, with preference given to uniform dispersion.
When the controlled release composition of the present
invention is a granule, coating with the release-controlled
part C can be performed by, for example, tumbling granulation
15 methods, in which the active ingredient or a mixture thereof
with a pharmacologically acceptable carrier such as
excipient, lubricant and the like is applied in small
portions onto the surface of the composition as a core,
wherein the release-controlled part A is coated with the
2o release-controlled part B, which is prepared by any of the
above-mentioned methods, while spraying a binder dissolved in
a suitable solvent such as water, lower alcohol (e. g.,
methanol, ethanol and the like) and the like, pan coating
methods, fluidized bed coating methods or molten granulation
25 methods.
Furthermore, when the controlled release composition of
the present invention is a tablet, coating with the release-
controlled part C can be performed by compression molding a
mixture as an outer shell, which is obtained by adding, for
3o example, the above-mentioned excipient, disintegrant, binder,
lubricant and the like to the active ingredient and mixing
them (further kneading where necessary), on the composition
as a core, wherein the release-controlled part A is coated
with the release-controlled part B, which is prepared by any
116



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
of the above-mentioned methods. In addition, a controlled
release composition having the release-controlled part C can
be prepared by spraying, using fluidized bed coating methods
and the like, an aqueous dispersion prepared by adding, for
s example, the above-mentioned excipient, disintegrant, binder,
lubricant and the like to the active ingredient.
When the active ingredient in the release-controlled
part C is markedly inactivated under acidic conditions, the
surface of the release-controlled part may be coated with
1o enteric base materials such as acrylic acid polymers
including methacrylic acid copolymer L [Eudragit L (trade
name, manufactured by Rohm Pharma)], methacrylic acid
copolymer LD [Eudragit L-30D55 (trade name, manufactured by
Rohm Pharma)], methacrylic acid copolymer S [Eudragit S
is (trade name, manufactured by Rohm Pharma)] and the like,
hydroxypropylmethylcellulose phthalates [HP-50, HP-55, HP-55S
(trade names, manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.)
and the like.
The controlled release composition of the present
2o invention is particularly useful as an oral preparation. The
composition can realize, after oral administration, sustained
drug dissolution (preferably about 1 - about 18 hr, more
preferably about 2 - about 12 hr) in the stomach - near the
lower small intestine due to the release of the active
Zs ingredient from the release-controlled part B, and a
subsequent more rapid drug dissolution (about 30 min - about
6 hr, preferably about 30 - about 3 hr) in the lower small
intestine - near the large intestine due to the release of
the active ingredient from the release-controlled part A. As
3o a result, drug dissolution property and absorbability in the
lower small intestine - near the large intestine can be
improved, and the drug blood concentration can be maintained
within an effective therapeutic range for a longer period of
time.
117



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
Furthermore, the controlled release composition,
wherein the release-controlled part B is coated with a
release-controlled part C, can realize rapid drug dissolution
and absorption in the first stage (within about 2 hr,
s preferably about 30 min, after oral administration) due to
the dissolution of the active ingredient contained in the
release-controlled part C, and rise of the drug blood
concentration can be accelerated.
While the present invention is explained in more detail
zo by referring to the following Reference Examples, Synthetic
Examples, Comparative Examples, Examples and Experimental
Examples, which are not to be construed as limitative. The
present invention may be modified within the range that does
not go beyond the scope of the present invention.
Is In the following Reference Examples and Synthetic
Examples, room temperature means about 15-30°C.
1H-NMR was measured using Varian Gemini-200 and
Mercury-300 and CDC13, DMSO-d6 and CD30D as solvents, wherein
chemical shift $ (ppm) from tetramethylsilane as the internal
2° standard was shown.
Other symbols mean the following.
s: singlet
d: doublet
t: triplet
2s q: quartet
m: multiplet
br: broad
bs: broad singlet
bm: broad multiplet
3o J: coupling constant
Reference Example 1
tert-Butyl 2-hydroxyethyl(methyl)carbamate
To a mixture of 2- (methylamino) ethanol (30 . 04 g) and
118



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
ethyl acetate (90 mL) was dropwise added a mixture of di-
tert-butyl dicarbonate (87.30 g) and ethyl acetate (10 mL)
under ice-cooling. After stirring at room temperature for 2
hrs., the mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure.
The residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate (150 mL), washed
with water (100 mL) and dried over anhydrous magnesium
sulfate, Concentration under reduced pressure gave the title
compound (66.19 g) as a colorless oil.
1H-NMR(CDC13) : 1.47 (9H,s) , 2.92 (3H,s) , 3.40 (2H,t,J=5.lHz) ,
io 3, 72-3. 80 (2H,m) .
Reference Example 2
2-(Methylamino)ethyl acetate hydrochloride
To a mixture of 2-(methylamino)ethanol (1.50 g) and
ethyl acetate (20 mL) was added di-tert-butyl dicarbonate
15 (4.37 g) under ice-cooling. After stirring under ice-cooling
for 1.5 hrs., acetic anhydride (2.08 mL), pyridine (1.78 mL)
and 4-dimethylaminopyridine (0.12 g) were added. After
stirring at room temperature for 2 hrs., ethyl acetate (50
mL) was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was
2° washed with water (50 mL), a 5% aqueous citric acid solution
(50 mL) and saturated brine (50 mL). After drying over
anhydrous magnesium sulfate, the mixture was concentrated
under reduced pressure. To the residue was added a 4N
hydrogen chloride - ethyl acetate solution (20 mL), and the
25 mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hrs. Diethyl
ether (10 mL) was added, and the precipitated solid was
collected by filtration. The solid was dried under reduced
pressure to give the title compound (2.93 g) as a white
solid.
30 1H-NMR(DMSO-d6) : 2.07 (3H,s) , 2.53 (3H,s) , 3.12-3.17 (2H,m) ,
4.24-4. 30 (2H,m) , 9.29 (2H,br) .
Reference Example 3
2-(Methylamino)ethyl trimethylacetate hydrochloride
To a mixture of tert-butyl 2-
119



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
hydroxyethyl(methyl)carbamate (1.75 g) obtained in Reference
Example 1 and ethyl acetate (15 mL) was added triethylamine
(2.67 mL) and a mixture of trimethylacetyl chloride (1.35
mL), and ethyl acetate (5 mL) was dropwise added. After
stirring at room temperature for 2 hrs., pyridine (1.62 mL)
was added, and the mixture was stirred overnight at room
temperature. Ethyl acetate (50 mL) was added to the reaction
mixture, and the mixture was washed with water (50 mL), a 5$
aqueous citric acid solution (50 mL) and saturated brine (50
1° mL), and dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. After
concentration under reduced pressure, a 4N hydrogen chloride
- ethyl acetate solution (10 mL) was added to the residue.
After stirring at room temperature for 2 hrs., diethyl ether
(10 mL) was added, and the precipitated solid was collected
z5 by filtration. The solid was dried under reduced pressure to
give the title compound (1.65 g) as a white solid.
1H-NMR(DMSO-d6) : 1. 18 (9H,s) , 2.56 (3H,s) , 3.17 (2H,t,J=10.5Hz) ,
4.22-4.28 (2H,m) , 9. 19 (2H,br) .
Reference Example 4
2° 2-(Methylamino)ethyl cyclohexanecarboxylate hydrochloride
To a mixture of tert-butyl 2-
hydroxyethyl(methyl)carbamate (1.75 g) obtained in Reference
Example 1 and ethyl acetate (20 mL) were added pyridine (0.97
mL) and 4-dimethylaminopyridine (catalytic amount), and
2s cyclohexanecarbonyl chloride (1.60 mL) was dropwise added.
After stirring at room temperature for 2 hrs., pyridine (0.65
mL) and cyclohexanecarbonyl chloride (0.58 mL) were added,
and the mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature.
Ethyl acetate (50 mL) was added to the reaction mixture, and
3o the mixture was washed with water (50 mL), a 5~ aqueous
citric acid solution (50 mL) and saturated brine (50 mL), and
dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. After concentration
under reduced pressure, a 4N hydrogen chloride - ethyl
acetate solution (10 mL) was added to the residue. After
120



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
stirring at room temperature for 2 hrs., diethyl ether (10
mL) was added, and the precipitated solid was collected by
filtration. The solid was dried under reduced pressure to
give the title compound (1.88 g) as a white solid.
1H-NMR(DMSO-d6) : 1.10-1.45 (5H,m) , 1. 54-1.73 (3H,m) , 1. 83-
1. 93 (2H,m) , 2.29-2. 42 (lH,m) , 2. 54 (3H, s) , 3. 12-3. 18 (2H,m) ,
4.23-4.29 (2H,m) , 9.23 (2H,br) .
Reference Example 5
2-(Methylamino)ethyl benzoate hydrochloride
io To a mixture of 2- (methylamino) ethanol (30 . 04 g) and
ethyl acetate (90 mL) was dropwise added a mixture of di-
tert-butyl dicarbonate (87.30 g) and ethyl acetate (10 mL)
under ice-cooling. After stirring at room temperature for 1
hr., benzoyl chloride (61.8 g) and pyridine (38.8 mL) were
is added under ice-cooling. After stirring at room temperature
for 1 hr., a solid was filtered off. The solid was washed
with ethyl acetate (100 mL) and the filtrate and the washing
were combined, which was washed with water (100 mL) and
saturated brine (100 mL). After drying over anhydrous
2o magnesium sulfate, the mixture was concentrated under reduced
pressure. The residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate (100
mL), a 4N hydrogen chloride - ethyl acetate solution (200 mL)
was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature
for 30 min. Diethyl ether (100 mL) was added and a solid was
25 collected by filtration. The solid was washed twice with
ethyl acetate (100 mL) and dried under reduced pressure at
60°C to give the title compound (57.4 g) as a white solid.
1H-NMR(DMSO-d6) : 2.62 (3H,s) , 3.32 (2H,m) , 4.53 (2H,t,J=9.9Hz) ,
7.51-7.57 (2H,m) , 7.68 (lH,m) , 8.11 (2H,d,J=7. 8Hz) , 9.26 (2H,bs) .
3o Reference Exaag~le 6
2-(Methylamino)ethyl 4-methoxybenzoate hydrochloride
To a mixture of tert-butyl 2-
hydroxyethyl(methyl)carbamate (1.75 g) obtained in Reference
Example 1 and ethyl acetate (10 mL) were added 4-
121



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
methoxybenzoyl chloride (1.88 g) and pyridine (0.97 mL).
After stirring at room temperature for 14 hrs., 4-
methoxybenzoyl chloride (0.70 g) and pyridine (0.97 mL) were
added and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1
hr. Ethyl acetate (80 mL) was added to the reaction mixture,
and the mixture was washed with water (20 mL), a saturated
aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution (20 mL) and water
(20 mL), and dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. After
concentration under reduced pressure, the residue was
io dissolved in ethyl acetate (10 mL), and a 4N hydrogen
chloride - ethyl acetate solution (10 mL) was added. After
stirring at room temperature for 1 hr., diethyl ether (20 mL)
was added, and the precipitated solid was collected by
filtration. The solid was washed twice with ethyl acetate
is (15 mL) and dried under reduced pressure at 60°C to give the
title compound (1.99 g) as a white solid.
1H-NMR(DMSO-ds) : 2.62 (3H,s) , 3.32 (2H,m) , 4.48 (2H,t,J=5.OHz) ,
7.07 (2H,d,J=8.7Hz) , 8.06 (2H,d,J=8.7Hz) , 9.04 (2H,bs) .
Reference Example 7
20 2-(Methylamino)ethyl 3-chlorobenzoate hydrochloride
To a mixture of tert-butyl 2-
hydroxyethyl(methyl)carbamate (1.75 g) obtained in Reference
Example 1 and ethyl acetate (10 mL) were added 3-
chlorobenzoyl chloride (1.92 g) and pyridine (0.97 mL).
2s After stirring at room temperature for 1 hr., the mixture was
stirred at 60°C for 6 hrs. Ethyl acetate (80 mL) was added to
the reaction mixture, and the mixture was washed with water
(20 mL), a saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate
solution (20 mL) and water (20 mL) , and dried over anhydrous
so magnesium sulfate. After concentration under reduced
pressure, a 4N hydrogen chloride - ethyl acetate solution (10
mL) was added to the residue. After stirring at room
temperature for 22 hrs., diethyl ether (15 mL) was added, and
the precipitated solid was collected by filtration. The
122



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
solid was washed twice with ethyl acetate (15 mL) and dried
under reduced pressure at 60°C to give the title compound
(2.01 g) as a white solid.
1H-NMR(DMSO-ds) : 2.63 (3H,s) , 3.32 (2H,m) , 4.53 (2H,t,J=4.9Hz) ,
7.60 (lH,t,J=8.OHz) , 7.78 (lH,d,J=S.OHz) , 8.05 (lH,d,J=B.OHz) ,
8. 15 (1H, s) , 9. 07 (2H,bs) .
Reference Exaarple 8
2-(Methylamino)ethyl 3,4-difluorobenzoate hydrochloride
To a mixture of tert-butyl 2-
so hydroxyethyl(methyl)carbamate (1.75 g) obtained in Reference
Example 1 and ethyl acetate (10 mL) were added 3,4-
difluorobenzoyl chloride (1.77 g) and pyridine (0.97 mL).
After stirring at room temperature for 3 days, ethyl acetate
(80 mL) was added to the reaction mixture. The mixture was
15 washed with water (20 mL), a saturated aqueous sodium
hydrogen carbonate solution (20 mL) and water (20 mL), and
dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. After concentration
under reduced pressure, a 4N hydrogen chloride - ethyl
acetate solution (10 mL) was added to the residue. After
2o stirring at room temperature for 4 hrs, the mixture was
concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was washed
with ethyl acetate (15 mL), and dried under reduced pressure
at 60°C to give the title compound (2.05 g) as a white solid.
1H-NMR(DMSO-d6) : 2. 62 (3H,s) , 3.32 (2H,m) , 4. 53 (2H,t,J=5. OHz) ,
2s 7. 64 (lH,m) , 8. 00 (lH,m) , 8. 25 (lH,m) , 9. 25 (2H,bs) .
Reference Example 9
2-(Methylamino)ethyl 4-trifluoromethoxybenzoate hydrochloride
To a mixture of tert-butyl 2-
hydroxyethyl(methyl)carbamate (1.30 g) obtained in Reference
3o Example 1 and ethyl acetate (10 mL) were added 4-
trifluorornethoxybenzoyl chloride (1.83 g) and pyridine (0.72
mL). The mixture was stirred at 60°C for 25 hrs. Ethyl
acetate (60 mL) was added to the reaction mixture, and the
mixture was washed with water (30 mL), a saturated aqueous
123



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
sodium hydrogen carbonate solution (20 mL) and water (20 mL),
and dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. After
concentration under reduced pressure, a 4N hydrogen chloride
- ethyl acetate solution (10 mL) was added to the residue.
s After stirring at room temperature for 14.5 hrs., the mixture
was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was
washed twice with ethyl acetate (15 mL), and dried under
reduced pressure at 60°C to give the title compound (1.83 g)
as a white solid.
io 1H-NMR(DMSO-ds) : 2.63 (3H,s) , 3.31 (2H,m) , 4.54 (2H,t,J=4.9Hz) ,
7.55(2H,d,J=8.5Hz), 8.24(2H,d,J=8.5Hz), 9.02(2H,bs).
Reference Example 10
2-(Methylamino)ethyl 4-fluorobenzoate hydrochloride
To a mixture of tert-butyl 2-
is hydroxyethyl (methyl) carbamate (1 . 75 g) obtained in Reference
Example 1 and ethyl acetate (10 mL) were added 4-
fluorobenzoyl chloride (1.74 g) and pyridine (0.97 mL). The
mixture was stirred at room temperature for 6.5 hrs. Ethyl
acetate (80 mL) was added to the reaction mixture, and the
2o mixture was washed with water (30 mL), a saturated aqueous
sodium hydrogen carbonate solution (30 mL), water (30 mL) and
saturated brine (30 mL), and dried over anhydrous magnesium
sulfate. After concentration under reduced pressure, a 4N
hydrogen chloride - ethyl acetate solution (10 mL) was added
2s to the residue. After stirring at room temperature for 1
hr., the precipitated solid was collected by filtration. The
solid was washed twice with ethyl acetate (15 mL) and dried
under reduced pressure at 60°C to give the title compound
(1.89 g) as a white solid.
so 1H-NMR(DMSO-d6) : 2. 62 (3H,s) , 3.32 (2H,m) , 4.52 (2H,t,J=4.9Hz) ,
7.34-7.44 (2H,m) , 8. 16-8.24 (2H,m) , 9. 18 (2H,bs) .
Reference Example 11
2-(Methylamino)ethyl 3,4,5-trimethoxybenzoate hydrochloride
To a mixture of tert-butyl 2-
124



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
hydroxyethyl(methyl)carbamate (1.75 g) obtained in Reference
Example 1 and ethyl acetate (10 mL) were added 3,4,5-
trimethoxybenzoyl chloride (2.54 g) and pyridine (0.97 mL).
After stirring at 60°C for 14 hrs., 3,4,5-trimethoxybenzoyl
chloride (1.30 g) , pyridine (0.97 mL) and ethyl acetate (10
mL) were added, and the mixture was stirred at 60°C for 24
hrs. The reaction mixture was filtered and ethyl acetate (50
mL) and water (30 mL) were added to the filtrate. After
partitioning, ethyl acetate layer was washed with 1N
to hydrochloric acid (30 mL), water (30 mL), an aqueous copper
(II) sulfate solution (30 mL) , water (30 mL) and saturated
brine (30 mL), and dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate.
After concentration under reduced pressure, the residue was
purified by silica gel column chromatography (eluted with
15 ethyl acetate: hexane=2:1). A 4N hydrogen chloride - ethyl
acetate solution (10 mL) was added to the purified product.
After stirring at room temperature for 4 hrs, the mixture was
concentrated under reduced pressure. Toluene (lOmL) was
added, and the mixture was concentrated under reduced
2o pressure. The residue was suspended in ethyl acetate, and
the solid was collected by filtration. After washing with
ethyl acetate (15 mL), the solid was dried under reduced
pressure to give the title compound (1.79 g) as a white
solid.
a5 1H-NMR(DMSO-d6) : 2.61 (3H,s) , 3.28-3.35 (2H,m) , 3.74 (3H,s) ,
3.87 (6H,s) , 4.48-4.54 (2H,m) , 7.40 (2H,s) , 9.43 (2H,br) .
Reference Exaarple 12
2-(Methylamino)ethyl 2-pyridinecarboxylate dihydrochloride
To a solution (100 mL) of tert-butyl 2-
3o hydroxyethyl(methyl)carbamate (1.75 g) obtained in Reference
Example 1, 2-pyridinecarbonyl chloride hydrochloride (2.67
g), pyridine (1.21 mL) and 4-dimethylaminopyridine (0.122 g)
in tetrahydrofuran was dropwise added triethylamine (2.09 mL)
under ice-cooling, and the mixture was stirred at room
125



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
temperature for 6 hrs. Water (200 mL) was added to the
reaction mixture and the mixture was extracted with ethyl
acetate (150 mL). The organic layer was washed successively
with a 5~ aqueous copper (II) sulfate solution (100 mL),
water (100 mL) and saturated brine (1~0 mL), dried over
anhydrous sodium sulfate and evaporated under reduced
pressure. The residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate (50 mL)
and ethanol (100 mL), and a 4N hydrogen chloride - ethyl
acetate solution (15 mL) was added. The mixture was stirred
io at room temperature for 1 hr. The precipitated solid was
collected by filtration, washed twice with ethyl acetate (100
mL), and dried under reduced pressure at 60°C to give the
title compound (1.08 g) as a white solid.
1H-NMR(DMSO-d6) : 2.62 (3H,t,J=5.4Hz) , 3.35 (2H,m) ,
4.63 (2H,t,J=5. OHz) , 5.26 (lH,bs) , 7. 77-7. 84 (lH,m) , 8. 14-
8. 18 (lH,m) , 8. 36-8.40 (lH,m) , 8. 70-8.90 (lH,m) , 9.48 (2H,br) .
Reference Example 13
2-(Methylamino)ethyl methoxyacetate
To a mixture of tert-butyl 2-
2o hydroxyethyl(methyl)carbamate (1.75 g) obtained in Reference
Example 1 and ethyl acetate (10 mL) were added methoxyacetyl
chloride (1.20 g) and pyridine (0.97 mL). After stirring at
room temperature for 3 hrs., ethyl acetate (70 mL) was added
to the reaction mixture. The mixture was washed with water
2s (20 mL), a saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate
solution (20 mL) and water (20 mL), and dried over anhydrous
magnesium sulfate. After concentration under reduced
pressure, the residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate (5 mL),
and a 4N hydrogen chloride - ethyl acetate solution (10 mL)
3o was added. After stirring at room temperature for 1 hr., the
mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. Water (60
mL) and diethyl ether (30 mL) were added to the residue.
After stirring, the aqueous layer was separated and taken.
The aqueous layer was basified with sodium hydrogen carbonate
126



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
and extracted twice with ethyl acetate (40 mL). The ethyl
acetate layer was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate and
concentrated under reduced pressure to give the title
compound (1.00 g) as a colorless oil.
1H-NMR(CDC13) : 2.40 (lH,bs) , 3.06 (3H,s) , 3.44 (3H,s) ,
3.57 (2H,t,J=5. 1Hz) , 3.75-3.82 (2H,m) , 4.13 (2H,s) .
Reference Example 14
Ethyl 2-(methylamino)ethyl carbonate hydrochloride
To a mixture of tert-butyl 2-
io hydroxyethyl(methyl)carbamate (1.75 g) obtained in Reference
Example 1 and ethyl acetate (20 mL) were added pyridine (0.97
mL) and 4-dimethylaminopyridine (catalytic amount), and ethyl
chlorocarbonate (1.25 mL) was dropwise added. The mixture
was stirred overnight at room temperature and ethyl acetate
(50 mL) was added. The mixture was washed with water (50
mL), a 5~ aqueous citric acid solution (50 mL) and saturated
brine (50 mL), and dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate.
After concentration under reduced pressure, a 4N hydrogen
chloride - ethyl acetate solution (10 mL) was added to the
2o residue. After stirring at room temperature for 2 hrs.,
diethyl ether (10 mL) was added, and the precipitated solid
was collected by filtration. The solid was dried under
reduced pressure to give the title compound (1.66 g) as a
white solid.
1H-NMR(DMSO-d6) : 1.23 (3H,t,J=7.lHz) , 2.54 (3H,s) , 3.16-
3.22 (2H,m) , 4. 15 (2H,q,J=7.lHz) , 4.32-4.37 (2H,m) , 9.25 (2H,br) .
Reference Example 15
Isopropyl 2-(methylamino)ethyl carbonate hydrochloride
To a mixture of tert-butyl 2-
3o hydroxyethyl(methyl)carbamate (3.50 g) obtained in Reference
Example 1 and ethyl acetate (20 mL) were added isopropyl
chlorocarbonate (1.35 g) and pyridine (1.94 mL) under ice-
cooling. After stirring under ice-cooling for 3.5 hrs.,
isopropyl chlorocarbonate (1.84 g) was added, and the mixture
127



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
was stirred at room temperature for 2.5 hrs. Ethyl acetate
(120 mL) was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture
was washed with water (50 mL) and saturated brine (50 mL),
and dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. After
s concentration under reduced pressure, a 4N hydrogen chloride
- ethyl acetate solution (10 mL) was added to the residue.
After stirring at room temperature for 2 hrs., the
precipitated solid was collected by filtration. The solid
was washed with ethyl acetate (15 mL), and dried under
to reduced pressure at 60°C to give the title compound (1.38 g)
as a white solid.
1H-NMR(DMSO-d6) : 1.25 (6H,d,J=6.2Hz) , 2. 56 (3H,s) ,
3.20 (2H,t,J=5. 1Hz) , 4.32 (2H,t,J=5. 1Hz) , 4. 80 (lH,m) ,
8.95 (2H,bs) .
Is Reference Example 16
Benzyl 2-(methylamino)ethyl carbonate hydrochloride
To a mixture of tert-butyl 2-
hydroxyethyl(methyl)carbamate (1.75 g) obtained in Reference
Example 1 and ethyl acetate (20 mL) were added pyridine (0.97
2o mL) and 4-dimethylaminopyridine (catalytic amount), and
benzyl chlorocarbonate (1.57 mL) was dropwise added. After
stirring at room temperature for 2 hrs., pyridine (0.65 mL)
and benzyl chlorocarbonate (1.28 mL) were added. After
stirring at room temperature for 5 days, pyridine (0.81 mL)
2s was added under ice-cooling and a solution (5 mL) of benzyl
chlorocarbonate (1.43 mL) in ethyl acetate was dropwise added
slowly. After stirring at room temperature for 2 hrs., ethyl
acetate (50 mL) was added to the mixture. The mixture was
washed with water (50 mL), a 5~ aqueous citric acid solution
30 (50 mL) and saturated brine (50 mL), and dried over anhydrous
magnesium sulfate. After concentration under reduced
pressure, a 4N hydrogen chloride - ethyl acetate solution (10
mL) was added to the residue. After stirring at room
temperature for 2 hrs., diethyl ether (10 mL) was added, and
128



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
the precipitated solid was collected by filtration. The
solid was dried under reduced pressure to give the title
compound (1.99 g) as a white solid.
1H-NMR(DMSO-ds) : 2.55 (3H,s) , 3.21 (2H,t,J=5.lHz) ,
4.37 (2H,t,J=5.lHz) , 5. 18 (2H,s) , 7.30-7.50 (SH,m) , 9.07 (2H,br) .
Reference Example 17
2-(Methylamino)ethyl tetrahydropyran-4-yl carbonate
hydrochloride
To a solution (40 mL) of bis(trichloromethyl)carbonate
zo (2.97 g) in tetrahydrofuran was dropwise added a solution (10
mL) of pyridine (2.43 mL) in tetrahydrofuran under ice-
cooling. After stirring under ice-cooling for 10 min., a
solution (20 mL) of tetrahydropyran-4-of (1.91 g) in
tetrahydrofuran was dropwise added slowly. After stirring at
15 room temperature for 2 hrs., the mixture was concentrated
under reduced pressure, and ethyl acetate (50 mL) and water
(50 mL) were added to the residue. The ethyl acetate layer
was separated and taken, washed with 0.2N hydrochloric acid
(20 mL) and saturated brine (50 mL), and dried over anhydrous
2o magnesium sulfate. Concentration under reduced pressure gave
tetrahydropyran-4-yl chlorocarbonate (1.53 g). To a mixture
of tert-butyl 2-hydroxyethyl(methyl)carbamate (1.40 g)
obtained in Reference Example 1 and tetrahydrofuran (20 mL)
was added pyridine (0.78 mL), and a solution (10 mL) of
2s tetrahydropyran-4-yl chlorocarbonate (1.53 g) obtained above
in tetrahydrofuran was dropwise added, and the mixture was
stirred overnight at room temperature. After concentration
of the reaction mixture under reduced pressure, water (50 mL)
was added, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate
so (50 mL). The extract was washed with a 5% aqueous citric
acid solution (50 mL) and saturated brine (50 mL), and dried
over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. After concentration under
reduced pressure, the residue was purified by silica gel
column chromatography (eluted with ethyl acetate: hexane=4:1,
129



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
then 3:2). The obtained colorless oil (2.03 g) was dissolved
in diethyl ether (2 mL), and a 4N hydrogen chloride - ethyl
acetate solution (5 mL) was added. After stirring at room
temperature for 30 min., diethyl ether (10 mL) was added and
the mixture was stirred overnight. The precipitated solid
was collected by filtration and dried under reduced pressure
to give the title compound (1.20 g) as a white solid.
1H-NMR(DMSO-ds) : 1.50-1. 65 (2H,m) , 1.87-1.98 (2H,m) , 2.54 (3H,s) ,
3. 20 (2H,m) , 3.40-3. 50 (2H,m) , 3. 74-3. 83 (2H,m) ,
io 4.36 (2H,t,J=5. 1Hz) , 4.72-4. 83 (lH,m) , 9.32 (2H,br) .
Reference Example 18
2-Methoxyethyl 2-(methylamino)ethyl carbonate hydrochloride
To a mixture of tert-butyl 2-
hydroxyethyl(methyl)carbamate (1.75 g) obtained in Reference
15 Example 1 and ethyl acetate (20 mL) was added pyridine (1.62
mL) and a solution (5 mL) of 2-methoxyethyl chlorocarbonate
(2.77 g) in ethyl acetate was dropwise added slowly, and the
mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature. After
concentration of the reaction mixture under reduced pressure,
ao water (50 mL) was added, and the mixture was extracted with
ethyl acetate (50 mL). The extract was washed with 5~
aqueous citric acid solution (50 mL) and saturated brine (50
mL), and dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. After
concentration under reduced pressure, the residue was
25 dissolved in diethyl ether (2 mL), and a 4N hydrogen chloride
- ethyl acetate solution (5 mL) was added. After stirring at
room temperature for 30 min., diethyl ether (10 mL) was
added, and the mixture was stirred overnight. The
precipitated solid was collected by filtration, and dried
so under reduced pressure to give the title compound (1.56 g) as
a white solid.
1H-NMR(DMSO-d6) : 2.54 (3H,s) , 3.19 (2H,m) , 3.26 (3H,s) , 3.52-
3. 57 (2H,m) , 4.20-4.25 (2H,m) , 4. 33-4.39 (2H,m) , 9.26 (2H,br) .
130



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
Reference Example 19
tert-Butyl ethyl(2-hydroxyethyl)carbamate
To a mixture of 2-(ethylamino)ethanol (8.91 g) and
ethyl acetate (100 mL) was added di-tert-butyl dicarbonate
s (21.8 g) under ice-cooling. After stirring at room
temperature for 3 days, the mixture was washed with saturated
brine (100 mL), and dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate.
Concentration under reduced pressure gave the title compound
(19.0 g) as a colorless oil.
1H-NMR(CDC13) : 1.11 (3H,t,J=7.OHz) , 1.47 (9H,s) ,
3.27 (2H,q,J=7.OHz) , 3.37 (2H,t,J=5.2Hz) , 3.73 (2H,q,J=5.2Hz) .
Reference Example 20
2-(Ethylamino)ethyl acetate hydrochloride
To a mixture of tert-butyl ethyl(2-
is hydroxyethyl)carbamate (1.89 g) obtained in Reference Example
19 and ethyl acetate (20 mL) were added acetic anhydride
(1.04 mL), pyridine (0.89 mL) and 4-dimethylaminopyridine
(0.061 g). After stirring at room temperature for 3 hrs.,
ethyl acetate (50 mL) was added, and the mixture was washed
2o with water (50 mL), a 5% aqueous citric acid solution (50 mL)
and saturated brine (50 mL). After drying over anhydrous
magnesium sulfate, the mixture was concentrated under reduced
pressure. A 4N hydrogen chloride - ethyl acetate solution
(10 mL) was added to the residue, and the mixture was stirred
2s at room temperature for 1 hr. Ethyl acetate (10 mL) and
diethyl ether (20 mL) were added, and the precipitated solid
was collected by filtration. The solid was dried under
reduced pressure to give the title compound (1.54 g) as a
white solid.
30 1H-NMR(DMSO-ds) : 1.22 (3H,t,J=7.3Hz) , 2. 07 (3H,s) ,
2.95(2H,q,J=7.3Hz), 3.15(2H,t,J=5.3Hz), 4.24-4.30(2H,m),
9. 17 (2H,br) .
Reference Example 21
tert-Butyl 2-hydroxyethyl(isopropyl)carbamate
131



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
To a solution (30 mL) of 2-(isopropylamino)ethanol
(10.0 g) in tetrahydrofuran was added di-tert-butyl
dicarbonate (22.2 g), and the mixture was stirred at room
temperature for 1 hr. The reaction mixture was concentrated
under reduced pressure and water (100 mL) was added to the
residue. The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (200
mL). The ethyl acetate layer was washed with saturated brine
(100 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and
concentrated under reduced pressure to give the title
to compound (21.21 g) as a colorless oil.
1H-NMR(CDC13): 1.12(6H,d,J=6.6Hz), 3.30(2H,t,J=5.OHz),
3.71(2H,t,J=S.OHz), 3.80-4.30(lH,m).
Reference Example 22
2-(Isopropylamino)ethyl acetate hydrochloride
15 To a solution (15 mL) of tert-butyl 2-
hydroxyethyl (isopropyl) carbamate (5. 0 g) obtained in
Reference Example 21 in tetrahydrofuran were added pyridine
(6.0 mL) and acetic anhydride (2.79 mL) and the mixture was
stirred at room temperature for 18 hrs. The reaction mixture
2o was concentrated under reduced pressure, water (50 mL) was
added to the residue, and the mixture was extracted with
ethyl acetate (100 mL). The ethyl acetate layer was washed
with a 5% aqueous citric acid solution (50 mL) and saturated
brine (50 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and
2s concentrated under reduced pressure. The obtained colorless
oil was dissolved in a 4N hydrogen chloride - ethyl acetate
solution (10 mL), and the mixture was stirred at room
temperature for 1 hr. The precipitated solid was collected
by filtration, and dried under reduced pressure to give the
so title compound (3.14 g) as a colorless solid.
1H-NMR(DMSO-d6) : 1.25 (6H,d,J=6.6Hz) , 2.08 (3H,s) , 3.10-
3.40 (3H,m) , 4.29 (2H,t,J=6.OHz) , 9.11 (2H,br) .
Reference Example 23
Ethyl 2-(isopropylamino)ethyl carbonate hydrochloride
132



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
To a solution (15 mL) of tert-butyl 2-
hydroxyethyl(isopropyl)carbamate (5.0 g) obtained in
Reference Example 21 in tetrahydrofuran were added pyridine
(6.0 mL) and ethyl chlorocarbonate (2.81 mL) and the mixture
s was stirred at room temperature for 18 hrs. The reaction
mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure, and water
(50 mL) was added to the residue, and the mixture was
extracted with ethyl acetate (100 mL). The ethyl acetate
layer was washed with a 5~ aqueous citric acid solution (50
to mL) and saturated brine (50 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium
sulfate and the mixture was concentrated under reduced
pressure. The obtained colorless oil was dissolved in a 4N
hydrogen chloride - ethyl acetate solution (10 mL), and the
mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hr. The
is precipitated solid was collected by filtration and dried
under reduced pressure to give the title compound (3.34 g) as
a colorless solid.
1H-NMR(DMSO-d6) : 1.20-1.30 (9H,m) , 3.10-3.40 (3H,m) ,
4. 17 (2H,q,J=7.4Hz) , 4.37 (2H,t,J=5.6Hz) , 9. 13 (2H,br) .
ao Reference Example 24
tert-Butyl cyclohexyl(2-hydroxyethyl)carbamate
To a solution (200 mL) of 2-(cyclohexylamino)ethanol
(14.3 g) in ethanol was dropwise added di-tert-butyl
dicarbonate (21.8 g). After stirring at room temperature for
2s 2 days, the mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure.
The residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate (200 mL). The
mixture was washed with water (100 mL) and saturated brine
(100 mL), and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate.
Concentration under reduced pressure gave the title compound
30 (24.2 g) as a colorless oil.
1H-NMR (CDC13) : 1 . 26-1 . 39 (4H,m) , 1 . 47 (9H, s) , 1 . 61-1. 81 (6H,m) ,
3.30-3.40(2H,m), 3.69(2H,t,J=5.4Hz), 3.66-3.90(2H,br).
Reference Example 25
2-(Cyclohexylamino)ethyl acetate hydrochloride
133



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
To a solution (50 mL) of tert-butyl cyclohexyl (2-
hydroxyethyl)carbamate (2.43 g) obtained in Reference Example
24 in tetrahydrofuran were added pyridine (1.05 mL), acetic
anhydride (1.23 mL) and 4-dimethylaminopyridine (0.122 g)
under ice-cooling, and the mixture was stirred at room
temperature for 12 hrs. Ethyl acetate (100 mL) was added to
the reaction mixture and the mixture was washed successively
with a saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution
(100 mL), a 5% aqueous copper (II) sulfate solution (100 mL)
to and saturated brine (100 mL), and dried over anhydrous sodium
sulfate. The mixture was concentrated under reduced
pressure. The residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate (15
mL), and a 4N hydrogen chloride - ethyl acetate solution (15
mL) was added. After stirring at room temperature for 3
15 hrs., diisopropyl ether (20 mL) was added, and the
precipitated solid was collected by filtration to give the
title compound (1.78 g) as a white solid.
1H-NMR(DMSO-d6) : 1.05-2.03 (lOH,m) , 2.07 (3H,s) , 2.90
3. 10 (lH,m) , 3. 17 (2H,t,J=5.2Hz) , 4.29 (2H,t,J=5.2Hz) ,
2o g . 19 (2H,br) .
Reference Example 26
2-(Cyclohexylamino)ethyl ethyl carbonate hydrochloride
To a solution (50 mL) of tert-butyl cyclohexyl(2-
hydroxyethyl)carbamate (2.43 g) obtained in Reference Example
25 24 in tetrahydrofuran were added pyridine (1.45 mL), ethyl
chlorocarbonate (1.71 mL) and 4-dimethylaminopyridine (0.122
g) under ice-cooling, and the mixture was stirred at room
temperature for 15 hrs. Ethyl acetate (100 mL) was added to
the reaction mixture, and the mixture was washed successively
so with a saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution
(100 mL), a 5% aqueous copper (II) sulfate solution (100 mL),
water (100 mL) and saturated brine (100 mL), and dried over
anhydrous sodium sulfate. The mixture was concentrated under
reduced pressure and the residue was dissolved in ethyl
134



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
acetate (15 mL). A 4N hydrogen chloride - ethyl acetate
solution (15 mL) was added. After stirring at room
temperature for 3 hrs., diisopropyl ether (20 mL) was added,
and the precipitated solid was collected by filtration to
give the title compound (2.12 g) as a white solid.
1H-NMR(DMSO-d6) : 1.01-2.08 (lOH,m) , 1.23 (3H,t,J=7.OHz) , 2.90-
3.10(lH,m), 3.21(2H,t,J=5.2Hz), 4.16(2H,q,J=7.OHz),
4.39 (2H,t,J=5.2Hz) , 9.27 (2H,br) .
Reference Example 27
2-Anilinoethyl acetate hydrochloride
To a solution (700 mL) of 2-anilinoethanol (137 g) in
tetrahydrofuran were added pyridine (97.1 mL), acetic
anhydride (113.2 mL) and 4-dimethylaminopyridine (12.22 g)
under ice-cooling, and the mixture was stirred at room
is temperature for 20 hrs. Ethyl acetate (1 L) was added to the
reaction mixture and the mixture was washed successively with
water (1 L), a saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate
solution (1 L) , a 5~ aqueous copper (II) sulfate solution (1
L) and saturated brine (1 L), dried over anhydrous sodium
2o sulfate, and evaporated under reduced pressure. To a
solution of the obtained residue in ethyl acetate (700 mL)
was added a 4N hydrogen chloride - ethyl acetate solution
(250 mL) under ice-cooling, and the precipitated solid was
collected by filtration to give the title compound (156 g) as
25 a white solid.
''H-NMR(CD30D) : 2.11 (3H,s) , 3.71-3.76 (2H,m) , 4.32-4.37 (2H,m) ,
7.49-7.64(SH,m).
Reference Example 28
tert-Butyl [2-(methylamino)-3-pyridyl]methyl carbonate
3o To a solution (50 mL) of [2- (methylamino) -3-
pyridyl]methanol (2 g: synthesized according to the method
described in WO 01/32652) in tetrahydrofuran were added di-
tert-butyl dicarbonate (3.48 g).and 4-dimethylaminopyridine
(0.18 g) and the mixture was refluxed for 1 hr. Water (30
135



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
mL) was added to the reaction mixture and the mixture was
s
io
extracted with ethyl acetate (50 mL). The obtained organic
layer was washed with saturated brine (50 mL), and dried over
anhydrous sodium sulfate. The residue obtained by
concentration under reduced pressure was purified by flash
silica gel column chromatography (eluted with ethyl
acetate:hexane=1:5) to give the title compound (1.51 g) as a
white solid.
1H-NMR(CDC13) : 1.49 (9H,s) , 3.02 (3H,d,J=4.8Hz) , 4.99 (2H,s) ,
5.00(lH,bs), 6.55(lH,dd,J=7.0,5.OHz),
7.37(lH,dd,J=7.0,1.8Hz), 8.16(lH,dd,J=5.0,1.8Hz).
Reference Example 29
2-(Methylamino)benzyl acetate
To a solution (50 mL) of [2-
1s (methylamino)phenyl]methanol (1.37 g: synthesized according
to the method described in WO 01/32652) in tetrahydrofuran
were added pyridine (1.05 mL), acetic anhydride (1.23 mL) and
4-dimethylaminopyridine (0.18 g), and the mixture was stirred
at room temperature for 8 hrs. Water (100 mL) was added to
2o the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted with
ethyl acetate (100 mL). The organic layer was washed
successively with a 5~ aqueous copper (II) sulfate solution
(50 mL), a saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate
solution (50 mL) and saturated brine (50 mL), and dried over
2s anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent was evaporated under
reduced pressure and the obtained residue was purified by
flash silica gel column chromatography (eluted with ethyl
acetate: hexane=1:5, then 1:3) to give the title compound
(0.38 g) as a white solid.
30 1H-NMR(CDC13) : 2.08 (3H,s) , 2.87 (3H,s) , 4.40 (lH,br) ,
5.08 (2H,s) , 6.64-6. 74 (2H,m) , 7.17-7.32 (2H,m) .
Reference Example 30
2-[(2-Acetyloxyethyl)amino]ethyl acetate hydrochloride
To a mixture of 2,2'-iminodiethanol (2.10 g) and ethyl
136



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
acetate (20 mL) was added di-tert-butyl dicarbonate (4.37 g)
under ice-cooling, After stirring for 1.5 hrs. under ice-
cooling, acetic anhydride (2.08 mL), pyridine (1,78 mL) and
4-dimethylaminopyridine (0.12 g) were added. After stirring
at room temperature for 2 hrs., ethyl acetate (50 mL) was
added to the reaction mixture and the mixture was washed with
water (50 mL), a 5% aqueous citric acid solution (50 mL) and
saturated brine (50 mL). After drying over anhydrous
magnesium sulfate, the mixture was concentrated under reduced
to pressure. A 4N hydrogen chloride - ethyl acetate solution
(20 mL) was added to the residue, and the mixture was stirred
at room temperature for 2 hrs. Diethyl ether (10 mL) was
added, and the precipitated solid was collected by
filtration. The solid was dried under reduced pressure to
15 give the title compound (6.18 g) as a white solid.
1H-NMR(DMSO-ds) : 2.07 (6H,s) , 3.23 (4H,t,J=5.3Hz) , 4.27-
4.33 (4H,m) , 9.40 (2H,br) .
Reference Example 31
(S)-2-Pyrrolidinylmethyl acetate hydrochloride
2° To a mixture of (S)-2-pyrrolidinylmethanol (1.01 g) and
ethyl acetate (10 mL) was added di-tert-butyl dicarbonate
(2.18 g) under ice-cooling. After stirring for 1 hr. under
ice-cooling, acetic anhydride (1.04 mL), pyridine (0.89 mL)
and 4-dimethylaminopyridine (0.061 g) were added. After
2s Stirring at room temperature for 1 hr., ethyl acetate (50 mL)
was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was washed
with water (50 mL), a 5% aqueous citric acid solution (50 mL)
and saturated brine (50 mL). After drying over anhydrous
magnesium sulfate, the mixture was concentrated under reduced
so pressure. A 4N hydrogen chloride - ethyl acetate solution
(10 mL) was added to the residue, and the mixture was stirred
at room temperature for 1 hr. Diethyl ether (10 mL) was
added and the precipitated solid was collected by filtration.
The solid was dried under reduced pressure to give the title
137



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
compound (1.68 g) as a pale-brown solid.
1H-NMR (DMSO-d6) : 1 . 56-2. 10 (4H,m) , 2. 06 (3H, s) , 3. 05-3. 24 (2H,m) ,
3.63-3.68(lH,m), 4.15(lH,dd,J=11.8,8.1Hz),
4.26(lH,dd,J=11.8,4.1Hz), 9.21(lH,br), 9.87(lH,br).
Reference Example 32
3-(Methylamino)propyl benzoate hydrochloride
To a mixture of 3-amino-1-propanol (0.75 g) and ethyl
acetate (2.25 mL) was added a solution (0.25 mL) of di-tert-
butyl dicarbonate (2.18 g) in ethyl acetate under ice-
io cooling. After stirring at room temperature for 21.5 hrs.,
benzoyl chloride (1.30 mL) , pyridine (0.98 mL) and 4-
dimethylaminopyridine (0.012 g) were added. After stirring
at room temperature for 5 hrs., ethyl acetate (32.5 mL) was
added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was washed
15 with water (12.5 mL) and saturated brine (12.5 mL) . After
drying over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, the mixture was
concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was
dissolved in N,N-dimethylformamide (20 mL), and methyl iodide
(5 mL) was added. 60~ Sodium hydride (0.4 g) was added under
2o ice-cooling. After stirring at room temperature for 3 hrs.,
the reaction mixture was poured into an ice-cooled aqueous
ammonium chloride solution (60 mL). The mixture was
extracted with diethyl ether (80 mL). The extract was washed
with saturated brine (30 mL), dried over anhydrous magnesium
25 sulfate, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The
residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography
(ethyl acetate: hexane=2:1, then ethyl acetate, then
acetone: ethyl acetate=1:9) to give 3-[(tert-
butoxycarbonyl)(methyl)amino]propyl benzoate (2.52 g) as a
3o colorless oil. A 4N hydrogen chloride - ethyl acetate
solution (10 mL) was added, and the mixture was stirred at
room temperature for 1 hr. After concentration under reduced
pressure, ethyl acetate (10 mL) was added to the residue and
the precipitated solid was collected by filtration. After
138



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
washing with diethyl ether (10 mL), the solid was dried under
reduced pressure to give the title compound (1.73 g) as a
colorless solid.
1H-NMR (DMSO-d6) : 2. 02-2. 16 (2H,m) , 2 . 56 (3H, s) ,
3. 05 (2H,t,J=7.3Hz) , 4.35 (2H,t,J=6. 1Hz) , 7. 51 (2H,m) , 7.65-
7.73 (lH,m) , 8. O1 (2H,d,J=7.2Hz) , 8.95 (2H,br) .
Reference Example 33
2-[(Ethoxycarbonyl)(methyl)amino]ethyl ethyl carbonate
To a solution (1000 mL) of 2- (methylamino) ethanol (100
1° g) in ethyl acetate was added pyridine (222 mL), ethyl
chlorocarbonate (240 mL) was dropwise added over 2 hr. under
ice-cooling. After the completion of the dropwise addition,
the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 18
hrs. Water (300 mL) was added, and the ethyl acetate layer
15 was separated and washed with 1N hydrochloric acid (200 mL)
and saturated brine (200 mL). After drying over anhydrous
sodium sulfate, the layer was concentrated under reduced
pressure, and the residue was distilled under reduced
pressure to give the title compound (180 g) as a colorless
2° fraction having a boiling point of 95-100°C (pressure: 0.1-
0.2 mmHg) .
1H-NMR (CDC13) : 1. 20-1. 40 (6H,m) , 2. 97 (3H, s) , 3. 50-3. 60 (2H,m) ,
4.05-4.35(6H,m).
Reference Example 34
2s 2-[(Chlorocarbonyl)(methyl)amino]ethyl ethyl carbonate
To a solution (1500 mL) of 2-
[(ethoxycarbonyl)(methyl)amino]ethyl ethyl carbonate (150 g)
obtained in Reference Example 33 in acetonitrile was added
phosphorus oxychloride (200 mL), and the mixture was refluxed
so for 4 days. The reaction mixture was concentrated under
reduced pressure and the residue was added to a mixture of
water (500 mL) - ice (700 g) - ethyl acetate (300 mL) by
portions with stirring. After stirring for 1 min., saturated
brine (500 mL) was added, and the mixture was extracted with
139



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
ethyl acetate (500 mL). The ethyl acetate layer was washed
successively with saturated brine (300 mL), a saturated
aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution (300 mL) and
saturated brine (300 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate
and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was
distilled under reduced pressure to give the title compound
(77 g) as a colorless fraction having a boiling point of 100-
105°C (pressure: 0.1-0.2 mmHg) .
1H-NMR(CDC13) : 1.33 (3H,t,J=7.2Hz) , 3.12 (3Hx0.4,s) ,
3_22(3Hx0.6,s), 3.68(2Hx0.6,t,J=4.8Hz),
3.78(2Hx0.4,t,J=4.8Hz), 4.23(2H,q,J=7.2Hz), 4.30-4.40(2H,m).
Reference Example 35
tert-Butyl 4-hydroxybutylcarbamate
To a mixture of 4-aminobutanol (3.57 g) and ethyl
IS acetate (9 mL) was dropwise added a mixture of di-tert-butyl
dicarbonate (8.73 g) and ethyl acetate (1 mL) under ice-
cooling. After stirring at room temperature for 24 hrs., the
mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue
was dissolved in ethyl acetate (200 mL), and the mixture was
2o washed with water (50 mL), 1N hydrochloric acid (40 mL),
water (30 mL) and saturated brine (30 mL) and dried over
anhydrous magnesium sulfate. Concentration under reduced
pressure gave the title compound (7.54 g) as a colorless oil.
1H-NMR(CDC13) : 1.44 (9H,s) , 1.47-1.61 (4H,m) , 3.07-3.22 (2H,m) ,
2s 3, 61-3. 76 (2H,m) , 4. 62 (lH,bs) .
Reference Exaaaple 36
4-[(tert-Butoxycarbonyl)amino]butyl acetate
To a mixture of tert-butyl 4-hydroxybutylcarbamate
(3.83 g) obtained in Reference Example 35 and ethyl acetate
so (20 mL) were added pyridine (1.80 mL) and acetic anhydride
(2.27 g), and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for
19 hrs. Ethyl acetate (100 mL) was added to the reaction
mixture, and the mixture was washed with water (50 mL), an
aqueous copper sulfate solution (30 mL), water (30 mL) and
140



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
saturated brine (30 mL) and dried over anhydrous magnesium
sulfate. Concentration under reduced pressure gave the title
compound (4.55 g) as a colorless oil.
1H-NMR(CDC13) : 1.44 (9H,s) , 1.51-1.69 (4H,m) , 2.05 (3H,s) ,
3.15 (2H,m) , 4.07 (2H,t,J=6.5Hz) , 4.55 (lH,bs) .
Reference Example 37
4-(Methylamino)butyl acetate hydrochloride
To a solution (20 mL) of 4- [ (tert-
butoxycarbonyl)amino]butyl acetate (4.50 g) obtained in
1o Reference Example 36 and methyl iodide (4.85 mL) in N,N-
dimethylformamide was added sodium hydride (60% in oil, 0.94
g) under ice-cooling. After stirring at room temperature for
4 hrs., the reaction mixture was poured into an ice - aqueous
ammonium chloride solution. The mixture was extracted with
15 diethyl ether (120 mL), and the diethyl ether layer was
washed with saturated brine (30 mL) and dried over anhydrous
magnesium sulfate. After concentration under reduced
pressure, the residue was purified by silica gel column
chromatography (eluted with ethyl acetate:hexane=1:9). To
2o the purified product was added a 4N hydrogen chloride - ethyl
acetate solution (20 mL), and the mixture was stirred at room
temperature for 2 hrs. Diethyl ether (40 mL) was added, and
the precipitated solid was collected by filtration. The
solid was dried under reduced pressure to give the title
2s compound (2.28 g) as a white solid.
1H-NMR(DMSO-d6) : 1.58-1.70 (4H,m) , 2.01 (3H,s) , 2.50 (3H,s) ,
2.82-2,90 (2H,m) , 4.00 (2H,t,J=6.OHz) , 8.90 (2H,br) .
Reference Example 38
4-[(tert-Butoxycarbonyl)amino]butyl ethyl carbonate
3o To a mixture of tert-butyl 4-hydroxybutylcarbamate
(3.71 g) obtained in Reference Example 35 and ethyl acetate
(20 mL) were added pyridine (1.71 mL) and ethyl
chlorocarbonate (2.55 g) under ice-cooling, and the mixture
was stirred at room temperature for 24 hrs. Ethyl acetate
141



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
(100 mL) was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture
was washed with water (50 mL), an aqueous copper sulfate
solution (30 mL), water (30 mL) and saturated brine (30 mL)
and dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. Concentration
under reduced pressure gave the title compound (4.92 g) as a
colorless oil.
1H-NMR(CDC13) : 1.31 (3H,t,J=7.lHz) , 1.44 (9H,s) , 1.46-
1. 80 (4H,m) , 3. 15 (2H,m) , 4. 11-4.25 (4H,m) , 4.54 (lH,bs) .
Reference Example 39
to Ethyl 4-(methylamino)butyl carbonate hydrochloride
To a solution (20 mL) of 4-[(tert-
butoxycarbonyl)aminoJbutyl ethyl carbonate (4.90 g) obtained
in Reference Example 38 and methyl iodide (4.67 mL) in N,N-
dimethylformamide was added sodium hydride (60$ in oil, 0.90
zs g) under ice-cooling. After stirring at room temperature for
6 hrs., the reaction mixture was poured into an ice - aqueous
ammonium chloride solution, and extracted with diethyl ether
(120 mL). The diethyl ether layer was washed with saturated
brine (30 mL) and dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate.
2o After concentration under reduced pressure, the residue was
purified by silica gel column chromatography (eluted with
ethyl acetate: hexane=1:9). To the purified product was added
a 4N hydrogen chloride - ethyl acetate solution (20 mL), and
the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hrs.
25 Diethyl ether (40 mL) was added, and the precipitated solid
was collected by filtration. The solid was dried under
reduced pressure to give the title compound (2.86 g) as a
white solid.
1H-NMR(DMSO-d6) : 1.21 (3H,t,J=7.lHz) , 1.51-1.73 (4H,m) ,
30 2. 50 (3H, s) , 2. 82-2.94 (2H,m) , 4. 05-4. 15 (4H,m) , 8. 88 (2H,br) .
Reference Exan~gle 40
tart-Butyl 3-hydroxypropylcarbamate
To a mixture of 3-aminopropanol (7.51 g) and ethyl
acetate (30 mL) was dropwise added a mixture of di-tart-butyl
142



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
Bicarbonate (21.8 g) and ethyl acetate (3 mL) under ice-
cooling. After stirring at room temperature for 22 hrs., the
mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue
was dissolved in ethyl acetate (200 mL), washed with water
(80 mL) , 1N hydrochloric acid (60 mL) ; water (50 mL) and
saturated brine (50 mL), and dried over anhydrous sodium
sulfate. Concentration under reduced pressure gave the title
compound (16.01 g) as a colorless oil.
1H-NMR(CDC13) : 1.45 (9H,s) , 1.62-1.70 (2H,m) ,
l0 3.24 (2H,q,J=6.6Hz) , 3. 66 (2H,q,J=5. 1Hz) , 4.73 (lH,bs) .
Reference Example 41
3-[(tert-Butoxycarbonyl)amino]propyl acetate
To a mixture of tert-butyl 3-hydroxypropylcarbamate
(8.00 g) obtained in Reference Example 40 and ethyl acetate
15 (50 mL) were added pyridine (4.06 mL) and acetic anhydride
(5.13 g), and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for
21 hrs. Ethyl acetate (200 mL) was added to the reaction
mixture, and the mixture was washed with water (100 mL), an
aqueous copper sulfate solution (40 mL), water (60 mL) and
2o saturated brine (60 mL), and dried over anhydrous sodium
sulfate. Concentration under reduced pressure gave the title
compound (8.34 g) as a colorless oil.
1H-NMR (CDC13) : 1 . 44 (9H, s) , 1 . 77-1 . 86 (2H,m) , 2. 06 (3H, s) ,
3.20 (2H,q,J=6.3Hz) , 4. 12 (2H,t,J=6.3Hz) , 4.67 (lH,bs) .
2s Reference Example 42
3-(Methylamino)propyl acetate hydrochloride
To a solution (80 mL) of 3-[(tert-
butoxycarbonyl)amino]propyl acetate (17.28 g) obtained in
Reference Example 41 and methyl iodide (19.8 mL) in N,N-
3o dimethylformamide was added sodium hydride (60~ in oil, 3.82
g) under ice-cooling. After stirring at room temperature for
15 hrs., the reaction mixture was poured into an ice -
aqueous ammonium chloride solution and extracted with diethyl
ether (300 mL). The diethyl ether layer was washed with
143



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
saturated brine (100 mL), and dried over anhydrous sodium
sulfate. After concentration under reduced pressure, the
residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography
(eluted with ethyl acetate: hexane=1:8). To the purified
product was added a 4N hydrogen chloride - ethyl acetate
solution (40 mL), and the mixture was stirred at room
temperature for 2 hrs. Diethyl ether (100 mL) was added, and
the precipitated solid was collected by filtration. The
solid was dried under reduced pressure to give the title
io compound (2.93 g) as a white solid.
1H-NMR (DMSO-ds) : 1 . 85-1. 97 (2H,m) , 2. 02 (3H, s) , 2 . 50 (3H, s) ,
2.87-2.96 (2H,m) , 4.06 (2H,t,J=6.3Hz) , 8.87 (2H,br) .
Reference Example 43
3-[(tert-Butoxycarbonyl)amino]propyl ethyl carbonate
is To a mixture of tert-butyl 3-hydroxypropylcarbamate
(8.00 g) obtained in Reference Example 40 and ethyl acetate
(50 mL) were added pyridine (4.06 mL) and ethyl
chlorocarbonate (5.95 g) under ice-cooling, and the mixture
was stirred at room temperature for 24 hrs. Ethyl acetate
20 (100 mL) was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture
was washed with water (50 mL), an aqueous copper sulfate
solution (30 mL) , water (30 mL) and saturated brine (30 mL) ,
and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. Concentration under
reduced pressure gave the title compound (9.31 g) as a
25 colorless oil.
''H-NMR(CDC13) : 1.31 (3H,t,J=7.lHz) , 1.44 (9H,s) , 1.82-
1.90 (2H,m) , 3.22 (2H,t,J=6.3Hz) , 4.15-4.23 (4H,m) , 4.68 (lH,bs) .
Reference Example 44
Ethyl 3-(methylamino)propyl carbonate hydrochloride
3o To a solution (40 mL) of 3-[ (tert-
butoxycarbonyl)amino]propyl ethyl carbonate (9.31 g) obtained
in Reference Example 43 and methyl iodide (9.00 mL) in N,N-
dimethylformamide was added sodium hydride (60°s in oil, 1.82
g) under ice-cooling. After stirring at room temperature for
144



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
12 hrs., the reaction mixture was poured into an ice -
aqueous ammonium chloride solution and the mixture was
extracted with diethyl ether (200 mL). The diethyl ether
layer was washed with saturated brine (100 mL), and dried
over anhydrous sodium sulfate. After concentration under
reduced pressure, the residue was purified by silica gel
column chromatography (eluted with ethyl acetate: hexane=1:8).
To the purified product was added a 4N hydrogen chloride
ethyl acetate solution (40 mL), and the mixture was stirred
io at room temperature for 2 hrs. Diethyl ether (200 mL) was
added, and the precipitated solid was collected by
filtration. The solid was dried under reduced pressure to
give the title compound (4.98 g) as a white solid.
1H-NMR(DMSO-ds) : 1.21 (3H,t,J=7.lHz) , 1.91-2.00 (2H,m) ,
is 2. 50 (3H, s) , 2. 88-2. 98 (2H,m) , 4 . 08-4 . 16 (4H,m) , 8. 90 (2H,br) .
Reference Example 45
tert-Butyl (2,3-dihydroxypropyl)methylcarbamate
To a mixture of 3-(methylamino)-1,2-propanediol (24.5
g) and ethyl acetate (50 mL) was dropwise added a mixture of
2o di-tert-butyl dicarbonate (51.4 g) and ethyl acetate (10 mL)
under ice-cooling. After stirring at room temperature for 15
hrs., the mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure.
The residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate (150 mL), and the
solution was washed with water (80 mL), 1N hydrochloric acid
a5 (60 mL), water (50 mL) and saturated brine (50 mL), and dried
over anhydrous sodium sulfate. Concentration under reduced
pressure gave the title compound (26.9 g) as a colorless oil.
~H-NMR (CDC13) : 1. 47 (9H, s) , 2. 92 (3H, s) , 3. 20-3. 36 (2H,m) ,
so 3. 41 (2H,bs) , 3. 50-3. 62 (2H,m) , 3.73-3. 88 (lH,m) .
Reference Example 46
3-(Methylamino)propane-1,2-diyl diacetate hydrochloride
To a mixture of tert-butyl (2,3-
dihydroxypropyl)methylcarbamate (10.26 g) obtained in
145



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
Reference Example 45 and ethyl acetate (50 mL) were added
pyridine (10.11 mL) and acetic anhydride (12.76 g), and the
mixture was stirred at room temperature for 24 hrs. Ethyl
acetate (300 mL) was added to the reaction mixture, and the
mixture was washed with water (150 mL), an aqueous copper
sulfate solution (100 mL), water (100 mL) and saturated brine
(100 mL), and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. After
concentration under reduced pressure, the residue was
purified by silica gel column chromatography (eluted with
1° ethyl acetate: hexane=1:8). To the purified product was added
a 4N hydrogen chloride - ethyl acetate solution (40 mL), and
the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 hrs.
Diethyl ether (100 mL) was added, and the precipitated solid
was collected by filtration. The solid was dried under
reduced pressure to give the title compound (2.76 g) as a
white solid.
1H-NMR(DMSO-ds) : 2.03 (3H,s) , 2.07 (3H,s) , 2.55 (3H,s) , 3.18-
3. 22 (2H,m) , 4. 09-4.28 (2H,m) , 5.20-5.27 (lH,m) , 9. Ol (2H,br) .
Reference Example 47
2° Diethyl 3-(methylamino)propane-1,2-diyl biscarbonate
hydrochloride
To a mixture of tert-butyl (2,3-
dihydroxypropyl)methylcarbamate (15.53 g) obtained in
Reference Example 45 and ethyl acetate (100 mL) were added
z5 pyridine (18.35 mL) and ethyl chlorocarbonate (24.62 g) under
ice-cooling, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature
for 96 hrs. Ethyl acetate (300 mL) was added to the reaction
mixture, and the mixture was washed with water (150 mL), an
aqueous copper sulfate solution (100 mL), water (100 mL) and
3o saturated brine (100 mL), and dried over anhydrous sodium
sulfate. After concentration under reduced pressure, the
residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography
(eluted with ethyl acetate: hexane=1:6). To the purified
product was added a 4N hydrogen chloride - ethyl acetate
146



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
solution (80 mL), and the mixture was stirred at room
temperature for 3 hrs. Diethyl ether (200 mL) was added, and
the precipitated solid was collected by filtration. The
solid was dried under reduced pressure to give the title
compound (5.93 g) as a white solid,
1H-NMR(DMSO-d6) : 1.20-1.28 (6H,m) , 2.57 (3H,s) , 3.12-3.28 (2H,m) ,
4. 10-4.43 (6H,m) , 5. 13-5.22 (lH,m) , 9. 14 (2H,br) .
Reference Example 48
2-Ethoxyethyl 2-(methylamino)ethyl carbonate hydrochloride
To To a solution (20 mL) of bis(trichloromethyl)carbonate
(2.97 g) in tetrahydrofuran was dropwise added a solution (10
mL) of 2-ethoxyethanol (1.80 g) in tetrahydrofuran under iCe-
cooling. Then a solution (10 mL) of pyridine (2.43 mL) in
tetrahydrofuran was added dropwise, and the mixture was
15 stirred at room temperature for 2 hrs. The reaction mixture
was concentrated under reduced pressure and water (50 mL) was
added to the residue. The mixture was extracted with ethyl
acetate (50 mL). The ethyl acetate layer was washed with
0.2N hydrochloric acid (20 mL) and saturated brine (50 mL),
zo dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, and concentrated
under reduced pressure to give 2-ethoxyethyl chlorocarbonate
(1.29 g). A solution (15 mL) of tert-butyl 2-
hydroxyethyl(methyl)carbamate (1.23 g) obtained in Reference
Example 1 in tetrahydrofuran was added pyridine (0.68 mL),
2s and a solution (5 mL) of 2-ethoxyethyl chlorocarbonate
obtained above in tetrahydrofuran was dropwise added to the
mixture, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for
3 days. After concentration of the reaction mixture under
reduced pressure, water (50 mL) was added thereto and the
3o mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (50 mL). The ethyl
acetate layer was washed with a 5~ aqueous citric acid
solution (50 mL) and saturated brine (50 mL), dried over
anhydrous magnesium sulfate. The mixture was concentrated
under reduced pressure and the residue was purified by silica
147



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
gel column chromatography (eluted with ethyl
acetate:hexane=1:5, then 2:3). The purified product (1.60 g)
was dissolved in diethyl ether (3 mL) and a 4N hydrogen
chloride - ethyl acetate solution (3 mL) was added. The
mixture was stirred overnight at room~temperature, and the
precipitated solid was collected by filtration and dried
under reduced pressure to give the title compound (0.94 g) as
a white solid.
1H-NMR(DMSO-d6) : 1.10 (3H,t,J=7.OHz) , 2.57 (3H,s) , 3.18-
3.25 (2H,m) , 3.44 (2H,q,J=7. OHz) , 3. 56-3. 60 (2H,m) , 4. 19-
4.24 (2H,m) , 4. 30-4. 37 (2H,m) , 8. 79 (2H,br) .
Reference Example 49
3-Methoxypropyl 2-(methylamino)ethyl carbonate hydrochloride
To a mixture of lithium aluminum hydride (2.85 g) and
diethyl ether (100 mL) was dropwise added slowly a solution
(50 mL) of methyl 3-methoxypropanoate (11.8 g) in
tetrahydrofuran under ice-cooling. After stirring at room
temperature for 1 hr., the mixture was again ice-cooled and
water (3 mL) and a 10~ aqueous sodium hydroxide solution (3
2o mL) were dropwise added. The mixture was allowed to reach
room temperature, and water (9 mL) was dropwise added. The
mixture was stirred for a while. The precipitate was
filtered off and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced
pressure to give 3-methoxypropanol (7.64 g) as a colorless
oil.
'H-NMR(CDC13) : 1.83 (2H,quintet,J=5.8Hz) , 2.43 (lH,t,J=5.3Hz) ,
3.36 (3H,s) , 3.57 (2H,t,J=6.OHz) , 3.77 (2H,q,J=5. 5Hz) .
To a solution (50 mL) of bis(trichloromethyl)carbonate
(4.45 g) in tetrahydrofuran was dropwise added N-
3o ethyldiisopropylamine (5.75 mL) under ice-cooling. After
stirring for a while, a solution (15 mL) of 3-methoxypropanol
(2.70 g) obtained above in tetrahydrofuran was dropwise
added. The mixture was stirred for 30 min. under ice-cooling
and at room temperature for 1 day. After concentration of
148



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
the reaction mixture under reduced pressure, diluted
hydrochloric acid (50 mL) was added to the residue, and the
mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (80 mL). The ethyl
acetate layer was washed with 0.2N hydrochloric acid (30 mL)
and saturated brine (30 mL), dried over anhydrous magnesium
sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure to give 3-
methoxypropyl chlorocarbonate (4.39 g). To a solution (20
mL) of tert-butyl 2-hydroxyethyl(methyl)carbamate (1.75 g)
obtained in Reference Example 1 in tetrahydrofuran was added
io pyridine (0.97 mL) and a solution (5 mL) of a 3-methoxypropyl
chlorocarbonate (1.83 g) obtained above in tetrahydrofuran
was dropwise added, and the mixture was stirred at room
temperature for 2 hrs. A solution (5 mL) of pyridine (0.65
mL) and 3-methoxypropyl chlorocarbonate (1.22 g) in
15 tetrahydrofuran was added and the mixture was further stirred
for 1 hr. The reaction mixture was concentrated under
reduced pressure and water (50 mL) was added to the residue.
The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (80 mL), and the
ethyl acetate layer was washed with a 5~ aqueous citric acid
2o solution (50 mL) and saturated brine (50 mL) , dried over
anhydrous magnesium sulfate and concentrated under reduced
pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column
chromatography (eluted with ethyl acetate: hexane=1:9, then
3:7). The purified product (3.40 g) was dissolved in diethyl
2s ether (5 mL) and a 4N hydrogen chloride - ethyl acetate
solution (5 mL) was added. The mixture was stirred overnight
at room temperature and the reaction mixture was concentrated
under reduced pressure. Diethyl ether was added for
crystallization to give the title compound (2.06 g) as a
so colorless solid.
1H-NMR (DMSO-d6) : 1. 78-1 . 90 (2H,m) , 2 . 54 (3H, s) , 3 . 15-3 . 25 (2H,m)
,
3.23 (3H,s) , 3.33-3.42 (2H,m) , 4.16 (2H,t,J=6.OHz) ,
4.36 (2H,t,J=6.OHz) , 9.27 (2H,br) .
149



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
Reference Example 50
2-(Methylamino)ethyl N,N-dimethylglycinate dihydrochloride
A mixture of tert-butyl 2-hydroxyethyl(methyl)carbamate
(3.50 g) obtained in Reference Example 1, N,N-dimethylglycine
hydrochloride ( 5 . 29 g) , 1-ethyl-3- [ 3-
(dimethylamino)propyl]carbodiimide hydrochloride (7.67 g),
triethylamine (5.58 mL), 4-dimethylaminopyridine (1.22 g) and
N,N-dimethylformamide (50 mL) was stirred overnight at room
temperature. The reaction mixture was concentrated under
io reduced pressure and a saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen
carbonate solution (50 mL) was added to the residue. The
mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (100 mL). The ethyl
acetate layer was washed with saturated brine (50 mL), dried
over anhydrous magnesium sulfate and concentrated under
15 reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel
column chromatography (eluted with methanol: ethyl
acetate=5:95, then 20:80). 1N Hydrochloric acid (24 mL) was
added to the purified product (2.46 g), and the mixture was
stirred overnight at room temperature. The reaction mixture
2o was concentrated under reduced pressure to give the title
compound (2.14 g) as a colorless solid.
1H-NMR(DMSO-ds) : 2. 52 (3H,s) , 2. 85 (6H,s) , 3.20 (2H,m) ,
4. 30 (2H, s) , 4. 43-4. 49 (2H,m) , 9. 60 (2H,br) , 10. 81 (lH,br) .
Reference Example 51
25 S-[2-(Methylamino)ethyl] thioacetate hydrochloride
To a solution (50 mL) of tert-butyl 2-
hydroxyethyl(methyl)carbamate (3.50 g) obtained in Reference
Example 1, thioacetic acid (1.72 mL) and triphenylphosphine
(7.87 g) in tetrahydrofuran was dropwise added slowly a
3o solution (10 mL) of diisopropyl azodicarboxylate (5.91 mL) in
tetrahydrofuran under ice-cooling. The mixture was stirred
under ice-cooling for 1 hr. and at room temperature for 2
hrs. The reaction mixture was again ice-cooled and a
solution (10 mL) of triphenylphosphine (7.87 g) and
150



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
diisopropyl azodicarboxylate (5.91 mL) in tetrahydrofuran was
added. The mixture was stirred under ice-cooling for 30 min.
Thioacetic acid (1.14 mL) was added and the mixture was
stirred under ice-cooling for 30 min. and at room temperature
s overnight. The reaction mixture was concentrated under
reduced pressure and hexane and diisopropyl ether were added
to the residue. The precipitate was filtered off and the
filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. This step
was repeated and a saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen
io carbonate solution (50 mL) was added. The mixture was
extracted with ethyl acetate (100 mL). The ethyl acetate
layer was washed with saturated brine (50 mL), dried over
anhydrous magnesium sulfate and concentrated under reduced
pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column
is chromatography (eluted with ethyl acetate:hexane=5:95, and
then 15:85). A 4N hydrogen chloride - ethyl acetate solution
(10 mL) was added to the purified product (4.47 g) and the
mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature. The
reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and
2o ethyl acetate and diethyl ether were added to the residue for
crystallization to give the title compound (1.79 g) as a
pale-yellow solid.
1H-NMR (DMSO-d6) : 2. 38 (3H, s) , 2 . 52 (3H, s) , 2 . 96-3 . 08 (2H,m) ,
3. I2-3. 20 (2H,m) , 9. 35 (2H,br) .
as Reference Example 52
Ethyl 2-(2-(methylamino)ethoxy]ethyl carbonate hydrochloride
To a mixture of 2-(2-aminoethoxy)ethanol (99.52 g) and
ethyl acetate (200 mL) was dropwise added a mixture of di-
tert-butyl dicarbonate (208.57 g) and ethyl acetate (50 mL)
so under ice-cooling. After stirring at room temperature for 60
hrs., the mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure.
The residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate (500 mL), washed
with water (200 mL), 1N hydrochloric acid (200 mL), water
(300 mL) and saturated brine (300 mL), and dried over
151



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
anhydrous sodium sulfate. Concentration under reduced
pressure gave tert-butyl [2-(2-hydroxyethoxy)ethyl]carbamate
(I69.2 g) as a colorless oil.
1H-NMR(CDC13) : 1.45 (9H,s) , 3.33 (2H,q,J=5. 1Hz) , 3.54-
3.59 (4H,m) , 3.74 (2H,q,J=5. 1Hz) , 4. 88 (2H,bs) .
To a mixture of tert-butyl [2-(2-
hydroxyethoxy)ethyl]carbamate (53.93 g) obtained above and
ethyl acetate (350 mL) were added pyridine (53.78 mL) and
ethyl chlorocarbonate (70.57 g) under ice-cooling, and the
io mixture was stirred at room temperature for 96 hrs. Ethyl
acetate (500 mL) was added to the reaction mixture, and the
mixture was washed with water (500 mL), an aqueous copper
sulfate solution (200 mL), water (300 mL) and saturated brine
(300 mL) and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate.
15 Concentration under reduced pressure gave 2-[2-[(tert-
butoxycarbonyl)amino]ethoxy]ethyl ethyl carbonate (93.19 g)
as a colorless oil.
1H-NMR(CDC13) : 1.32 (3H,t,J=7.2Hz) , 1.44 (9H,s) , 3.32 (2H,t,
J=5. 1Hz) , 3. 54 (2H,t, J=5. 1Hz) , 3. 67-3.74 (2H,m) , 4.21 (2H,q,
2o J=7.2Hz) , 4. 26-4.31 (2H,m) , 4.91 (lH,bs) .
To a solution (350 mL) of 2- [2- [ (tert-
butoxycarbonyl)amino]ethoxy]ethyl ethyl carbonate (93.15 g)
obtained above and methyl iodide (83.6 mL) in N,N-
dimethylformamide was added sodium hydride (60~ in oil, 16.12
25 g) under ice-cooling. After stirring at room temperature for
24 hrs., the reaction mixture was poured into an ice -
aqueous ammonium chloride solution, and extracted with
diethyl ether (800 mL). The diethyl ether layer was washed
with saturated brine (300 mL), and dried over anhydrous
3o magnesium sulfate. After concentration under reduced
pressure, the residue was purified by silica gel column
chromatography (eluted with ethyl acetate:hexane=1:8). To
the purified product was added a 4N hydrogen chloride - ethyl
acetate solution (300 mL) was added, and the mixture was
152



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
stirred at room temperature for 2 hrs. Diethyl ether (300
mL) was added, and the precipitated solid was collected by
filtration, The solid was dried under reduced pressure to
give the title compound (33.21 g) as a white solid.
1H-NMR(DMSO-ds) : 1.21 (3H,t,J=7.2Hz) , 2.51 (3H,s) , 3.02-
3. 09 (2H,m) , 3. 65-3.72 (4H,m) , 4. 12 (2H,q,J=7.2Hz) ,
4.22 (2H,t,J=4. 5Hz) , 9.06 (2H,br) .
Reference Example 53
Ethyl 2-[methyl[[2-(methylamino)ethoxy]carbonyl]amino]ethyl
io carbonate hydrochloride
To a solution (100 mL) of bis(trichloromethyl)carbonate
(11,87 g) in tetrahydrofuran was dropwise added a solution
(20 mL) of pyridine (9.71 mL) in tetrahydrofuran under ice-
cooling. After stirring under ice-cooling for 30 min., a
i5 solution (20 mL) of tent-butyl 2-
hydroxyethyl(methyl)carbamate (17.52 g) obtained in Reference
Example 1 in tetrahydrofuran was dropwise added and the
mixture was stirred at room temperature for 15 hrs. After
concentration under reduced pressure, water (500 mL) and
2o anhydrous sodium sulfate were added to the residue. After
filtration, the filtrate was concentrated under reduced
pressure. To the obtained residue were added a solution (50
mL) of 2-(methylamino)ethanol (5.00 g) in ethyl acetate and
triethylamine (10.0 mL) under ice-cooling and the mixture was
2s stirred at room temperature for 15 hrs. Ethyl acetate (300
mL) was added to the reaction mixture, the mixture was washed
with water (150 mL) and saturated brine (200 mL) and dried
over anhydrous sodium sulfate. After concentration under
reduced pressure, to a mixture of the residue and ethyl
3o acetate (100 mL) were added pyridine (2.91 mL) and ethyl
chlorocarbonate (3.44 g) under ice-cooling, and the mixture
was stirred at room temperature for 48 hrs. Ethyl acetate
(200 mL) was added to the reaction mixture, the mixture was
washed with water (100 mL), an aqueous copper sulfate
153



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
solution (50 mL), water (50 mL) and saturated brine (50 mL),
and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The mixture was
concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue was
purified by silica gel column chromatography (eluted with
s ethyl acetate:hexane=1:3). To the purified product was added
a 4N hydrogen chloride - ethyl acetate solution (30 mL), and
the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 hrs.
Diethyl ether (100 mL) was added, and the precipitated solid
was collected by filtration. The solid was dried under
to reduced pressure to give the title compound (2.90 g) as a
white solid.
1H-NMR(DMSO-d6) : 1.21 (3H,t,J=7.2Hz) , 2.57 (3H,bs) ,
2.86 (1.5H,s) , 2.93 (1.5H,s) , 3.16 (2H,bs) , 3.34 (lH,bs) ,
3.48(lH,t,J=5.lHz), 3.58(lH,t,J=5.lHz), 4.12(2H,q,J=7.2Hz),
is 4. 16-4.24 (4H,m) , 8. 94 (lH,br) .
Reference Example 54
2-(Methylamino)ethyl 1-methylpiperidine-4-carboxylate
dihydrochloride
A mixture of ethyl piperidine-4-carboxylate (4.72 g),
2o methyl iodide (2.24 mL), potassium carbonate (8.29 g) and
acetonitrile (50 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 2
hrs. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced
pressure and water (150 mL) was added. The mixture was
extracted with ethyl acetate (150 mL). The ethyl acetate
2s layer was washed with saturated brine (100 mL), dried over
anhydrous magnesium sulfate, and concentrated under reduced
pressure. A 1N aqueous sodium hydroxide solution (20 mL) was
added to the residue (2.64 g), and the mixture was stirred
overnight at room temperature. The reaction mixture was
so neutralized by adding 1N hydrochloric acid (20 mL) and the
mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. Ethanol was
added to the residue, and the precipitate was filtered off.
The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. This
step was repeated and ethanol and ethyl acetate were added to
154



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
the residue for crystallization to give 1-methylpiperidine-4-
carboxylic acid (1.79 g) as a colorless solid.
1H-NMR(CD30D) : 1.80-I.98 (2H,m) , 2.00-2. 14 (2H,m) , 2.28-
2.42 (lH,m) , 2,78 (3H,s) , 2.88-3.04 (2H.m) , 3.32-3.44 (2H.m) .
A mixture of 1-methylpiperidine-4-carboxylic acid (1.72
g) obtained above, tert-butyl 2-hydroxyethyl(methyl)carbamate
(1.75 g) obtained in Reference Example 1, 1-ethyl-3-[3-
(dimethylamino)propyl]carbodiimide hydrochloride (2.30 g), 4-
dimethylaminopyridine (0.24 g) and acetonitrile (50 mL) was
io stirred at room temperature for I6 hrs. The reaction mixture
was concentrated under reduced pressure and a saturated
aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution (50 mL) was added
to the residue. The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate
(100 mL). The ethyl acetate layer was washed with saturated
i5 brine (50 mL), dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate and
concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was
purified by basic silica gel column chromatography (eluted
with ethyl acetate:hexane=50:50, then 80:20). 1N
Hydrochloric acid (25 mL) was added to the purified product
20 (2.73 g), and the mixture was stirred overnight at room
temperature. The reaction mixture was concentrated under
reduced pressure and isopropanol was added. The mixture was
again concentrated under reduced pressure and the
precipitated solid was collected by filtration to give the
25 title compound (1.72 g) as a colorless solid.
1H-NMR(DMSO-d6) : 1.70-2.20 (4H,m) , 2.40-3.50 (l3H,m) ,
4. 31 (2H,m) , 9.25 (2H,br) , 10.77 (lH,br) .
Reference Example 55
2-[[4-(Aminocarbonyl)phenyl]amino]ethyl acetate
3o A mixture of 4-fluorobenzonitrile (6.06 g), 2-
aminoethanol (3.71 g), potassium carbonate (8.29 g) and
dimethyl sulfoxide (50 mL) was stirred at 100°C overnight.
Water (200 mL) was added to the reaction mixture and the
mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (200 mLx4). The
155



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
ethyl acetate layer was washed with saturated brine (100 mL),
dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate and concentrated under
reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel
column chromatography (eluted with ethyl
acetate: hexane=30:70, then 50:50, then 80:20, then ethyl
acetate) to give 4-[(2-hydroxyethyl)amino]benzonitrile (5.89
g) as a yellow solid.
1H-NMR(CDC13) : 2.04 (lH,t,J=4.8Hz) , 3.33 (2H,m) ,
3.86 (2H,q,J=4. 8Hz) , 4.66 (lH,br) , 6.58 (2H,d,J=8.7Hz) ,
io 7.39 (2H,d,J=8.7Hz) .
A mixture of 4-[(2-hydroxyethyl)amino]benzonitrile
(0.81 g) obtained above, potassium hydroxide (1.12 g) and
tert-butanol (20 mL) was stirred at 100°C for 1 hr. Water
(100 mL) was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture
is was extracted with ethyl acetate (100 mL). The ethyl acetate
layer was washed with saturated brine (80 mL), dried over
anhydrous magnesium sulfate and concentrated under reduced
pressure. To a solution (10 mL) of the residue (0.83 g),
pyridine (0.49 mL) and 4-dimethylaminopyridine (0.061 g) in
2o tetrahydrofuran was dropwise added a solution (1 mL) of
acetic anhydride (0.57 mL) in tetrahydrofuran. The mixture
was stirred at room temperature for 1 hr., water (80 mL) was
added, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (100
mL). The ethyl acetate layer was washed with saturated brine
25 (80 mL), dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate and
concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was
purified by silica gel column chromatography (eluted with
ethyl acetate: hexane=30:70, then 60:40) to give the title
compound (0.68 g) as a colorless solid.
30 1H-NMR(CDC13) : 2.08 (3H,s) , 3.44 (2H,q,J=5.6Hz) ,
4.29 (2H,t,J=5.4Hz) , 4.48 (lH,br) , 6. 59 (2H,d,J=8.9Hz) ,
7.43(2H,d,J=8.9Hz).
Reference Example 56
2-(Methylamino)ethyl 1-methyl-4-piperidinyl carbonate
156



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
dihydrochloride
To a solution (40 mL) of N,N'-carbonyldiimidazole (3.36
g) in tetrahydrofuran,was dropwise added slowly a solution
(10 mL) of tert-butyl 2-hydroxyethyl(methyl)carbamate (3.30
g) obtained in Reference Example 1 in tetrahydrofuran under
ice-cooling. The mixture was stirred under ice-cooling for
40 min. and at room temperature for 2 hrs. N,N'-
Carbonyldiimidazole (0.31 g) was added and the mixture was
further stirred for 3 days. The reaction mixture was
z° concentrated under reduced pressure and ethyl acetate (150
mL) was added to the residue. The mixture was washed with
saturated brine (100 mLx2), water (50 mLX3) and saturated
brine (50 mL), dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate and
concentrated under reduced pressure to give 2-[(tert-
z5 butoxycarbonyl)(methyl)amino]ethyl 1H-imidazole-1-carboxylate
(5.24 g) as a colorless oil.
1H-NMR (CDC13) : 1 . 39 (9HX0. 5, s) , 1. 42 (9Hx0. 5, s) , 2. 94 (3H,m) ,
3.63 (2H,m) , 4.51 (2H,t,J=5.3Hz) , 7.06 (lH,m) , 7.42 (lH,m) ,
8.13 (lH,s) .
zo A mixture of 2-[(tert-
butoxycarbonyl)(methyl)amino]ethyl 1H-imidazole-1-carboxylate
(1.35 g) obtained above, 1-methyl-4-piperidinol (1.38 g) and
acetonitrile (20 mL) was stirred overnight at room
temperature. 1-Methyl-4-piperidinol (0.92 g) was added and
25 the mixture was stirred overnight. The reaction mixture was
concentrated under reduced pressure and a saturated aqueous
sodium hydrogen carbonate solution (50 mL) was added to the
residue. The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (100
mL). The ethyl acetate layer was washed with saturated brine
30 (50 mL), dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate and
concentrated under reduced pressure. 1N Hydrochloric acid
(12 mL) was added to the residue (2.60 g), and the mixture
was stirred overnight at room temperature. The reaction
mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure, water,
157



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
isopropanol and ethyl acetate were added, and the
precipitated solid was collected by filtration to give the
title compound (1.09 g) as a colorless solid.
1H-NMR (DMSO-d6) : 1 . 85-2 . 20 (4H,m) , 2. 55 (3H, s) , 2. 70 (3Hx0 . 5, s)
,
2.73(3Hx0.5,s), 2.90-3.50(6H,m), 4.38(2H,m), 4.65-5.00(lH,m),
9.21 (2H,br) , 11. 10 (lH,br) .
Synthetic Example 2
2-[Methyl[[(R)-2-[[[3-methyl-4-(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)-2-
pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazol-1-
io yl]carbonyl]amino]ethyl acetate
To a solution (30 mL) of bis(trichloromethyl)carbonate
(0.50 g) in tetrahydrofuran was dropwise added a solution (1
mL) of pyridine (0.40 mL) in tetrahydrofuran under ice-
cooling. After stirring under ice-cooling for 30 min., 2-
zs (methylamino)ethyl acetate hydrochloride (0.77 g) obtained in
Reference Example 2 was added. A solution (1 mL) of
triethylamine (0.70 mL) in tetrahydrofuran was dropwise added
and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hr.
After concentration under reduced pressure, water (50 mL) was
2o added to the residue. The mixture was extracted with ethyl
acetate (50 mL). The ethyl acetate layer was washed with
saturated brine (50 mL) and dried over anhydrous magnesium
sulfate. The mixture was concentrated under reduced
pressure, and the residue was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran
2s (20 mL) . (R)-2-[ [ [3-Methyl-4-(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)-2-
pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazole (1.11 g),
triethylamine (0.84 mL) and 4-dimethylaminopyridine
(catalytic amount) were added, and the mixture was stirred at
60°C overnight. After concentration under reduced pressure,
so water (50 mL) was added to the residue. The mixture was
extracted with ethyl acetate (50 mL). The ethyl acetate
layer was washed with saturated brine (50 mL) and dried over
anhydrous magnesium sulfate. After concentration under
reduced pressure, the residue was purified by basic silica
158



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
gel column chromatography (eluted with ethyl
acetate:hexane=1:1, then ethyl acetate), and further by
silica gel column chromatography (eluted with ethyl
acetate:hexane=2:1, then ethyl acetate, then acetone: ethyl
acetate=1:4, then 1:1) to give the title compound (1.13 g) as
a yellow amorphous solid.
1H-NMR(CDC13) : 2.10 (3H,s) , 2.24 (3H,s) , 3.09 (3H,bs) , 3.60-
4. 00 (2H,br) , 4.25-4. 50 (4H,m) , 4, 89 (lH,d,J=13.3Hz) ,
5.05(lH,d,J=13.3Hz), 6.65(lH,d,J=5.5Hz), 7.35-7.51(3H,m),
io ~ _ g0_7 _ g0 (lH,m) , 8. 35 (lH,d,J=5. 5Hz) .
Synthetic Example 2
2-[Methyl[[(R)-2-[[j3-methyl-4-(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)-2-
pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazol-1-
yl]carbonyl]amino]ethyl trimethylacetate
15 To a solution (30 mL) of bis(trichloromethyl)carbonate
(0.50 g) in tetrahydrofuran was dropwise added a solution (1
mL) of pyridine (0.40 mL) in tetrahydrofuran under ice-
cooling. After stirring under ice-cooling for 1 hr., 2-
(methylamino)ethyl trimethylacetate hydrochloride (0.98 g)
20 obtained in Reference Example 3 was added. A solution (1 mL)
of triethylamine (0.70 mL) in tetrahydrofuran was dropwise
added, and the mixture was stirred overnight at room
temperature. After concentration under reduced pressure,
water (50 mL) was added to the residue. The mixture was
2s extracted with ethyl acetate (50 mL). The ethyl acetate
layer was washed with saturated brine (50 mL) and dried over
anhydrous magnesium sulfate. The layer was concentrated
under reduced pressure, and the residue was dissolved in
tetrahydrofuran (20 mL). (R)-2-[[[3-Methyl-4-(2,2,2-
3o trifluoroethoxy)-2-pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazole
(1.11 g), triethylamine (0.84 mL) and 4-dimethylaminopyridine
(0.037 g) were added, and the mixture was stirred overnight
at 60°C. After concentration under reduced pressure, water
(50 mL) was added to the residue. The mixture was extracted
159



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
with ethyl acetate (50 mL). The ethyl acetate layer was
washed with saturated brine (50 mL) and dried over anhydrous
magnesium sulfate. After concentration under reduced
pressure, the residue was purified by flash silica gel column
chromatography (eluted with acetone: hexane=1:3, then 3:2).
Crystallization from acetone-diisopropyl ether and
recrystallization from acetone-diisopropyl ether gave the
title compound (1.01 g) as a colorless solid.
1H-NMR (CDC13) : 1 .23 (9H, s) , 2 . 23 (3H, s) , 3. 08 (3H,bs) , 3 . 40-
jo 4.30 (2H,br) , 4. 30-4.50 (4H,m) , 4. 80-5.20 (2H,br) ,
6.64(lH,d,J=5.7Hz), 7,35-7.50(3H,m), 7.78-7.88(lH,m),
8.35(lH,d,J=5.7Hz).
Synthetic Example 3
2- [Methyl [ [ (R) -2- [ [ [3-methyl-4- (2 , 2 , 2-trifluoroethoxy) -2-
15 pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazol-1-
yl]carbonyl]amino]ethyl cyclohexanecarboxylate
To a solution (30 mL) of bis(trichloromethyl)carbonate
(0.50 g) in tetrahydrofuran was dropwise added a solution (1
mL) of pyridine (0.40 mL) in tetrahydrofuran under ice-
2o cooling. After stirring under ice-cooling for 30 min., 2-
(methylamino)ethyl cyclohexanecarboxylate hydrochloride (1.11
g) obtained in Reference Example 4 was added. A solution (1
mL) of triethylamine (0.70 mL) in tetrahydrofuran was
dropwise added, and the mixture was stirred at room
25 temperature for 1 hr. After concentration under reduced
pressure, water (50 mL) was added to the residue. The
mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (50 mL). The ethyl
acetate layer was washed with saturated brine (50 mL) and
dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. The layer was
so concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue was
dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (20 mL). (R)-2-[[[3-Methyl-4-
(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)-2-pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-
benzimidazole (1.11 g), triethylamine (0.84 mL) and 4-
dimethylaminopyridine (0.037 g) were added, and the mixture
160



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
was stirred overnight at 60°C. After concentration under
reduced pressure, water (50 mL) was added to the residue.
The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (50 mL). The
ethyl acetate layer was washed with saturated brine (50 mL)
and dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. After
concentration under reduced pressure, the residue was
purified by flash silica gel column chromatography (eluted
with acetone:hexane=1:3, then 3:2). Crystallization from
acetone-diisopropyl ether and recrystallization from acetone-
to diisopropyl ether gave the title compound (1.11 g) as a
colorless solid.
1H-NMR(CDC13) : 1.10-1.55 (SH,m) , 1.55-1. 82 (3H,m) , 1, 84-
1. 98 (2H,m) , 2.23 (3H,s) , 2.27-2. 40 (lH,m) , 3. 08 (3H,bs) , 3.40-
4. 30 (2H,br) , 4. 30-4. 50 (4H,m) , 4. 80-5. 15 (2H,br) ,
15 6. 64 (lH,d,J=5.4Hz) , 7.35-7.48 (3H,m) , 7. 84 (lH,d,J=6. 9Hz) ,
8.34 (lH,d,J=5.4Hz) .
Synthetic Example 4
2- [Methyl [ [ (R) -2- [ [ [ 3-methyl-4- ( 2 , 2 , 2-trif luoroethoxy) -2-
pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazol-1-
2o yl]carbonyl]amino]ethyl benzoate
To a solution (30 mL) of bis(trichloromethyl)carbonate
(0.50 g) in tetrahydrofuran was dropwise added a solution (1
mL) of pyridine (0.40 mL) in tetrahydrofuran under ice-
cooling. After stirring under ice-cooling for 1 hr., 2-
25 (methylamino)ethyl benzoate hydrochloride (1.08 g) obtained
in Reference Example 5 was added. A solution (1 mL) of
triethylamine (0.70 mL) in tetrahydrofuran was dropwise
added, and the mixture was stirred overnight at room
temperature. After concentration under reduced pressure,
3o water (50 mL) was added to the residue. The mixture was
extracted with ethyl acetate (50 mL). The ethyl acetate
layer was washed with saturated brine (50 mL) and dried over
anhydrous magnesium sulfate. The layer was concentrated
under reduced pressure, and the residue was dissolved in
161



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
tetrahydrofuran (20 mL). (R)-2-[[[3-Methyl-4-(2,2,2-
trifluoroethoxy)-2-pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazole
(1.11 g), triethylamine (0.84 mL) and 4-dimethylaminopyridine
(0.037 g) were added, and the mixture was stirred overnight
at 60°C. After concentration under reduced pressure, water
(50 mL) was added to the residue. The mixture was extracted
with ethyl acetate (50 mL). The ethyl acetate layer was
washed with saturated brine (50 mL) and dried over anhydrous
magnesium sulfate. After concentration under reduced
io pressure, the residue was purified by flash silica gel column
chromatography (eluted with acetone: hexane=1:3, then 3:2).
Crystallization from acetone-diethyl ether and
recrystallization from acetone-diethyl ether gave the title
compound (1.09 g) as a colorless solid.
i5 1H-NMR(CDC13) : 2.22 (3H,s) , 3.12 (3H,bs) , 3.50-4.30 (2H,br) ,
4.37(2H,q,J=7.SHz), 4.68(2H,m), 4.80-5.20(2H,br),
6.63(lH,d,J=5.7Hz), 7.26-7.48(5H,m), 7.53-7.61(lH,m),
7. 82 (lH,d,J=8.lHz) , 8.04 (2H,d,J=7.2Hz) , 8.33 (lH,d,J=5.7Hz) .
Synthetic Example 5
20 2-[Methyl[[2-[[[3-methyl-4-(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)-2-
pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazol-1-
yl]carbonyl]amino]ethyl benzoate
To a solution (30 mL) of bis(trichloromethyl)carbonate
(0.99 g) in tetrahydrofuran was dropwise added a solution (2
25 mL) of pyridine (0.81 mL) in tetrahydrofuran under ice
cooling. After stirring under ice-cooling for 30 min,, 2-
(methylamino)ethyl benzoate hydrochloride (2.16 g) obtained
in Reference Example 5 was added. After addition of a
solution (2 mL) of triethylamine (1.39 mL) in
3o tetrahydrofuran, the mixture was stirred at room temperature
for 1 hr. After concentration under reduced pressure, ethyl
acetate (100 mL) and water (100 mL) were added to the
residue, and the mixture was stirred. The ethyl acetate
layer was separated and taken, washed with saturated brine
162



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
(50 mL) and dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. After
concentration under reduced pressure, the residue was
dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (40 mL). 2-[[[3-Methyl-4-
(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)-2-pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-
s benzimidazole (2.90 g), triethylamine (2.20 mL) and 4-
dimethylaminopyridine (0.096 g) were added, and the mixture
was stirred at 60°C for 2 hr. After concentration under
reduced pressure, ethyl acetate (150 mL) and water (80 mL)
were added to the residue, and the mixture was stirred. The
io ethyl acetate layer was separated and taken, washed with
saturated brine (50 mL) and dried over anhydrous magnesium
sulfate. After concentration under reduced pressure, the
residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography
(eluted with ethyl acetate: hexane=1:1, then ethyl acetate).
is Recrystallization from acetone gave the title compound (2.62
g) as a colorless solid.
1H-NMR(CDC13) : 2.22 (3H,s) , 3. 13 (3H,bs) , 3. 68-3.98 (2H,bm) ,
4.38 (2H,q,J=7. 8Hz) , 4.69 (2H,m) , 4. 80-5. 10 (2H,bm) ,
6. 64 (lH,d,J=5.7Hz) , 7. 27-7.48 (5H,m) , 7. 59 (lH,m) , 7. 83 (lH,m) ,
8.06(2H,d,J=6.OHz), 8.35(lH,d,J=5.7Hz).
Synthetic Example 6
2- [Methyl [ [ (R) -2- [ [ [3-methyl-4- (2 , 2 , 2-trifluoroethoxy) -2-
pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazol-1-
yl]carbonyl]amino]ethyl 4-methoxybenzoate
Zs To a solution (18 mL) of bis(trichloromethyl)carbonate
(0.584 g) in tetrahydrofuran was dropwise added a solution (1
mL) of pyridine (0.49 mL) in tetrahydrofuran under ice-
cooling. After stirring under ice-cooling for 40 min., 2-
(methylamino)ethyl 4-methoxybenzoate hydrochloride (1.48 g)
3p obtained in Reference Example 6 was added. A solution (1 mL)
of triethylamine (0.84 mL) in tetrahydrofuran was added and
the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 80 min.
After concentration under reduced pressure, ethyl acetate (80
mL) and water (50 mL) were added to the residue and the
163



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
mixture was stirred. The ethyl acetate layer was separated
and taken, washed with saturated brine (30 mL) and dried over
anhydrous magnesium sulfate. After concentration under
reduced pressure, the residue was dissolved in
s tetrahydrofuran (25 mL) . (R) -2- [ [ [ 3-Methyl-4- (2 , 2 , 2-
trifluoroethoxy)-2-pyridyl)methyl)sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazole
(1.55 g), triethylamine (1.17 mL) and 4-dimethylaminopyridine
(0.051 g) were added, and the mixture was stirred at 60°C for
3 hrs. After concentration under reduced pressure, ethyl
to acetate (150 mL) and water (50 mL) were added to the residue,
and the mixture was stirred. The ethyl acetate layer was
separated and taken, washed with saturated brine (50 mL) and
dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. After concentration
under reduced pressure, the residue was purified by silica
15 gel column chromatography (eluted with ethyl
acetate: hexane=1:1, then ethyl acetate). Recrystallization
from ethyl acetate-hexane gave the title compound (1.08 g) as
a colorless solid.
1 H-NMR (CDC13 ) : 2 . 22 (3H, s) , 3 . 11 (3H,bs) , 3 . 68-3. 90 (2H,bm) ,
zo 3. 85 (3H,s) , 4.37 (2H,q,J=7.9Hz) , 4. 58-4.72 (2H,m) , 4. 82-
5. 14 (2H,bm) , 6. 63 (lH,d,J=5. 7Hz) , 6.91 (2H,d,J=9. OHz) , 7.27-
7.40 (3H,m) , 7.82 (lH,m) , 7.99 (2H,d,J=9.OHz) ,
8.33(lH,d,J=5.7Hz).
Synthetic Example 7
zs 2-[Methyl[[(R)-2-[[[3-methyl-4-(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)-2-
pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazol-1-
yl]carbonyl]amino]ethyl 3-chlorobenzoate
To a solution (20 mL) of bis(trichloromethyl)carbonate
(0.582 g) in tetrahydrofuran was dropwise added a solution (1
3o mL) of pyridine (0.49 mL) in tetrahydrofuran under ice-
cooling. After stirring under ice-cooling for 30 min., 2-
(methylamino)ethyl 3-chlorobenzoate hydrochloride (1.50 g)
obtained in Reference Example 7 was added. A solution (1 mL)
of triethylamine (0.84 mL) in tetrahydrofuran was added and
164



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hrs. After
concentration under reduced pressure, ethyl acetate (80 mL)
and water (40 mL) were added to the residue and the mixture
was stirred. The ethyl acetate layer was separated and
taken, washed with saturated brine (25 mL) and dried over
anhydrous magnesium sulfate. The layer was concentrated
under reduced pressure, and the residue was dissolved in
tetrahydrofuran (20 mL). (R)-2-[[[3-Methyl-4-(2,2,2-
trifluoroethoxy)-2-pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazole
to (1.44 g), triethylamine (1.09 mL) and 4-dimethylaminopyridine
(0.048 g) were added, and the mixture was stirred at 60°C for
3 hrs. After concentration under reduced pressure, ethyl
acetate (80 mL) and water (40 mL) were added to the residue
and the mixture was stirred. The ethyl acetate layer was
15 separated and taken, washed with saturated brine (30 mL) and
dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. After concentration
under reduced pressure, the residue was purified by basic
silica gel column chromatography (eluted with ethyl
acetate: hexane=1:2, then 1:1) to give the title compound
20 (0.84 g) as colorless syrup.
1H-NMR(CDC13) : 2.21 (3H,s) , 3. 12 (3H,bs) , 3.78-4.08 (2H,bm) ,
4.38 (2H,q,J=7. 8Hz) , 4.64-5.08 (4H,bm) , 6.64 (lH,d,J=5.2Hz) ,
7.34-7.42 (4H,m) , 7.56 (lH,m) , 7. 82 (lH,m) , 7.94 (lH,d,J=7.6Hz) ,
8.02(lH,s), 8.34(lH,d,J=5.2Hz).
25 Synthetic Example 8
2- [Methyl [ [ (R) -2- [ [ [3-methyl-4- (2 , 2 , 2-trifluoroethoxy) -2-
pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazol-1-
yl]carbonyl]amino]ethyl 3,4-difluorobenzoate
To a solution (20 mL) of bis(trichloromethyl)carbonate
30 (p,582 g) in tetrahydrofuran was dropwise added a solution (1
mL) of pyridine (0.49 mL) in tetrahydrofuran under ice-
cooling. After stirring under ice-cooling for 30 min., 2-
(methylamino)ethyl 3,4-difluorobenzoate hydrochloride (1.51
g) obtained in Reference Example 8 was added. A solution (1
165



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
mL) of triethylamine (0.84 mL) in tetrahydrofuran was added
and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 hrs.
After concentration under reduced pressure, ethyl acetate (80
mL) and water (50 mL) were added to the residue and the
mixture was stirred. The ethyl acetate layer was separated
and taken, washed with saturated brine (30 mL) and dried over
anhydrous magnesium sulfate. The layer was concentrated
under reduced pressure, and the residue was dissolved in
tetrahydrofuran (25 mL). (R)-2-[[[3-Methyl-4-(2,2,2-
io trifluoroethoxy)-2-pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazole
(1.71 g), triethylamine (1.29 mL) and 4-dimethylaminopyridine
(0.056 g) were added, and the mixture was stirred at 60°C for
17 hrs. After concentration under reduced pressure, ethyl
acetate (100 mL) and water (50 mL) were added to the residue,
s5 and the mixture was stirred. The ethyl acetate layer was
separated and taken, and the aqueous layer was extracted with
ethyl acetate (20 mL). Ethyl acetate layers were combined,
washed with saturated brine (30 mL) and dried over anhydrous
magnesium sulfate. After concentration under reduced
2Q pressure, the residue was purified by silica gel column
chromatography (eluted with ethyl acetate: hexane=1:1, then
2:1), and further by basic silica gel column chromatography
(eluted with ethyl acetate: hexane=1:1). Crystallization from
acetone-diisopropyl ether and recrystallization from ethyl
2s acetate-hexane gave the title compound (1.37 g) as a
colorless solid.
1H-NMR(CDC13) : 2.21 (3H,s) , 3.11 (3H,bs) , 3. 82-4, D8 (2H,bm) ,
4.38 (2H,q,J=7. 8Hz) , 4. 60-5. 14 (4H,bm) , 6.63 (lH,d,J=S.7Hz) ,
7.20 (lH,m) , 7.33-7.41 (3H,m) , 7.78-7.92 (3H,m) ,
3o g.33 (lH,d,J=5.7Hz) .
Synthetic Example 9
2-[Methyl[[(R)-2-[[[3-methyl-4-(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)-2-
pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazol-1-
yl]carbonyl]amino]ethyl 4-trifluoromethoxybenzoate
166



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
To a solution (20 mL) of bis(trichloromethyl)carbonate
(0.582 g) in tetrahydrofuran was dropwise added a solution (1
mL) of pyridine (0.49 mL) in tetrahydrofuran under ice-
cooling. After stirring under ice-cooling for 30 min., 2-
s (methylamino)ethyl 4-trifluoromethoxybenzoate hydrochloride
(1.79 g) obtained in Reference Example 9 was added. A
solution (1 mL) of triethylamine (0.84 mL) in tetrahydrofuran
was added and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for
1.5 hrs. After concentration under reduced pressure, ethyl
io acetate (80 mL) and water (50 mL) were added to the residue
and the mixture was stirred. The ethyl acetate layer was
separated and taken, washed with saturated brine (30 mL) and
dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. After concentration
under reduced pressure, the residue was dissolved in
is tetrahydrofuran (25 mL) . (R)-2-[ [ [3-Methyl-4-(2,2,2-
trifluoroethoxy)-2-pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazole
(1.57 g), triethylamine (1.18 mL) and 4-dimethylaminopyridine
(0.052 g) were added, and the mixture was stirred at 60°C for
4.5 hrs. After concentration under reduced pressure, ethyl
2o acetate (100 mL) and water (50 mL) were added to the residue,
and the mixture was stirred. The ethyl acetate layer was
separated and taken, and the aqueous layer was extracted with
ethyl acetate (30 mL). The ethyl acetate layers were
combined, washed with saturated brine (30 mL) and dried over
Zs anhydrous magnesium sulfate. After concentration under
reduced pressure, the residue was purified by silica gel
column chromatography (eluted with ethyl acetate:hexane=1:1),
and further by basic silica gel column chromatography (eluted
with ethyl acetate: hexane=1:1) to give the title compound
so (1.44 g) as colorless syrup.
1H-NMR(CDC13) : 2.22 (3H,s) , 3.11 (3H,bs) , 3.85-4.05 (2H,bm) ,
4. 38 (2H,q,J=7. 8Hz) , 4. 60-5. Z2 (4H,bm) , 6.64 (lH,d,J=5.7Hz) ,
7.24 (2H,d,J=8. 7Hz) , 7.25-7.40 (3H,m) , 7. 82 (lH,d,J=7.2Hz) ,
8.09 (2H,d,J=8.7Hz) , 8.33 (lH,d,J=5.7Hz) .
167



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
Synthetic Example 10
2-[Methyl[[(R)-2-[[[3-methyl-4-(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)-2-
pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazol-1-
yl]carbonyl]amino]ethyl 4-fluorobenzoate
To a solution (20 mL) of bis(trichloromethyl)carbonate
(0.582 g) in tetrahydrofuran was dropwise added a solution (1
mL) of pyridine (0.49 mL) in tetrahydrofuran under ice-
cooling. After stirring under ice-cooling for 30 min., 2-
(methylamino)ethyl 4-fluorobenzoate hydrochloride (1.40 g)
io obtained in Reference Example 10 was added. A solution (1
mL) of triethylamine (0.84 mL) in tetrahydrofuran was added
and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hrs.
After concentration under reduced pressure, ethyl acetate (80
mL) and water (40 mL) were added to the residue and the
15 mixture was stirred. The ethyl acetate layer was separated
and taken, washed with saturated brine (30 mL) and dried over
anhydrous magnesium sulfate. The layer was concentrated
under reduced pressure, and the residue was dissolved in
tetrahydrofuran (20 mL). (R)-2-[[[3-Methyl-4-(2,2,2-
2o trifluoroethoxy)-2-pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazole
(1.32 g), triethylamine (1.00 mL) and 4-dimethylaminopyridine
(0.049 g) were added, and the mixture was stirred at 60°C for
14.5 hrs. After concentration under reduced pressure, ethyl
acetate (150 mL) and water (50 mL) were added to the residue,
2s and the mixture was stirred. The ethyl acetate layer was
separated and taken, washed with saturated brine (30 mL) and
dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. After concentration
under reduced pressure, the residue was crystallized from
ethyl acetate:hexane=1:1 and the solid was collected by
3o filtration. Recrystallization from acetone gave the title
compound (1.39 g) as a colorless solid.
1H-NMR(CDC13) : 2.22 (3H,s) , 3. 12 (3H,bs) , 3.78-4.20 (2H,bm) ,
4.38 (2H,q,J=7. 8Hz) , 4.58-5.08 (4H,bm) , 6.65 (lH,d,J=5.6Hz) ,
7.11(2H,t,J=8.4Hz), 7.28-7.44(3H,m), 7.81-7.86(lH,m), 8.03-
168



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
8. 11 (2H,m) , 8. 35 (lH,d,J=5. 6Hz) .
Synthetic Example 11
2- [Methyl [ [ (R) -2- [ [ [3-methyl-4- (2 , 2 , 2-trifluoroethoxy) -2-
pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazol-1-
yljcarbonyl]aminojethyl 3,4,5-trimethoxybenzoate
To a solution (30 mL) of bis(trichloromethyl)carbonate
(0.60g) in tetrahydrofuran was dropwise added a solution (1
mL) of pyridine (0.49 mL) in tetrahydrofuran under ice-
cooling. After stirring under ice-cooling for 10 min., 2-
lo (methylamino)ethyl 3,4,5-teimethoxybenzoate hydrochloride
(1.22 g) obtained in Reference Example 11 was added. A
solution (1 mL) of triethylamine (0.84 mL) in tetrahydrofuran
was dropwise added and the mixture was stirred at room
temperature for 1 hr. After concentration under reduced
is pressure, water (50 mL) was added to the residue. The
mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (50 mL). The ethyl
acetate layer was washed with dilute hydrochloric acid (20
mL) and saturated brine (50 mL) and dried over anhydrous
magnesium sulfate. The layer was concentrated under reduced
2o pressure, and the residue was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran
(20 mL) . (R) -2- [ [ [ 3-Methyl-4- (2 , 2 , 2-trifluoroethoxy) -2-
pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazole (1.11 g),
triethylamine (0.84 mL) and 4-dimethylaminopyridine (0.037 g)
were added, and the mixture was stirred at 60°C for 3 hrs.
25 and at room temperature for 2 days. After concentration
under reduced pressure, water (50 mL) was added to the
residue. The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (50
mL). The ethyl acetate layer was washed with saturated brine
(50 mL) and dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. After
so concentration under reduced pressure, the residue was
purified by flash silica gel column chromatography (eluted
with acetone: hexane=1:3, then 3:2) to give the title compound
(1.56 g) as a yellow amorphous solid.
1H-NMR(CDC13) : 2.21 (3H,s) , 3.12 (3H,bs) , 3.50-4.30 (2H,br) ,
169



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
3.83 (6H,s) , 3.90 (3H,s) , 4.38 (2H,q,J=7. SHz) , 4. 67 (2H,m) , 4. 80-
5.15(2H,br), 6.64(lH,d,J=5.7Hz), 7.25-7.40(SH,m), 7.78-
7.86(lH,m), 8.33(lH,d,J=5.7Hz).
Synthetic Example 12
2-[Methyl[[(R)-2-[[[3-methyl-4-(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)-2-
pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazol-1-
yl]carbonyl]amino]ethyl 2-pyridinecarboxylate
To a solution (30 mL) of bis(trichloromethyl)carbonate
(0.422 g) in tetrahydrofuran was dropwise added pyridine
io (0.345 mL) under ice-cooling. After stirring under ice-
cooling for 30 min., 2-(methylamino)ethyl 2-
pyridinecarboxylate dihydrochloride (1.08 g) obtained in
Reference Example 12 was added. After dropwise addition of
triethylamine (1.19 mL), the mixture was stirred at room
15 temperature for 2 hrs. The precipitated solid was filtered
off and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure.
The residue was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (10 mL), and
(R)-2-[[[3-methyl-4-(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)-2-
pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazole (1.31 g),
2o triethylamine (0.99 mL) and 4-dimethylaminopyridine (0.043 g)
were added. The mixture was stirred at 60°C for 24 hrs.
Ethyl acetate (100 mL) was added to the reaction mixture, and
the mixture was washed with water (100 mL) and saturated
brine (100 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and
25 concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was
purified by basic silica gel column chromatography (eluted
with ethyl acetate: hexane=4:1). Crystallization from
acetone-diethyl ether gave the title compound (0.9 g) as a
white solid.
30 1H-NMR(CDC13) : 2.22 (3H,s) , 3.16 (3H,s) , 3.80-4.20 (2H,m) ,
4.38(2H,q,J=7.8Hz), 4.60-5.10(4H,m), 6.64(lH,d,J=5.8Hz),
7. 29-7. 40 (2H,m) , 7.47-7. 52 (2H,m) , 7. 81-7. 89 (2H,m) ,
8.14(lH,d,J=7.8Hz), 8.34(lH,d,J=5.8Hz), 8.75-8.79(lH,m).
170



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
Synthetic Example 13
2- [Methyl [ [ (R) -2- [ [ [ 3-methyl-4- ( 2 , 2 , 2-trif luoroethoxy) -2-
pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazol-1-
yl]carbonyl]amino]ethyl methoxyacetate
s To a solution (15 mL) of bis(trichloromethyl)carbonate
(0.652 g) in tetrahydrofuran was dropwise added a solution (1
mL) of pyridine (0.55 mL) in tetrahydrofuran under ice-
cooling. After stirring under ice-cooling for 30 min., 2-
(methylamino)ethyl methoxyacetate (0.99 g) obtained in
to Reference Example 13 was added. The mixture was stirred at
room temperature for 3 hrs. After concentration under
reduced pressure, ethyl acetate (80 mL) and water (50 mL)
were added to the residue and the mixture was stirred. The
ethyl acetate layer was separated and taken, washed with
is saturated brine (30 mL) and dried over anhydrous magnesium
sulfate. After concentration under reduced pressure, the
residue was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (15 mL). (R)-2-
[[[3-Methyl-4-(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)-2-
pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazole (1.13 g),
2o triethylamine (0.86 mL) and 4-dimethylaminopyridine (0.037 g)
were added, and the mixture was stirred at 60°C for 4 days.
After concentration under reduced pressure, ethyl acetate (80
mL) and water (30 mL) were added to the residue, and the
mixture was stirred. The ethyl acetate layer was separated
Zs and taken, and the ethyl acetate layer was washed with a
saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution (30 mL)
and water (30 mL), and dried over anhydrous magnesium
sulfate. After concentration under reduced pressure, the
residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography
30 (eluted with ethyl acetate, then acetone: ethyl acetate=1:3),
and further by basic silica gel column chromatography (eluted
with ethyl acetate: hexane=1:1, then 3:1) to give the title
compound (0.588 g) as colorless syrup.
1H-NMR(CDC13) : 2.32 (3H,s) , 2.68 (3H,s) , 3.48 (3H,s) , 3.69-
171



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
4.02 (4H,m) , 4.38 (2H,q,J=7. 8Hz) , 4.67 (2H,t,J=6.6Hz) ,
4.99(lH,d,J=13.9Hz) , 5.12(lH,d,J=13.9Hz), 6.63(lH,d,J=5.7Hz),
7.29-7.46 (2H,m) , 7. 62 (lH,m) , 7. 81 (lH,m) , 8. 25 (lH,d,J=5. 7Hz) .
Synthetic Example 14
Ethyl 2-[methyl[[(R)-2-[[[3-methyl-4-(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)-
2-pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazol-1-
yl]carbonyl]amino]ethyl carbonate
To a solution (40 mL) of bis(trichloromethyl)carbonate
(1.31 g) in tetrahydrofuran was dropwise added a solution (2
zo mL) of pyridine (1.07 mL) in tetrahydrofuran under ice
cooling. After stirring under ice-cooling for 10 min., ethyl
2-(methylamino)ethyl carbonate hydrochloride (2.02 g)
obtained in Reference Example 14 was added. A solution (2
mL) of triethylamine (1.84 mL) in tetrahydrofuran was
15 dropwise added and the mixture was stirred at room
temperature for 1 hr. After concentration under reduced
pressure, water (100 mL) was added to the residue, and the
mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (100 mL). The ethyl
acetate layer was washed with 0.2N hydrochloric acid (50 mL)
2o and saturated brine (100 mL) and dried over anhydrous
magnesium sulfate. After concentration under reduced
pressure, the residue was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (50
mL). (R)-2-[[[3-Methyl-4-(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)-2-
pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazole (3.69 g),
25 triethylamine (2.09 mL) and 4-dimethylaminopyridine (0.12 g)
were added, and the mixture was stirred at 60°C for 6 hrs.
and at room temperature for 8 hrs. After concentration under
reduced pressure, water (100 mL) was added to the residue,
and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (100 mL).
3o The ethyl acetate layer was washed with saturated brine (100
mL) and dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. After
concentration under reduced pressure, the residue was
purified by basic silica gel column chromatography (eluted
with ethyl acetate: hexane=3:7, then ethyl acetate).
172

~

CA 02519208 2005-09-15
Crystallization from diethyl ether and recrystallization from
diethyl ether gave the title compound (3.84 g) as a colorless
solid.
1H-NMR(CDC13) : 1.32 (3H,t,J=7.2Hz) , 2.23 (3H,s) , 3. 10 (3H,bs) ,
s 3.50-4.20 (2H,br) , 4.22 (2H,q,J=7.2Hz) , 4.39 (2H,q,J=7.9Hz) ,
4.45 (2H,m) , 4. 80-5. 15 (2H,br) , 6.65 (lH,d,J=5. 6Hz) , 7. 36-
7.50(3H,m), 7.84(lH,d,J=7.8Hz), 8.35(lH,d,J=5.6Hz).
Synthetic Example 15
Isopropyl 2-[methyl[[(R)-2-[[[3-methyl-4-(2,2,2-
1o trifluoroethoxy)-2-pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazol-
1-yl]carbonyl]amino]ethyl carbonate
To a solution (30 mL) of bis(trichloromethyl)carbonate
(0.50 g) in tetrahydrofuran was dropwise added a solution (1
mL) of pyridine (0.40 mL) in tetrahydrofuran under ice-
ls cooling. After stirring under ice-cooling for 1 hr.,
isopropyl 2-(methylamino)ethyl carbonate hydrochloride (0.99
g) obtained in Reference Example 15 was added. A solution (1
mL) of triethylamine (0.70 mL) in tetrahydrofuran was
dropwise added and the mixture was stirred at room
zo temperature for 1 hr. Bis(trichloromethyl)carbonate (0.50
g) , a solution (1 mL) of pyridine (0.40 mL) in
tetrahydrofuran and a solution (1 mL) of triethylamine (0.70
mL) in tetrahydrofuran were successively added and the
mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hr. After
zs concentration under reduced pressure, water (50 mL) was added
to the residue. The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate
(50 mL). The ethyl acetate layer was washed with saturated
brine (50 mL) and dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate.
The layer was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the
so residue was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (20 mL). (R)-2-
[[[3-Methyl-4-(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)-2-
pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazole (1.11 g),
triethylamine (0.84 mL) and 4-dimethylaminopyridine (0.037 g)
were added, and the mixture was stirred at 60°C for 12 hrs.
173



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
and at room temperature for 3 days. After concentration
under reduced pressure, water (50 mL) was added to the
residue. The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (50
mL). The ethyl acetate layer was washed with saturated brine
(50 mL) and dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. After
concentration under reduced pressure, the residue was
purified by flash silica gel column chromatography (eluted
with acetone: hexane=1:3, then 3:2), and further by basic
silica gel column chromatography (eluted with ethyl
io acetate: hexane=3:7, then ethyl acetate). Crystallization
from diethyl ether and recrystallization from acetone-
diisopropyl ether gave the title compound (0.58 g) as a
colorless solid.
1H-NMR(CDC13) : 1.31 (6H,d,J=6.3Hz) , 2.23 (3H,s) , 3.08 (3H,bs) ,
is 3.40-4.30(2H,br), 4.37(2H,q,J=7.9Hz), 4.32-4.53(2H,m), 4.80-
5.20 (3H,m) , 6. 63 (lH,d,J=5. 7Hz) , 7. 35-7. 50 (3H,m) ,
7.83(lH,d,J=7.2Hz), 8.34(lH,d,J=5.7Hz).
Synthetic Example 16
Isopropyl 2-[methyl[[2-[[[3-methyl-4-(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)-
20 2-pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazol-1-
yl]carbonyl]amino]ethyl carbonate
To a solution (20 mL) of bis(trichloromethyl)carbonate
(0.582 g) in tetrahydrofuran was dropwise added a solution (1
mL) of pyridine (0.49 mL) in tetrahydrofuran under ice-
25 cooling. After stirring under ice-cooling for 30 min.,
isopropyl 2-(methylamino)ethyl carbonate hydrochloride (1.18
g) obtained in Reference Example 15 was added. A solution (1
mL) of triethylamine (0.84 mL) in tetrahydrofuran was added
and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hrs.
3o After concentration under reduced pressure, ethyl acetate (80
mL) and water (30 mL) were added to the residue, and the
mixture was stirred. The ethyl acetate layer was separated
and taken, washed with saturated brine (30 mL) and dried over
anhydrous magnesium sulfate. After concentration under
174



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
reduced pressure, the residue was dissolved in
tetrahydrofuran (25 mL). 2-[[[3-Methyl-4-(2,2,2-
trifluoroethoxy)-2-pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazole
(1.73 g), triethylamine (1.31 mL) and 4-dimethylaminopyridine
(0.057 g) were added, and the mixture was stirred at 60°C for
hrs. After concentration under reduced pressure, ethyl
acetate (100 mL) and water (50 mL) were added to the residue,
and the mixture was stirred. The ethyl acetate layer was
separated and taken, washed with saturated brine (50 mL) and
to dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. After concentration
under reduced pressure, the residue was purified by basic
silica gel column chromatography (eluted with ethyl
acetate: hexane=1:1), and further by silica gel column
chromatography (eluted with ethyl acetate: hexane=1:1, then
2;1). Crystallization from diisopropyl ether-hexane and
recrystallization from diisopropyl ether gave the title
compound (1.20 g) as a colorless solid.
1H-NMR(CDC13) : 1.31 (6H,d,J=6.6Hz) , 2.23 (3H,s) , 3. 08 (3H,bs) ,
3.50-3.90(2H,bm), 4.38(2H,q,J=7.8Hz), 4.36-4.58(2H,bm), 4.79-
2° 5.15 (3H,m) , 6.64 (lH,d,J=5.7Hz) , 7.35-7.48 (3H,m) ,
7.83(lH,d,J=7.5Hz), 8.34(lH,d,J=5.7Hz).
Synthetic Example 17
Henzyl 2-[methyl[[(R)-2-[[[3-methyl-4-(2,2,2-
trifluoroethoxy)-2-pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazol-
2s 1-yl]carbonyl]amino]ethyl carbonate
To a solution (30 mL) of bis(trichloromethyl)carbonate
(0.50 g) in tetrahydrofuran was dropwise added a solution (1
mL) of pyridine (0.40 mL) in tetrahydrofuran under ice-
cooling. After stirring under ice-cooling for 1 hr., benzyl
30 2-(methylamino)ethyl carbonate hydrochloride (1.08 g)
obtained in Reference Example 16 was added. A solution (1
mL) of triethylamine (0.70 mL) in tetrahydrofuran was
dropwise added, and the mixture was stirred overnight at room
temperature. After concentration under reduced pressure,
175



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
water (50 mL) was added to the residue. The mixture was
extracted with ethyl acetate (50 mL). The ethyl acetate
layer was washed with saturated brine (50 mL) and dried over
anhydrous magnesium sulfate. The layer was concentrated
under reduced pressure, and the residue was dissolved in
tetrahydrofuran (20 mL) . (R) -2- [ [ [ 3-Methyl-4- (2 , 2 , 2-
trifluoroethoxy)-2-pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazole
(1.11 g), triethylamine (0.84 mL) and 4-dimethylaminopyridine
(0.037 g) were added, and the mixture was stirred overnight
to at 60°C. After concentration under reduced pressure, water
(50 mL) was added to the residue. The mixture was extracted
with ethyl acetate (50 mL). The ethyl acetate layer was
washed with saturated brine (50 mL) and dried over anhydrous
magnesium sulfate. After concentration under reduced
15 pressure, the residue was purified by flash silica gel column
chromatography (eluted with acetone: hexane=1:3, then 3:2).
Crystallization from acetone-diethyl ether and
recrystallization from acetone-diethyl ether gave the title
compound (1.I7 g) as a colorless solid.
Zo 1H-NMR(CDC13) : 2.22 (3H,s) , 3.05 (3H,bs) , 3.50-4.20 (2H,br) ,
4.37 (2H,q,J=7.8Hz) , 4.46 (2H,m) , 4. 80-5.10 (2H,br) , 5.17 (2H,s) ,
6.62(lH,d,J=5.6Hz), 7.26-7.48(8H,m), 7.77-7.88(lH,m),
8.33(lH,d,J=5.6Hz).
Synthetic Example 18
25 2- [Methyl [ [ (R) -2- [ [ [ 3-methyl-4- (2 , 2 , 2-trifluoroethoxy) -2-
pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazol-1-
yl]carbonyl]amino]ethyl tetrahydropyran-4-yl carbonate
To a solution (20 mL) of bis(trichloromethyl)carbonate
(0.48 g) in tetrahydrofuran was dropwise added a solution (1
so mL) of pyridine (0.39 mL) in tetrahydrofuran under ice
cooling. After stirring under ice-cooling for 20 min., 2-
(methylamino)ethyl tetrahydropyran-4-yl carbonate
hydrochloride (0.96 g) obtained in Reference Example 17 was
added. A solution (1 mL) of triethylamine (0.67 mL) in
176



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
tetrahydrofuran was dropwise added, and the mixture was
stirred at room temperature for 2 hrs. After concentration
under reduced pressure, water (50 mL) was added to the
residue. The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (50
mL). The ethyl acetate layer was washed with 0.2N
hydrochloric acid (20 mL) and saturated brine (50 mL) and
dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. The layer was
concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue was
dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (20 mL). (R)-2-[[[3-Methyl-4-
io (2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)-2-pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-
benzimidazole (1.26 g), triethylamine (0.71 mL) and 4-
dimethylaminopyridine (0.042 g) were added, and the mixture
was stirred at 60°C for 6 hrs. and at room temperature for 8
hrs. After concentration under reduced pressure, water (50
15 mL) was added to the residue. The mixture was extracted with
ethyl acetate (50 mL). The ethyl acetate layer was washed
with saturated brine (50 mL) and dried over anhydrous
magnesium sulfate. After concentration under reduced
pressure, the residue was purified by basic silica gel column
zo chromatography (eluted with ethyl acetate: hexane=3:7, then
ethyl acetate). Crystallization from diethyl ether and
recrystallization from acetone-diisopropyl ether gave the
title compound (1.45 g) as a colorless solid.
1H-NMR(CDC13) : 1.64-1. 81 (2H,m) , 1.92-2.03 (2H,m) , 2.23 (3H,s) ,
z5 3. 09 (3H,bs) , 3.40-4. 30 (2H,br) , 3.45-3. 57 (2H,m) , 3. 87-
3.97 (2H,m) , 4.38 (2H,q,J=7. 8Hz) , 4.45 (2H,m) , 4. 77-5.15 (3H,m) ,
6. 64 (lH,d,J=5.7Hz) , 7.35-7.50 (3H,m) , 7. 83 (lH,d,J=6.9Hz) ,
8.35(lH,d,J=5.7Hz).
Synthetic Example I9
so 2-Methoxyethyl 2- [methyl [ [ (R) -2- [ [ [ 3-methyl-4- (2 , 2 , 2-
trifluoroethoxy)-2-pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazol-
1-yl]carbonyl]amino]ethyl carbonate
To a solution (20 mL) of bis(trichloromethyl)carbonate
(0.59 g) in tetrahydrofuran was dropwise added a solution (1
177



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
mL) of pyridine (0.49 mL) in tetrahydrofuran under ice-
cooling. After stirring under ice-cooling for 10 min., 2-
methoxyethyl 2-(methylamino)ethyl carbonate hydrochloride
(1.07 g) obtained in Reference Example 18 was added. A
solution (1 mL) of triethylamine (0.84 mL) in tetrahydrofuran
was dropwise added and the mixture was stirred at room
temperature for 1 hr. After concentration under reduced
pressure, water (50 mL) was added to the residue. The
mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (50 mL). The ethyl
I° acetate layer was washed with 0.2N hydrochloric acid (20 mL)
and saturated brine (50 mL) and dried over anhydrous
magnesium sulfate. The layer was concentrated under reduced
pressure, and the residue was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran
(20 mL) . (R)-2-[ [ [3-Methyl-4-(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)-2-
i5 pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazole (1.85 g),
triethylamine (1.05 mL) and 4-dimethylaminopyridine (0.061 g)
were added, and the mixture was stirred at 60°C for 6 hrs.
and at room temperature for 8 hrs. After concentration under
reduced pressure, water (50 mL) was added to the residue.
2o The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (50 mL). The
ethyl acetate layer was washed with saturated brine (50 mL)
and dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. After
concentration under reduced pressure, the residue was
purified by basic silica gel column chromatography (eluted
25 with ethyl acetate: hexane=3:7, then ethyl acetate).
Crystallization from ethyl acetate-diethyl ether and
recrystallization from ethyl acetate-diisopropyl ether gave
the title compound (1.39 g) as a colorless solid.
1H-NMR (CDC13) : 2 , 23 (3H, s) , 3. 09 (3H,bs) , 3. 37 (3H, s) , 3. 50-
30 4.20 (2H,br) , 3. 59-3. 65 (2H,m) , 4.28-4. 33 (2H,m) ,
4.38(2H,q,J=7.8Hz), 4.46(2H,m), 4.80-5.15(2H,br),
6.64(lH,d,J=5.7Hz), 7.35-7.47(3H,m), 7.83(lH,d,J=7.8Hz),
8.34(lH,d,J=5.7Hz).
178



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
Synthetic Example 20
2-[Ethyl[[(R)-2-[[[3-methyl-4-(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)-2-
pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazol-1-
yl]carbonyl]amino]ethyl acetate
To a solution (30 mL) of bis(trichloromethyl)carbonate
(0.59 g) in tetrahydrofuran was dropwise added a solution (1
mL) of pyridine (0.49 mL) in tetrahydrofuran under ice-
cooling. After stirring under ice-cooling for 10 min., 2-
(ethylamino)ethyl acetate hydrochloride (0.67 g) obtained in
to Reference Example 20 was added. A solution (1 mL) of
triethylamine (0.84 mL) in tetrahydrofuran was dropwise added
and the mixture was stirred.at room temperature for 1 hr.
After concentration under reduced pressure, water (50 mL) was
added to the residue. The mixture was extracted with ethyl
15 acetate (50 mL). The ethyl acetate layer was washed with
saturated brine (50 mL) and dried over anhydrous magnesium
sulfate. The layer was concentrated under reduced pressure,
and the residue was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (20 mL).
(R) -2- [ [ [3-Methyl-4- (2 , 2 , 2-trifluoroethoxy) -2-
2o pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazole (1.1I g),
triethylamine (0.84 mL) and 4-dimethylaminopyridine (0.037 g)
were added, and the mixture was stirred overnight at 60°C.
After concentration under reduced pressure, water (50 mL) was
added to the residue. The mixture was extracted with ethyl
25 acetate (50 mL). The ethyl acetate layer was washed with
saturated brine (50 mL) and dried over anhydrous magnesium
sulfate. After concentration under reduced pressure, the
residue was purified by basic silica gel column
chromatography (eluted with ethyl acetate: hexane=3:7, then
so ethyl acetate) to give the title compound (1.58 g) as a
yellow amorphous solid.
1H-NMR (GDC13) : 1 . 25 (3H,m) , 2. 08 (3H, s) , 2. 23 (3H, s) , 3. 30-
4.10 (4H,br) , 4.23-4.45 (2H,m) , 4.38 (2H,q,J=7.8Hz) , 4.75-
5.20 (2H,br) , 6. 64 (lH,d,J=5.7Hz) , 7.35-7.46 (3H,m) ,
179



" CA 02519208 2005-09-15
7.84(lH,d,J=6.9Hz), 8.36(lH,d,J=5.7Hz).
Synthetic Example 21
2-[Isopropyl[[(R)-2-[[[3-methyl-4-(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)-2-
pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazol-1-
s yl]carbonyl]amino]ethyl acetate
To a solution (10 mL) of bis(trichloromethyl)carbonate
(0.543 g) in tetrahydrofuran was dropwise added a solution (5
mL) of pyridine (0.445 mL) in tetrahydrofuran under ice-
cooling, and the mixture was stirred at 0°C for 30 min. 2-
io (Isopropylamino)ethyl acetate hydrochloride (I.0 g) obtained
in Reference Example 22 was added to the reaction mixture. A
solution (5 mL) of triethylamine (0.805 mL) in
tetrahydrofuran was added, and the mixture was stirred at
room temperature for 30 min. The reaction mixture was
is concentrated under reduced pressure, water (30 mL) was added
to the residue. The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate
(50 mL). The ethyl acetate layer was washed with saturated
brine (30 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and
concentrated under reduced pressure. The obtained oil was
2o dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (5 mL), and added to a solution
(20 mL) of (R) -2- [ [ [3-methyl-4- (2, 2, 2-trifluoroethoxy) -2-
pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazole (1.73 g),
triethylamine (1.53 mL) and 4-dimethylaminopyridine (0.134 g)
in tetrahydrofuran. The mixture was stirred at 40°C for 12
2s hrs. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced
pressure and water (30 mL) was added to the residue. The
mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (50 mL). The ethyl
acetate layer was washed with saturated brine (30 mL), dried
over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and concentrated under reduced
3o pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column
chromatography (eluted with ethyl acetate: hexane=2:1, then
ethyl acetate) to give the title compound (1.50 g) as a pale-
yellow amorphous solid.
1H-NMR(CDC13) : 1.20-1.40 (6H,m) , 2.05 (3Hx0.4,s) ,
180



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
2,11(3Hx0.6,s), 2.18(3Hx0.6,s), 2.27(3Hx0.4,s), 3.40-
3.60 (lH,m) , 3. 70-4.60 (6H,m) , 4.70-5.25 (2H,m) ,
6.65(lH,d,J=5.8Hz), 7.30-7.50(3H,m), 7.75-7.90(lH,m),
8.37(lH,d,J=5.8Hz).
Synthetic Example 22
Ethyl 2-[isopropyl[[(R)-2-[[[3-methyl-4-(2,2,2-
trifluoroethoxy)-2-pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazol-
1-yl]carbonyl]amino]ethyl carbonate
To a solution (10 mL) of bis(trichloromethyl)carbonate
1° (0.467 g) in tetrahydrofuran was dropwise added a solution (5
mL) of pyridine (0.381 mL) in tetrahydrofuran under ice-
cooling, and the mixture was stirred at 0°C for 30 min. Ethyl
2-(isopropylamino)ethyl carbonate hydrochloride (1.0 g)
obtained in Reference Example 23 was added to the reaction
15 mixture. A solution (5 mL) of triethylamine (0.69 mL) in
tetrahydrofuran was dropwise added, and the mixture was
stirred at 0°C for 15 min. and at room temperature for 30
min. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced
pressure and water (30 mL) was added to the residue. The
zo mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (50 mL). The ethyl
acetate layer was washed with saturated brine (30 mL), dried
over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and concentrated under reduced
pressure. The obtained oil was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran
(5 mL) , and added to a solution (20 mL) of (R)-2-[ [ [3-methyl-
2s 4-(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)-2-pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-
benzimidazole (1.48 g) , triethylamine (1.32 mL) and 4-
dimethylaminopyridine (0.115 g) in tetrahydrofuran, and the
mixture was stirred at 40°C for 12 hrs. The reaction mixture
was concentrated under reduced pressure and water (30 mL) was
so added to the residue. The mixture was extracted with ethyl
acetate (50 mL). The ethyl acetate layer was washed with
saturated brine (30 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate,
and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was
purified by silica gel column chromatography (eluted with
181



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
ethyl acetate:hexane=2:1, then ethyl acetate) to give the
title compound (1.20 g) as a pale-yellow amorphous solid.
1H-NMR(CDC13) : 1.20-1.40 (9H,m) , 2.17 (3HX0.6,s) ,
2.27(3HX0.4,s), 3.40-3.70(lH,m), 3.75-4.65(BH,m), 4.70-
5.30 (2H,m) , 6. 64 (lH,d,J=5. SHz) , 7. 35-7. 55 (3H,m) , 7. 75-
7.90(lH,m), 8.38(lH,d,J=5.8Hz).
Synthetic Exaatple 23
2-[Cyclohexyl[[(R)-2-[[[3-methyl-4-(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)-2-
pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazol-1-
to yl]carbonyl]amino]ethyl acetate
To a solution (10 mL) of bis(trichloromethyl)carbonate
(0.593 g) in tetrahydrofuran was dropwise added pyridine
(0.485 mL) under ice-cooling. After stirring under ice-
cooling fox 30 min., 2-(cyclohexylamino)ethyl acetate
is hydrochloride (1.33 g) obtained in Reference Example 25 was
added. Triethylamine (0.84 mL) was dropwise added, and the
mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hrs. Ethyl
acetate (50 mL) was added to the reaction mixture and the
mixture was washed with water (50 mL) and saturated brine (50
2° mL), dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate and concentrated
under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in
tetrahydrofuran (20 mL), and (R)-2-[[[3-methyl-4-(2,2,2-
trifluoroethoxy)-2-pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazole
(1.61 g), triethylamine (1.21 mL) and 4-dimethylaminopyridine
2s (0,053 g) were added. The mixture was stirred at 60°C for 24
hrs. Ethyl acetate (50 mL) was added to the reaction
mixture, and the mixture was washed with water (20 mL) and
saturated brine (50 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate,
and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was
3° purified by flash silica gel column chromatography (eluted
with ethyl acetate: hexane=1:4, then ethyl acetate) to give
the title compound (2.12 g) as a pale-yellow amorphous solid.
1H-NMR(CDC13): 1.00-2.42(l6H,m), 3.30-3.70(2H,m), 3.80-
4. 00 (lH,m) , 4.27-4.42 (2H,m) , 4.40 (2H,q,J=8.2Hz) ,
182



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
4.78(lHx0.5,d,J=13.2Hz), 4.97(2Hx0.5,s),
5.20 (lHx0.5,d,J=13.2Hz) , 6.67 (lH,d,J=5.8Hz) , 7.36-7.46 (3H,m) ,
7.81-7.91 (lH,m) , 8.39 (lH,d,J=5.8Hz) .
Synthetic Example 24
s 2-[Cyclohexyl[[(R)-2-[[[3-methyl-4-(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)-2-
pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazol-1-
yl]carbonyl]amino]ethyl ethyl carbonate
To a solution (10 mL) of bis(trichloromethyl)carbonate
(0.238 g) in tetrahydrofuran was dropwise added pyridine
io (0.20 mL) under ice-cooling. After stirring under ice-
cooling for 30 min., 2-(cyclohexylamino)ethyl ethyl carbonate
hydrochloride (0.605 g) obtained in Reference Example 26 was
added. Triethylamine (0.335 mL) was dropwise added, and the
mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hrs. Ethyl
is acetate (50 mL) was added to the reaction mixture, and the
mixture was washed with water (50 mL) and saturated brine (50
mL), dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate and concentrated
under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in
tetrahydrofuran (10 mL), and (R)-2-[[[3-methyl-4-(2,2,2-
2o trifluoroethoxy)-2-pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazole
(0.60 g), triethylamine (0.45 mL) and 4-dimethylaminopyridine
(0.02 g) were added. The mixture was stirred at 60°C for 24
hrs. Ethyl acetate (50 mL) was added to the reaction
mixture, and the mixture was washed with water (20 mL) and
2s saturated brine (50 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate,
and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was
purified by flash silica gel column chromatography (eluted
with ethyl acetate: hexane=1:4, then ethyl acetate) to give
the title compound (0.92 g) as a pale-yellow amorphous solid.
30 1H-NMR(CDC13) : 1. 02-2.27 (l6H,m) , 3.40-4. 60 (9H,m) ,
4.78 (lHx0,5,d,J=13.2Hz) , 4.97 (2Hx0.5,s) ,
5.44(lHx0.5,d,J=13.2Hz), 6.69(lH,d,J=5.6Hz), 7.32-7.54(3H,m),
7. 80-7.91 (lH,m) , 8.38 (lH,d,J= 5.6Hz) .
183



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
Synthetic Example 25
2-[[[(R)-2-[[[3-Methyl-4-(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)-2-
pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazol-1-
yl]carbonyl](phenyl)amino]ethyl acetate
To a solution (350 mL) of bis(trichloromethyl)carbonate
(13.4 g) in tetrahydrofuran was dropwise added pyridine
(10.38 mL) under ice-cooling. After stirring under ice-
cooling for 30 min., 2-anilinoethyl acetate hydrochloride
(25.9 g) obtained in Reference Example 27 was added.
zo Triethylamine (18.4 mL) was dropwise added, and the mixture
was stirred at room temperature for 2 hrs. After
concentration under reduced pressure, ethyl acetate (500 mL)
and water (500 mL) were added to the residue, and the mixture
was stirred. The ethyl acetate layer was separated and
15 taken, washed with saturated brine (500 mL), dried over
anhydrous magnesium sulfate and concentrated under reduced
pressure to give 2-[(chlorocarbonyl)(phenyl)amino]ethyl
acetate. This was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (300 mL),
(R)-2-[[[3-methyl-4-(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)-2-
2o pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazole (41.2 g),
triethylamine (15.6 mL) and 4-dimethylaminopyridine (1.363 g)
were added, and the mixture was stirred at 60°C for 3 hrs.
Ethyl acetate (800 mL) was added to the reaction mixture, and
the mixture was washed twice with water (800 mL) and with
25 saturated brine (800 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium
sulfate, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The
residue was purified by basic silica gel column
chromatography (eluted with ethyl acetate: hexane=3:7, then
1:1). Crystallization from diethyl ether gave the title
3o compound (54.1 g) as a white solid.
''H-NMR(CDC13) : 2. 00 (3H,s) , 2.25 (3H,s) , 4.15-4.48 (6H,m) ,
4.$3(lH,d,J=13.6Hz), 5.05(lH,d,J=13.6Hz), 6.67(lH,d,J=5.4Hz),
7.03-7.45(SH,m), 7.64-7.69(lH,m), 8.40(lH,d,J=5.4Hz).
184



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
Synthetic Example 26
2-[[[2-[[[3-Methyl-4-(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)-2-
pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazol-1-
yl]carbonyl](phenyl)amino]ethyl acetate
s To a solution (10 mL) of 2-
[(chlorocarbonyl)(phenyl)amino]ethyl acetate (0.58 g)
prepared in the same manner as in Synthetic Example 25 in
tetrahydrofuran were added 2-[[[3-methyl-4-(2,2,2-
trifluoroethoxy)-2-pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazole
to (p.739 g), triethylamine (0.558 mL) and 4-
dimethylaminopyridine (0.024 g), and the mixture was stirred
at 60°C for 15 hrs. Ethyl acetate (30 mL) was added to the
reaction mixture, and the mixture was washed with water (50
mL) and saturated brine (50 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium
is sulfate, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The
residue was purified by flash silica gel column
chromatography (eluted with acetone: hexane=1:4, then 3:2).
Crystallization from diethyl ether gave the title compound
(0.779 g) as a white solid.
20 1H-NMR(CDC13) : 1.99 (3H,s) , 2.25 (3H,s) , 4.20-4.48 (6H,m) ,
4.83(lH,d,J=13.6Hz), 5.05(lH,d,J=13.6Hz), 6.67(lH,d,J=5.8Hz),
7.03-7.45(BH,m), 7.64-7.69(lH,m), 8.40(lH,d,J=5.8Hz).
Synthetic Example 27
tert-Butyl [2-[methyl[[(R)-2-[[[3-methyl-4-(2,2,2-
2s trifluoroethoxy)-2-pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazol-
1-yl]carbonyl]amino]-3-pyridyl]methyl carbonate
To a solution (20 mL) of bis(trichloromethyl)carbonate
(0.30 g) in tetrahydrofuran was dropwise added pyridine (0.24
mL) under ice-cooling. After stirring under ice-cooling for
so 3p min., tert-butyl [2-(methylamino)-3-pyridyl]methyl
carbonate (0.71 g) obtained in Reference Example 28 was
added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2
hrs. The precipitated solid was filtered off and the
filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The
185



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
residue was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (20 mL), (R)-2-[[[3-
methyl-4-(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)-2-pyri~iyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-
1H-benzimidazole (0.92 g), triethylamine (0.70 mL) and 4-
dimethylaminopyridine (0.031 g) were added, and the mixture
was stirred at 60°C for 1 hr. Water (50 mL) was added to the
reaction mixture and the mixture was extracted twice with
ethyl acetate (50 mL). The ethyl acetate layer was washed
with saturated brine (50 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium
sulfate, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The
io residue was purified by flash silica gel column
chromatography (eluted with acetone: hexane=1:2), and further
by basic silica gel column chromatography (eluted with ethyl
acetate) to give the title compound (0.38 g) as a pale-yellow
amorphous solid.
~H-NMR (CDC13) : 1 . 46 (9H, s) , 2. 25 (3H, s) , 3 . 54 (3H, s) ,
4. 37 (2H,q,J=8.OHz) , 4.95 (2H,s) , 5. 15 (lH,d,J=14. OHz) ,
5.27(lH,d,J=14.OHz), 6.63(lH,d,J=5.4Hz), 7.26-7.45(3H,m),
7.69-7.87(3H,m), 8.33(lH,d,J=5.4Hz), 8.44-8.46(lH,m).
Synthetic Example 28
20 2-[Methyl[[(R)-2-[[[3-methyl-4-(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)-2-
pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazol-1-
yl]carbonyl]amino]benzyl acetate
To a solution (30 mL) of bis(trichloromethyl)carbonate
(1.46 g) in tetrahydrofuran was dropwise added pyridine (1.16
25 mL) under ice-cooling. After stirring under ice-cooling for
30 min., 2-(methylamino)benzyl acetate (2.57 g) obtained in
Reference Example 29 was added. The mixture was stirred at
room temperature for 3 hrs. The precipitated solid was
filtered off and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced
3o pressure. The residue was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (40
mL) , (R) -2- [ [ [3-methyl-4- (2, 2, 2-trifluoroethoxy) -2-
pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazole (4.41 g),
triethylamine (3.33 mL) and 4-dimethylaminopyridine (0.15 g)
were added, and the mixture was stirred at 60°C for 18 hrs.
186



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
Water (100 mL) was added to the reaction mixture, and the
mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (100 mL). The ethyl
acetate layer was washed with saturated brine (100 mL), dried
over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and concentrated under reduced
pressure. The residue was purified by flash silica gel
column chromatography (eluted with acetone: hexane=1:4, then
1:2). Crystallization from ethyl acetate-diethyl ether-
hexane gave the title compound (2.76 g) as a white solid.
1H-NMR(CDC13) : 2.10 (3H,s) , 2.00-2.30 (3H,br) , 3.20-3.50 (3H,br) ,
io 4.38(2H,q,J=7.6Hz), 4.70-5.20(2H,m), 5.20-5.50(2H,m),
6.65 (lH,d,J=5.4Hz) , 7.10-7. 82 (8H,m) , 8.38 (lH,d,J=5.4Hz) .
Synthetic Example 29
2- [ [ 2- (Acetyloxy) ethyl ] [ [ (R) -2- [ [ [ 3-methyl-4- ( 2 , 2 , 2-
trifluoroethoxy)-2-pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazol-
z5 1-yl]carbonyl]amino]ethyl acetate
To a solution (30 mL) of bis(trichloromethyl)carbonate
(0.50 g) in tetrahydrofuran was dropwise added a solution (1
mL) of pyridine (0.40 mL) in tetrahydrofuran under ice-
cooling. After stirring under ice-cooling for 10 min., 2-
20 [(2-acetyloxyethyl)amino]ethyl acetate hydrochloride (1.13 g)
obtained in Reference Example 30 was added. A solution (1
mL) of triethylamine (0.70 mL) in tetrahydrofuran was
dropwise added, and the mixture was stirred at room
temperature for 2 hrs. The precipitated solid was filtered
25 off and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure.
Ethyl acetate (20 mL) was added to the residue, the
precipitated solid was filtered off and the filtrate was
concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was
dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (30 mL). (R)-2-[[[3-Methyl-4-
so (2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)-2-pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-
benzimidazole (1.48 g), triethylamine (1.12 mL) and 4-
dimethylaminopyridine (catalytic amount) were added, and the
mixture was stirred at 60°C overnight. After concentration
under reduced pressure, water (50 mL) was added to the
187



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
residue. The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (50
mL). The ethyl acetate layer was washed with saturated brine
(50 mL) and dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. After
concentration under reduced pressure, the residue was
purified by silica gel column chromatography (eluted with
ethyl acetate:hexane=1:1, then ethyl acetate), and further by
basic silica gel column chromatography (eluted with ethyl
acetate: hexane=1:1, then ethyl acetate). The resulting
product was dissolved in ethyl acetate (20 mL), activated
Io carbon was added and the mixture was stirred overnight. The
activated carbon was filtered off and the filtrate was
concentrated under reduced pressure to give the title
compound (1.60 g) as a yellow amorphous solid.
1H-NMR (CDC13) : 2. 06 (3H, s) , 2 . 08 (3H, s) , 2. 24 (3H, s) , 3. 40-
15 4,45 (8H,m) , 4.39 (2H,q,J=7.9Hz) , 4. 88 (lH,d,J=13.2Hz) ,
5.05(lH,d,J=13.2Hz), 6.66(lH,d,J=5.6Hz), 7.38-7.50(3H,m),
7.87(lH,d,J=6.9Hz), 8.36(lH,d,J=5.6Hz).
Synthetic Example 30
[(2S)-1-[[(R)-2-[[[3-Methyl-4-(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)-2-
pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazol-1-yl]carbonylj-2-
pyrrolidinyl]methyl acetate
To a solution (30 mL) of bis(trichloromethyl)carbonate
(0.50 g) in tetrahydrofuran was dropwise added a solution (1
mL) of pyridine (0.40 mL) in tetrahydrofuran under ice-
25 cooling. After stirring under ice-cooling for 1 hr., (S)-2-
pyrrolidinylmethyl acetate hydrochloride (0.90 g) obtained in
Reference Example 31 was added. A solution (1 mL) of
triethylamine (0.70 mL) in tetrahydrofuran was dropwise
added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2
so hrs. After concentration under reduced pressure, water (50
mL) was added to the residue, and the mixture was extracted
with ethyl acetate (50 mL). The extract was dried over
anhydrous magnesium sulfate and concentrated under reduced
pressure, and the residue was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran
188



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
(20 mL) . (R) -2- [ [ [3-Methyl-4- (2, 2 , 2-trifluoroethoxy) -2-
pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazole (1.11 g),
triethylamine (0.84 mL) and 4-dimethylaminopyridine (0.037 g)
were added, and the mixture was stirred at 60°C for 1 day and
at room temperature for 2 days. After concentration under
reduced pressure, water (50 mL) was added to the residue and
the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (50 mL). The
ethyl acetate layer was washed with saturated brine (50 mL)
and dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. After
io concentration under reduced pressure, the residue was
purified by basic silica gel column chromatography (eluted
with ethyl acetate:hexane=1:I, then ethyl acetate) and
further by silica gel column chromatography (eluted with
ethyl acetate: hexane=3:1, then ethyl acetate, then
is acetone: ethyl acetate=1:4, then 2:3) to give the title
compound (0.80 g) as a pale-yellow amorphous solid.
1H-NMR (CDC13) : 1. 80-2 . 30 (4H,m) , 2 . 09 (3H, s) , 2 . 30 (3H, s) ,
3.39 (lH,m) , 3. 50-3.62 (lH,m) , 4.20-4.45 (4H,m) , 4.58 (lH,m) ,
4.89(lH,d,J=13.5Hz), 4.96(lH,d,J=13.5Hz), 6.65(lH,d,J=5.9Hz),
20 7.36-7.48 (3H,m) , 7. 89 (lH,d,J=8.7Hz) , 8.38 (lH,d,J=5.9Hz) .
Synthetic Example 31
Ethyl [methyl[[(R)-2-[[[3-methyl-4-(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)-2-
pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazol-1-
yl]carbonyl]amino]acetate
25 To a solution (30 mL) of bis(trichloromethyl)carbonate
(0.5D g) in tetrahydrofuran was dropwise added a solution (1
mL) of pyridine (0.40 mL) in tetrahydrofuran under ice-
cooling. After stirring under ice-cooling for 30 min.,
sarcosine ethyl ester hydrochloride (0.77 g) was added. A
so solution (1 mL) of triethylamine (0.70 mL) in tetrahydrofuran
was dropwise added and the mixture was stirred at room
temperature for 1 hr. The precipitated solid was filtered
off and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure.
Water (50 mL) was added to the residue, and the mixture was
189



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
extracted with ethyl acetate (50 mL). The ethyl acetate
layer was washed with saturated brine (50 mL) and dried over
anhydrous magnesium sulfate. After concentration under
reduced pressure, the residue was dissolved in
tetrahydrofuran ( 33 mL) . (R) -2- [ [ [ 3-Methyl-4- ( 2 , 2 , 2-
trifluoroethoxy)-2-pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazole
sodium salt (1.37 g) and 4-dimethylaminopyridine (catalytic
amount) were added, and the mixture was stirred at 60°C
overnight. After concentration under reduced pressure, water
to (50 mL) was added to the residue and the mixture was
extracted with ethyl acetate (50 mL). The ethyl acetate
layer was washed with saturated brine (50 mL) and dried over
anhydrous magnesium sulfate. After concentration under
reduced pressure, the residue was purified by basic silica
I5 gel column chromatography (eluted with ethyl
acetate: hexane=1:1, then ethyl acetate) to give the title
compound (0.40 g) as a yellow amorphous solid.
1H-NMR(CDC13) : 1. 33 (3H,t,J=7. 1Hz) , 2.24 (3H,s) , 3.10 (3H,bs) ,
3.70-4.30(2H,br), 4.28(2H,q,J=7.lHz), 4.38(2H,q,J=7.8Hz),
20 4. 82-5. 20 (2H,br) , 6. 63 (lH,d,J=5.5Hz) , 7.34-7. 52 (2H,m) , 7. 70-
7.90(2H,m), 8.32(lH,d,J=5.5Hz).
Synthetic Example 32
2-[[[5-Methoxy-2-[[(4-methoxy-3,5-dimethyl-2-
pyridyl)methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazol-1-
2s yl]carbonyl](methyl)amino]ethyl benzoate
To a solution (10 mL) of bis(trichloromethyl)carbonate
(0.344 g) in tetrahydrofuran was dropwise added a solution (5
mL) of pyridine (0.281 mL) in tetrahydrofuran under ice-
cooling, and the mixture was stirred at 0°C for 30 min. 2-
30 (Methylamino)ethyl benzoate hydrochloride (0.750 g) obtained
in Reference Example 5 was added to the reaction mixture. A
solution (5 mL) of triethylamine (0.485 mL) in
tetrahydrofuran was added, and the mixture was stirred at 0°C
for 1 hr. and at room temperature for 30 min. The reaction
190



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and water (30
mL) was added to the residue. The mixture was extracted with
ethyl acetate (50 mL). The ethyl acetate layer was washed
with saturated brine (30 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium
s sulfate, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The
obtained oil was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (5 mL), the
mixture was added to a solution (10 mL) of 5-methoxy-2-[[(4-
methoxy-3,5-dimethyl-2-pyridyl)methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-
benzimidazole (1.0 g), triethylamine (0.808 mL) and 4-
To dimethylaminopyridine (0.071 g) in tetrahydrofuran, and the
mixture was stirred at 40°C for 18 hrs. The reaction mixture
was concentrated under reduced pressure and water (30 mL) was
added to the residue. The mixture was extracted with ethyl
acetate (50 mL). The ethyl acetate layer was washed with
15 saturated brine (30 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate,
and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was
purified by silica gel column chromatography (eluted with
ethyl acetate:hexane=1:1, then ethyl acetate) to give a 1:1
mixture (1.50 g) of the title compound and 2-[[[6-methoxy-2-
Zo [[(4-methoxy-3,5-dimethyl-2-pyridyl)methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-
benzimidazol-1-yl]carbonyl](methyl)amino]ethyl benzoate as a
pale-yellow amorphous solid.
1H-NMR (CDC13) : 2. 05-2. 35 (6H,m) , 3. 00-3. 30 (3H,br) , 3. 60-
4 , 40 (8H,m) , 4. 60-5. 10 (4H,m) , 6. 80-7 . 00 (2H,m) , 7 . 20-
2s 7 , 70 (4H,m) , 7 . 95-8. 25 (3H,m) .
Synthetic Example 33
3- [Methyl [ [ (R) -2- [ [ [ 3-methyl-4- (2 , 2 , 2-trifluoroethoxy) -2-
pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazol-1-
yl]carbonyl]amino]propyl benzoate
so To a solution (20 mL) of bis (trichloromethyl) carbonate
(0.582 g) in tetrahydrofuran was dropwise added a solution (1
mL) of pyridine (0.485 mL) in tetrahydrofuran under ice-
cooling. After stirring under ice-cooling for 1 hr., 3-
(methylamino)propyl benzoate hydrochloride (1.38 g) obtained
191



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
in Reference Example 32 was added. A solution (1 mL) of
triethylamine (0.84 mL) in tetrahydrofuran was dropwise
added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2
hrs. After concentration under reduced pressure, water (40
mL) was added to the residue, and the mixture was extracted
with ethyl acetate (80 mL). The ethyl acetate layer was
washed with saturated brine (25 mL) and dried over anhydrous
magnesium sulfate. The layer was concentrated under reduced
pressure, and the residue was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran
io (20 mL). (R)-2-[[[3-Methyl-4-(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)-2-
pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazole (1.63 g),
triethylamine (1.23 mL) and 4-dimethylaminopyridine (0.054 g)
were added, and the mixture was stirred at 60°C for 4 hrs.
After concentration under reduced pressure, water (40 mL) was
35 added to the residue, and the mixture was extracted with
ethyl acetate (80 mL). The ethyl acetate layer was washed
with saturated brine (30 mL) and dried over anhydrous
magnesium sulfate. After concentration under reduced
pressure, the residue was purified by basic silica gel column
Zo chromatography (eluted with ethyl acetate: hexane=1:2, then
l:l) to give the title compound (1.26 g) as a yellow
amorphous solid.
1H-NMR(CDC13) : 2.21 (3H,s) , 2.20-2.30 (2H,bm) , 3.06 (3H,bs) ,
3.60-3.75(2H,bm), 4.36(2H,q,J=7.8Hz), 4.30-4.50(2H,bm), 4.80-
25 5.15 (2H,bm) , 6. 62 (lH,d,J=5.7Hz) , 7.26-7.44 (5H,m) , 7.54 (lH,m) ,
7.81(lH,m), 7.93-8.03(2H,bm), 8.35(lH,d,J=5.7Hz).
Synthetic Example 34
2-[Methyl[[2-[[[3-methyl-4-(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)-2-
pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazol-1-
so yl]carbonyl]amino]ethyl tetrahydropyran-4-yl carbonate
To a solution (20 mL) of bis(trichloromethyl)carbonate
(0.582 g) in tetrahydrofuran was dropwise added a solution (1
mL) of pyridine (0.485 mL) in tetrahydrofuran under ice-
cooling. After stirring under ice-cooling for 20 min., 2-
192



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
(methylamino)ethyl tetrahydropyran-4-yl carbonate
hydrochloride (1.43 g) obtained in Reference Example 17 was
added. A solution (1 mL) of triethylamine (0.84 mL) in
tetrahydrofuran was dropwise added, and the mixture was
stirred at room temperature for 3 hrs. After concentration
under reduced pressure, water (30 mL) was added to the
residue, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (80
mL). The ethyl acetate layer was washed with saturated brine
(20 mL), dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate and
io concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was
dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (20 mL). 2-[[[3-Methyl-4-
(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)-2-pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-
benzimidazole (1.63 g), triethylamine (1.23 mL) and 4-
dimethylaminopyridine (0.027 g) were added, and the mixture
is was stirred at 60°C for 17.5 hrs. After concentration under
reduced pressure, water (50 mL) was added to the residue, and
the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (120 mL). The
ethyl acetate layer was washed with saturated brine (30 mL)
and dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. After
2o concentration under reduced pressure, the residue was
purified by basic silica gel column chromatography (eluted
with ethyl acetate:hexane=1:2, then 1:1), then by silica gel
column chromatography (eluted with ethyl acetate: hexane=1:1,
then 2:1). Crystallization from diethyl ether gave the title
2s compound (1.23 g) as a colorless solid.
''H-NMR(CDC13) : 1.64-1.81 (2H,m) , 1.92-2.03 (2H,m) , 2.23 (3H,s) ,
3.10(3H,bs), 3.40-4.30(2H,br), 3.46-3.59(2H,m), 3.87-
3. 99 (2H,m) , 4.39 (2H,q,J=7.9Hz) , 4.45 (2H,m) , 4. 77-5. 15 (3H,m) ,
6. 65 (lH,d,J=5.4Hz) , 7. 35-7. 50 (3H,m) , 7. 85 (lH,m) ,
so g _ 36 (lH,d,J=5. 4Hz) .
Synthetic Example 35
Ethyl 2-[methyl[[2-[[[3-methyl-4-(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)-2-
pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazol-1-
yl]carbonyl]amino]ethyl carbonate
193



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
To a solution (20 mL) of bis(trichloromethyl)carbonate
(0.582 g) in tetrahydrofuran was dropwise added a solution (1
mL) of pyridine (0.485 mL) in tetrahydrofuran under ice-
cooling. After stirring under ice-cooling for 30 min., ethyl
2-(methylamino)ethyl carbonate hydrochloride (1.10 g)
obtained in Reference Example 14 was added. A solution (1
mL) of triethylamine (0.84 mL) in tetrahydrofuran was
dropwise added, and the mixture was stirred at room
temperature for 3 hrs. After concentration under reduced
to pressure, water (30 mL) was added to the residue, and the
mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (80 mL). The ethyl
acetate layer was washed with saturated brine (30 mL) and
dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. The layer was
concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue was
15 dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (20 mL). 2-[[[3-Methyl-4-
(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)-2-pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-
benzimidazole (1.63 g), triethylamine (1.23 mL), 4-
dimethylaminopyridine (0.054 g) was added, and the mixture
was stirred at 60°C for 14 hrs. After concentration under
2o reduced pressure, water (40 mL) was added to the residue, and
the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (100 mL). The
ethyl acetate layer was washed with saturated brine (30 mL),
and dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. After
concentration under reduced pressure, the residue was
25 purified by basic silica gel column chromatography (eluted
with ethyl acetate: hexane=1:2, then 1:1), and then by silica
gel column chromatography (eluted with ethyl
acetate: hexane=1:1, then 2:1) to give the title compound
(1.27 g) as a yellow amorphous solid.
so 1H-NMR(CDC13) : 1.32 (3H,t,J=7.lHz) , 2.23 (3H,s) , 3.09 (3H,bs) ,
3.50-4.76 (4H,br) , 4.21 (2H,q,J=7. 1Hz) , 4.38 (2H,q,J=7.9Hz) ,
4.84-5.14 (2H,m) , 6.64 (lH,d,J=5.6Hz) , 7.36-7,46 (3H,m) ,
7.83(lH,d,J=7.2Hz), 8.34(lH,d,J=5.6Hz).
194



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
Synthetic Example 36
Ethyl 2- [methyl [ [ ( S ) -2- [ [ [ 3-methyl-4- ( 2 , 2 , 2-tri f luoroethoxy
) -
2-pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazol-1-
yl]carbonyl]amino]ethyl carbonate
To a solution (20 mL) of bis(trichloromethyl)carbonate
(0.582 g) in tetrahydrofuran was dropwise added a solution (1
mL) of pyridine (0.485 mL) in tetrahydrofuran under ice-
cooling. After stirring under ice-cooling for 1 hr., ethyl
2-(methylamino)ethyl carbonate hydrochloride (1.10 g)
to obtained in Reference Example 14 was added. A solution (1
mL) of triethylamine (0.84 mL) in tetrahydrofuran was
dropwise added, and the mixture was stirred at room
temperature for 2 hrs. After concentration under reduced
pressure, water (30 mL) was added to the residue, and the
15 mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (80 mL). The ethyl
acetate layer was washed with saturated brine (30 mL), and
dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. The layer was
concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue was
dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (20 mL). (S)-2-[[j3-Methyl-4-
20 (2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)-2-pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-
benzimidazole (1.15 g), triethylamine (0.87 mL) and 4-
dimethylaminopyridine (0.035 g) were added, and the mixture
was stirred at 60°C for 12 hrs. After concentration under
reduced pressure, water (30 mL) was added to the residue, and
z5 the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (100 mL). The
ethyl acetate layer was washed with saturated brine (30 mL)
and dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. After
concentration under reduced pressure, the residue was
purified by basic silica gel column chromatography (eluted
so with ethyl acetate: hexane=1:2, then 1:1). Crystallization
from diethyl ether gave the title compound (0.40 g) as a
colorless solid.
1H-NMR(CDC13) : 2.32 (3H,t,J=7.2Hz) , 2.23 (3H,s) , 3. 10 (3H,bs) ,
3. 50-4.56 (4H,br) , 4.22 (2H,q,J=7.2Hz) , 4.38 (2H,q,J=7.9Hz) ,
195



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
4. 84-5.14 (2H,m) , 6.65 (lH,d,J=5.6Hz) , 7.34-7.50 (3H,m) ,
7. 85 (IH,m) , 8.36 (lH,d,J=5.6Hz) .
Synthetic Example 37
Ethyl 2-[[[5-methoxy-2-[[(4-methoxy-3,5-dimethyl-2-
s pyridyl)methyl]sulfinyl]-3H-imidazo[4,5-b)pyridin-3-
yl]carbonyl](methyl)amino]ethyl carbonate
To a solution (20 mL) of bis(trichloromethyl)carbonate
(0.582 g) in tetrahydrofuran was dropwise added a solution (1
mL) of pyridine (0.485 mL) in tetrahydrofuran under ice-
cooling. After stirring under ice-cooling for 30 min., ethyl
2-(methylamino)ethyl carbonate hydrochloride (1.10 g)
obtained in Reference Example 14 was added. A solution (1
mL) of triethylamine (0.84 mL) in tetrahydrofuran was
dropwise added, and the mixture was stirred at room
is temperature for 2.5 hrs, After concentration under reduced
pressure, water (30 mL) was added to the residue, and the
mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (80 mL). The ethyl
acetate layer was washed with saturated brine (30 mL) and
dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. The layer was
2o concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue was
dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (20 mL). 5-Methoxy-2-[[(4-
methoxy-3,5-dimethyl-2-pyridyl)methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-
imidazo[4,5-b]pyridine (1.44 g) synthesized by the method
described in JP-A-63-146882, triethylamine (1.16 mL) and 4-
2s dimethylaminopyridine (0.049 g) were added, and the mixture
was stirred at 60°C for 6 hrs. After concentration under
reduced pressure, water (30 mL) was added to the residue, and
the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (100 mL). The
ethyl acetate layer was washed with saturated brine (30 mL)
3o and dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. After
concentration under reduced pressure, the residue was
purified by basic silica gel column chromatography (eluted
with ethyl acetate: hexane=1:2, then 1:1). Crystallization
from diethyl ether gave the title compound (0.721 g) as a
196



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
colorless solid.
~H-NMR(CDC13) : 1.25-1.34 (3H,m) , 2.23 (6H,s) , 3.15,3.32 (total
3H,s) , 3.72 (3H,s) , 3.90-4.53 (9H,m) , 4. 86 (lH,d,J=13.4Hz) ,
4.95(lH,d,J=13.4Hz), 6.79(lH,d,J=8.7Hz), 7.95(lH,d,J=8.7Hz),
8.22 (lH,s) .
Synthetic Example 38
2-[[[5-Methoxy-2-[[(4-methoxy-3,5-dimethyl-2-
pyridyl)methyl]sulfinyl]-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-3-
yl]carbonyl](methyl)amino]ethyl acetate
io To a solution (20 mL) of bis(trichloromethyl)carbonate
(0.582 g) in tetrahydrofuran was dropwise added a solution (1
mL) of pyridine (0.485 mL) in tetrahydrofuran under ice-
cooling. After stirring under ice-cooling for 30 min., 2-
(methylamino)ethyl acetate hydrochloride (0.922 g) obtained
is in Reference Example 2 was added. A solution (1 mL) of
triethylamine (0.84 mL) in tetrahydrofuran was dropwise
added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2
hrs. After concentration under reduced pressure, water (30
mL) was added to the residue, and the mixture was extracted
2° with ethyl acetate (80 mL). The ethyl acetate layer was
washed with saturated brine (30 mL) and dried over anhydrous
magnesium sulfate. After concentration under reduced
pressure, the residue was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (10
mL). 5-Methoxy-2-[[(4-methoxy-3,5-dimethyl-2-
2s pyridyl)methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridine (0.85 g)
synthesized by the method described in JP-A-63-146882,
triethylamine (0.70 mL) and 4-dimethylaminopyridine (0.025 g)
were added, and the mixture was stirred at 60°C for 5 hrs.
After concentration under reduced pressure, water (30 mL) was
so added to the residue, and the mixture was extracted with
ethyl acetate (90 mL). The ethyl acetate layer was washed
with saturated brine (30 mL) and dried over anhydrous
magnesium sulfate. After concentration under reduced
pressure, the residue was purified by basic silica gel column
197



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
chromatography (eluted with ethyl acetate: hexane=1:2, then
1:1). Crystallization from diethyl ether gave the title
compound (0.173 g) as a colorless solid.
1H-NMR(CDC13) : 2.04,2.09 (total 3H,s) , 2.24 (6H,s) ,
3.13,3.30 (total 3H,s) , 3.45-3.97 (2H,m) , 3.72 (3H,s) ,
3.97 (3H,s) , 4. 15-4.50 (2H,m) , 4. 85 (lH,d,J=13.1Hz) ,
4.96(lH,d,J=13.1Hz), 6.80(lH,d,J=8.9Hz), 7.96(lH,d,J=8.9Hz),
8.22 (lH,s) .
Synthetic Example 39
io 2-[[[5-Methoxy-2-[[(4-methoxy-3,5-dimethyl-2-
pyridyl)methyl]sulfinyl]-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-3-
yl]carbonyl](phenyl)amino]ethyl acetate
To a solution (10 mL) of bis(trichloromethyl)carbonate
(0.291 g) in tetrahydrofuran was dropwise added a solution (1
i5 mL) of pyridine (0.243 mL) in tetrahydrofuran under ice-
cooling. After stirring under ice-cooling for 30 min., 2-
anilinoethyl acetate hydrochloride (0.647 g) obtained in
Reference Example 27 was added. A solution (1 mL) of
triethylamine (0.419 mL) in tetrahydrofuran was dropwise
2o added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3
hrs. After concentration under reduced pressure, water (20
mL) was added to the residue, and the mixture was extracted
with ethyl acetate (50 mL). The ethyl acetate layer was
washed with saturated brine (15 mL) and dried over anhydrous
25 magnesium sulfate. After concentration under reduced
pressure, the residue was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (10
mL). 5-Methoxy-2-[[(4-methoxy-3,5-dimethyl-2-
pyridyl)methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridine (0.867 g)
synthesized by the method described in JP-A-63-146882,
3o triethylamine (0.697 mL) and 4-dimethylaminopyridine (0.020
g) were added, and the mixture was stirred at 60°C for 10
hrs. After concentration under reduced pressure, water (20
mL) was added to the residue, and the mixture was extracted
with ethyl acetate (50 mL). The ethyl acetate layer was
198



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
washed with saturated brine (15 mL) and dried over anhydrous
magnesium sulfate. After concentration under reduced
pressure, the residue was purified by basic silica gel column
chromatography (eluted with ethyl acetate: hexane=1:1).
Crystallization from diethyl ether gave the title compound
(0.311 g) as a colorless solid.
1H-NMR (CDC13) : 1 . 96 (3H, s) , 2 . 23 (3H, s) , 2 , 25 (3H, s) , 3. 72 (3H,
s) ,
4. O1 (3H, s) , 4. 12-4. 52 (4H,m) , 4. 78-5. 22 (2H,m) ,
6.62(lH,d,J=8.7Hz), 7.02-7.18(3H,m), 7.32-7.48(2H,m),
io 7.73 (lH,d,J=8.7Hz) , 8.26 (lH,s) .
Synthetic Example 40
4- [Methyl [ [ (R) -2- [ [ [ 3-methyl-4- ( 2 , 2 , 2-trif luoroethoxy) -2-
pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazol-1-
yl]carbonyl]amino]butyl acetate
15 To a solution (20 mL) of bis(trichloromethyl)carbonate
(0.59 g) in tetrahydrofuran was dropwise added a solution (1
mL) of pyridine (0.49 mL) in tetrahydrofuran under ice-
cooling. After stirring under ice-cooling for 30 min., 4-
(methylamino)butyl acetate hydrochloride (1.08 g) obtained in
2° Reference Example 37 was added. A solution (1 mL) of
triethylamine (0.84 mL) in tetrahydrofuran was dropwise
added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3
hrs. After concentration under reduced pressure, water (50
mL) was added to the residue and the mixture was extracted
2s with ethyl acetate (50 mL). The ethyl acetate layer was
washed with saturated brine (50 mL) and dried over anhydrous
magnesium sulfate. The layer was concentrated under reduced
pressure, and the residue was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran
(20 mL) . (R) -2- [ [ [3-Methyl-4- (2, 2, 2-trifluoroethoxy) -2-
so pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazole (1.02 g),
triethylamine (0.77 mL) and 4-dimethylaminopyridine
(catalytic amount) were added, and the mixture was stirred at
60°C overnight. After concentration under reduced pressure,
water (50 mL) was added to the residue and the mixture was
199



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
extracted with ethyl acetate (50 mL). The ethyl acetate
layer was washed with saturated brine (50 mL) and dried over
anhydrous magnesium sulfate. After concentration under
reduced pressure, the residue was purified by basic silica
gel column chromatography (eluted with ethyl
acetate: hexane=1:2, then 1:1) to give the title compound
(0.93 g) as a yellow amorphous solid.
1H-NMR (CDC13) : 1 . 65-1. 85 (4H,m) , 2 . 03 (3H, s) , 2 . 23 (3H, s) ,
3.02 (3H,bs) , 3.45-3. 63 (2H,m) , 4.03-4. 13 (2H,m) ,
Zo 4. 37 (2H,q,J=7. 8Hz) , 4. 85-5. 13 (2H,m) , 6. 64 (lH,d,J=5. 6Hz) ,
7.36-7.46 (3H,m) , 7.84 (lH,d,J=8.4Hz) , 8.35 (lH,d,J=5.6Hz) .
Synthetic Example 41
Ethyl 4-[methyl[[(R)-2-[[[3-methyl-4-(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)-
2-pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazol-1-
I5 yl]carbonyl]amino]butyl carbonate
To a solution (20 mL) of bis(trichloromethyl)carbonate
(0.59 g) in tetrahydrofuran was dropwise added a solution (1
mL) of pyridine (0.49 mL) in tetrahydrofuran under ice-
cooling. After stirring under ice-cooling for 30 min., ethyl
20 4-(methylamino)butyl carbonate hydrochloride (1.27 g)
obtained in Reference Example 39 was added. A solution (1
mL) of triethylamine (0.84 mL) in tetrahydrofuran was
dropwise added, and the mixture was stirred at room
temperature for 3 hrs. After concentration under reduced
25 pressure, water (50 mL) was added to the residue and the
mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (50 mL). The ethyl
acetate layer was washed with saturated brine (50 mL) and
dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. The layer was
concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue was
so dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (20 mL). (R)-2-[[[3-Methyl-4-
(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)-2-pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-
benzimidazole (1.26 g), triethylamine (0.95 mL) and 4-
dimethylaminopyridine (catalytic amount) were added, and the
mixture was stirred at 60°C overnight. After concentration
200



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
under reduced pressure, water (50 mL) was added to the
residue and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (50
mL). The ethyl acetate layer was washed with saturated brine
(50 mL) and dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. After
s concentration under reduced pressure, the residue was
purified by basic silica gel column chromatography (eluted
with ethyl acetate: hexane=1:2, then 1:1) to give the title
compound (1.08 g) as a yellow amorphous solid.
1H-NMR(CDC13) : 1.31 (3H,t,J=7.2Hz) , 1.73-1.91 (4H,m) ,
io 2.23 (3H,s) , 3. O1 (3H,bs) , 3.50-3. 62 (2H,m) , 4.15-4.22 (4H,m) ,
4.38 (2H,q,J=7. 8Hz) , 4.87-5.13 (2H,m) , 6.64 (lH,d,J=5.4Hz) ,
7.35-7.46 (3H,m) , 7. 83 (lH,d,J=7. 8Hz) , 8.35 (lH,d,J=5.4Hz) .
Synthetic Example 42
Ethyl 3-[methyl[[(R)-2-[[[3-methyl-4-(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)-
Zs 2-pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazol-1-
yl]carbonyl]amino]propyl carbonate
To a solution (20 mL) of bis(trichloromethyl)carbonate
(0.59 g) in tetrahydrofuran was dropwise added a solution (1
mL) of pyridine (0.49 mL) in tetrahydrofuran under ice-
2o cooling. After stirring under ice-cooling for 30 min., ethyl
3-(methylamino)propyl carbonate hydrochloride (1.18 g)
obtained in Reference Example 44 was added. A solution (1
mL) of triethylamine (0.84 mL) in tetrahydrofuran was
dropwise added, and the mixture was stirred at room
2s temperature for 3 hrs. After concentration under reduced
pressure, water (50 mL) was added to the residue and the
mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (50 mL). The ethyl
acetate layer was washed with saturated brine (50 mL) and
dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. The layer was
3o concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue was
dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (20 mL). (R)-2-[[[3-Methyl-4-
(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)-2-pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-
benzimidazole (1.10 g), triethylamine (0.83 mL) and 4-
dimethylaminopyridine (catalytic amount) were added, and the
201



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
mixture was stirred at 60°C overnight. After concentration
under reduced pressure, water (50 mL) was added to the
residue and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (50
mL). The ethyl acetate layer was washed with saturated brine
(50 mL) and dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. After
concentration under reduced pressure, the residue was
purified by basic silica gel column chromatography (eluted
with ethyl acetate: hexane=1:2, then 1:1) to give the title
compound (0.88 g) as a yellow amorphous solid.
lp 1H-NMR(CDC13) : 1.29 (3H,t,J=7.2Hz) , 2.10-2.20 (2H,m) ,
2.22 (3H,s) , 3.02 (3H,bs) , 3.55-3.77 (2H,m) , 4.14-4.30 (4H,m) ,
4.37 (2H,q,J=7. 8Hz) , 4. 83-5. 13 (2H,m) , 6.64 (lH,d,J=5. 6Hz) ,
7.35-7.46(3H,m), 7.82(lH,d,J=8.lHz), 8.35(IH,d,J=5.6Hz).
Synthetic Example 43
ss 3-[Methyl[[(R)-2-[[[3-methyl-4-(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)-2-
pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazol-1-
yl]carbonyl]amino]propyl acetate
To a solution (40 mL) of bis(trichloromethyl)carbonate
(1.19 g) in tetrahydrofuran was dropwise added a solution (2
2o mL) of pyridine (0.95 mL) in tetrahydrofuran under ice
cooling. After stirring under ice-cooling for 30 min., 3-
(methylamino)propyl acetate hydrochloride (1.90 g) obtained
in Reference Example 42 was added. A solution (2 mL) of
triethylamine (1.68 mL) in tetrahydrofuran was dropwise
25 added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3
hrs. After concentration under reduced pressure, water (100
mL) was added to the residue, and the mixture was extracted
with ethyl acetate (100 mL). The ethyl acetate layer was
washed with saturated brine (100 mL) and dried over anhydrous
3o magnesium sulfate. After concentration under reduced
pressure, the residue was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (40
mL) . (R) -2- [ [ [3-Methyl-4- (2 , 2 , 2-trifluoroethoxy) -2-
pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-IH-benzimidazole (1.99 g),
triethylamine (1.50 mL) and 4-dimethylaminopyridine
202



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
(catalytic amount) were added, and the mixture was stirred at
60°C overnight. After concentration under reduced pressure,
water (100 mL) was added to the residue, and the mixture was
extracted with ethyl acetate (100 mL). The ethyl acetate
layer was washed with saturated brine (100 mL) and dried over
anhydrous magnesium sulfate. After concentration under
reduced pressure, the residue was purified by basic silica
gel column chromatography (eluted with ethyl
acetate: hexane=1:2, then 1:1) to give the title compound
io (1.22 g) as a yellow amorphous solid.
1H-NMR (CDC13) : 1 . 97 (3H, s) , 2. 05-2. 15 (2H,m) , 2 . 22 (3H, s) ,
3. 03 (3H,bs) , 3. 42-3. 72 (2H,m) , 4. 10-4. 22 (2H,m) ,
4.37(2H,q,J=7.8Hz), 4.85-5.13(2H,m), 6.64(lH,d,J=5.6Hz),
7.24-7,44(3H,m), 7.83(lH,d,J=7.5Hz), 8.35(lH,d,J=5.6Hz).
15 g~.~etic Example 44
3- [Methyl [ [ (R) -2- [ [ [ 3-methyl-4- (2 , 2 , 2-trifluoroethoxy) -2-
pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazol-1-
yl]carbonyl]amino]propane-1,2-diyl diacetate
To a solution (20 mL) of bis(trichloromethyl)carbonate
2° (0.59 g) in tetrahydrofuran was dropwise added a solution (1
mL) of pyridine (0.49 mL) in tetrahydrofuran under ice-
cooling. After stirring under ice-cooling for 30 min., 3-
(methylamino)propane-1,2-diyl diacetate hydrochloride (1.35
g) obtained in Reference Example 46 was added. A solution (1
25 mL) of triethylamine (0.84 mL) in tetrahydrofuran was
dropwise added, and the mixture was stirred at room
temperature for 3 hrs. After concentration under reduced
pressure, water (50 mL) was added to the residue and the
mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (50 mL). The ethyl
so acetate layer was washed with saturated brine (50 mL) and
dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. The layer was
concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue was
dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (20 mL). (R)-2-[[[3-Methyl-4-
(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)-2-pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-
203



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
benzimidazole (1.27 g), triethylamine (0.96 mL) and 4-
dimethylaminopyridine (catalytic amount) were added, and the
mixture was stirred at 60°C overnight. After concentration
under reduced pressure, water (50 mL) was added to the
residue and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (50
mL). The ethyl acetate layer was washed with saturated brine
(50 mL) and dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. After
concentration under reduced pressure, the residue was
purified by basic silica gel column chromatography (eluted
io with ethyl acetate: hexane=1:2, then 1:1) to give the title
compound (0.64 g) as a yellow amorphous solid.
~H-NMR (CDC13) : 2. 05 (3H, s) , 2. I3 (3H, s) , 2. 23 (3H, s) ,
3. 07 (3H,bs) , 3. 42-3. 95 (2H,m) , 4. 06-4. 43 (2H,m) ,
4.38 (2H,q,J=7.8Hz) , 4.85-5.05 (2H,,m) , 5.42-5, 50 (lH,m) , 6.63-
15 6. 66 (lH,m) , 7 . 38-7. 51 (3H,m) , 7. 78-7. 85 (lH,m) , 8. 33-
8.36 (lH,m) .
Synthetic Example 45
Diethyl 3-[methyl[[(R)-2-[[[3-methyl-4-(2,2,2-
trifluoroethoxy)-2-pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazol-
20 1-yl]carbonyl]amino]propane-I,2-diyl biscarbonate
To a solution (20 mL) of bis(trichloromethyl)carbonate
(0.59 g) in tetrahydrofuran was dropwise added a solution (1
mL) of pyridine (0.49 mL) in tetrahydrofuran under ice-
cooling. After stirring under ice-cooling for 30 min.,
25 diethyl 3-(methylamino)propane-1,2-diyl biscarbonate
hydrochloride (1.71 g) obtained in Reference Example 47 was
added. A solution (1 mL) of triethylamine (0.84 mL) in
tetrahydrofuran was dropwise added, and the mixture was
stirred at room temperature for 3 hrs. After concentration
3o under reduced pressure, water (50 mL) was added to the
residue and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (50
mL). The ethyl acetate layer was washed with saturated brine
(50 mL) and dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. The
layer was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the
204



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
residue was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (20 mL), (R)-2-
[[[3-Methyl-4-(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)-2-
pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazole (1.53 g),
triethylamine (1.16 mL) and 4-dimethylaminopyridine
(catalytic amount) were added, and the mixture was stirred at
60°C overnight. After concentration under reduced pressure,
water (50 mL) was added to the residue and the mixture was
extracted with ethyl acetate (50 mL). The ethyl acetate
layer was washed with saturated brine (50 mL) and dried over
zo anhydrous magnesium sulfate. After concentration under
reduced pressure, the residue was purified by basic silica
gel column chromatography (eluted with ethyl
acetate: hexane=1:2, then 1:1) to give the title compound
(1.42 g) as a yellow amorphous solid.
is 1H-NMR(CDC13) : 1.28-1.34 (6H,m) , 2.22 (3H,s) , 3.07 (3H,bs) , 3.42-
4.60(lOH,m), 4.85-5.08(2H,m), 5.30-5.42(lH,m), 6.62-
6. 64 (lH,m) , 7. 37-7. 42 (3H,m) , 7. 80-7. 83 (lH,m) , 8.32-
8. 35 (lH,m) .~
Synthetic Example 46
20 2-[[[5-Methoxy-2-[[(4-methoxy-3,5-dimethyl-2-
pyridyl)methyl]sulfinyl]-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-3-
yl]carbonyl](methyl)amino]ethyl 3-chlorobenzoate
To a solution (7 mL) of bis (trichloromethyl) carbonate
(0.194 g) in tetrahydrofuran was dropwise added a solution (1
25 mL) of pyridine (0.162 mL) in tetrahydrofuran under ice-
cooling. After stirring under ice-cooling for 30 min., 2-
(methylamino)ethyl 3-chlorobenzoate hydrochloride (0.50 g)
obtained in Reference Example 7 was added. A solution (1 mL)
of triethylamine (0.279 mL) in tetrahydrofuran was dropwise
3o added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for
2.5 hrs. After concentration under reduced pressure, water
(15 mL) was added to the residue, and the mixture was
extracted with ethyl acetate (50 mL). The ethyl acetate
layer was washed with saturated brine (15 mL) and dried over
205



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
anhydrous magnesium sulfate. After concentration under
reduced pressure, the residue was dissolved in
tetrahydrofuran (10 mL). 5-Methoxy-2-[[(4-methoxy-3,5-
dimethyl-2-pyridyl)methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridine
(0.445 g) synthesized by the method described in JP-A-63-
146882, triethylamine (0.357 mL) and 4-dimethylaminopyridine
(0.012 g) were added, and the mixture was stirred at 60°C for
14 hrs. After concentration under reduced pressure, water
(30 mL) was added to the residue, and the mixture was
io extracted with ethyl acetate (70 mL). The ethyl acetate
layer was washed with saturated brine (20 mL) and dried over
anhydrous magnesium sulfate. After concentration under
reduced pressure, the residue was purified by basic silica
gel column chromatography (eluted with ethyl
ss acetate: hexane=1:2, then 1:1) to give the title compound
(0.360 g) as a colorless amorphous solid.
1H-NMR (CDC13) : 2 . 21 (3H, s) , 2 . 23 (3H, s) , 3. 32 , 3. 38 (total 3H, s)
,
3. 72 (3H, s) , 3. 81 (3H, s) , 3. 92-4. 09 (2H,m) , 4. 50-4. 73 (2H,m) ,
4,87(lH,d,J=13.4Hz), 4.94(lH,d,J=13.4Hz), 6.77(lH,d,J=8.8Hz),
zo 7,36 (lH,m) , 7.52 (lH,m) , 7.80-8.03 (3H,m) , 8.20 (lH,s) .
Synthetic Example 47
2-[Methyl[[2-[[[3-methyl-4-(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)-2-
pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazol-1-
yl]carbonyl]amino]ethyl acetate
25 To a solution (20 mL) of bis(trichloromethyl)carbonate
(0.582 g) in tetrahydrofuran was dropwise added a solution (1
mL) of pyridine (0.485 mL) in tetrahydrofuran under ice-
cooling. After stirring under ice-cooling for 1 hr., 2-
(methylamino)ethyl acetate hydrochloride (0.922 g) obtained
3o in Reference Example 2 was added. A solution (1 mL) of
triethylamine (0.84 mL) in tetrahydrofuran was dropwise
added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for
2.5 hrs, After concentration under reduced pressure, water
(40 mL) was added to the residue, and the mixture was
206



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
extracted with ethyl acetate (80 mL). The ethyl acetate
layer was washed with saturated brine (25 mL) and dried over
anhydrous magnesium sulfate. After concentration under
reduced pressure, the residue was dissolved in
tetrahydrofuran (15 mL). 2-[[[3-Methyl-4-(2,2,2-
trifluoroethoxy)-2-pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazole
(1.10 g), triethylamine (0.84 mL) and 4-dimethylaminopyridine
(0.036 g) were added, and the mixture was stirred at 60°C for
4.5 hrs. After concentration under reduced pressure, water
(40 mL) was added to the residue, and the mixture was
extracted with ethyl acetate (80 mL). The ethyl acetate
layer was washed with saturated brine (30 mL) and dried over
anhydrous magnesium sulfate. After concentration under
reduced pressure, the residue was purified by silica gel
is column chromatography (eluted with ethyl acetate: hexane=1:1,
then 2:1) to give the title compound (1.18 g) as a colorless
solid.
1H-NMR(CDC13) : 2.10 (3H,s) , 2.24 (3H,s) , 3.09 (3H,bs) , 3.60
4.00 (2H,br) , 4.25-4.50 (2H,m) , 4.38 (2H, q,J=7.8Hz) , 4. 84
5.18 (2H,m) , 6.64 (lH,d,J=5.6Hz) , 7.36-7.48 (3H,m) ,
7.85(IH,d,J=7.SHz), 8.35(lH,d,J=5.6Hz).
Synthetic Example 48
Ethyl 2-[methyl[[(R)-2-[[[3-methyl-4-(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)-
2-pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazol-I-
2s yl]carbonyl]amino]ethyl carbonate
A solution of (R)-2-[[[3-methyl-4-(2,2,2-
trifluoroethoxy)-2-pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazole
(130 g), triethylamine (63.8 mL), 4-dimethylaminopyridine
(0.86 g) and 2-[(chlorocarbonyl)(methyl)amino]ethyl ethyl
3o carbonate (84.8 g) obtained in Reference Example 34 in
tetrahydrofuran (813 mL) was stirred at 45-50°C for 18 hrs.
The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure
and water (300 mL) was added to the residue, and the mixture
was extracted with ethyl acetate (700 mL). The ethyl acetate
207

~

CA 02519208 2005-09-15
layer was washed 3 times with saturated brine (300 mL), and
anhydrous magnesium sulfate (130 g) and activated carbon (13
g) were added. The mixture was stirred at room temperature
for 30 min, and filtrated. The filtrate was concentrated
under reduced pressure and the residue was dissolved in
diethyl ether (600 mL) containing triethylamine (0.49 mL),
and the mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure.
This step was further repeated twice. The obtained oily
substance was dissolved in ethanol (200 mL) containing
to triethylamine (2.45 mL) and water (120 mL) was dropwise added
under ice-cooling. The precipitated crystals were collected
by filtration, washed 3 times with ice-cooled ethanol-water
(volume ratio 1:1, 150 mL) and dried to give the title
compound (172.2 g) as a colorless solid. 1H-NMR(CDC13) showed
i5 the same chart as with the compound obtained in Synthetic
Example 14.
Synthetic Exaarple 49
2-Ethoxyethyl 2-[methyl[[(R)-2-j[[3-methyl-4-(2,2,2-
trifluoroethoxy)-2-pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazol-
20 1-yl]carbonyl]amino]ethyl carbonate
To a solution (20 mL) of bis(trichloromethyl)carbonate
(0.43 g) in tetrahydrofuran was dropwise added a solution (1
mL) of pyridine (0.35 mL) in tetrahydrofuran under ice-
cooling. After stirring under ice-cooling for 10 min., 2-
25 ethoxyethyl 2-(methylamino)ethyl carbonate hydrochloride
(0.82 g) obtained in Reference Example 48 was added. A
solution (1 mL) of triethylamine (0.60 mL) in tetrahydrofuran
was dropwise added, and the mixture was stirred at room
temperature for 3 days. After concentration under reduced
3o pressure, water (50 mL) was added to the residue and the
mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (50 mL). The ethyl
acetate layer was washed with 0.2N hydrochloric acid (20 mL)
and saturated brine (50 mL) and dried over anhydrous
magnesium sulfate. The layer was concentrated under reduced
208



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
pressure, and the residue was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran
(20 mL) . (R) -2- [ [ [3-Methyl-4- (2 , 2 , 2-trifluoroethoxy) -2-
pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazole (1.11 g),
triethylamine (0.63 mL) and 4-dimethylaminopyridine (0.037 g)
were added, and the mixture was stirred at 60°C for 6 hrs.
and at room temperature for 11 hrs. After concentration
under reduced pressure, water (50 mL) was added to the
residue and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (50
mL). The ethyl acetate layer was washed with saturated brine
Io (50 mL) and dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. After
concentration under reduced pressure, the residue was
purified by basic silica gel column chromatography (eluted
with ethyl acetate: hexane=3:7, then ethyl acetate: hexane=7:3)
to give the title compound (1.39 g) as a yellow amorphous
gOlid.
1H-NMR(CDC13) : 1. 19 (3H,t,J=6.9Hz) , 2.23 (3H,s) , 3.09 (3H,bs) ,
3.40-4.20 (2H,br) , 3. 53 (2H,q,J=6. 9Hz) , 3. 63-3. 69 (2H,m) , 4.27-
4.34 (2H,m) , 4.39 (2H,q,J=7.8Hz) , 4.47 (2H,m) , 4.80-5.20 (2H,m) ,
6.65 (lH,d,J=5.6Hz) , 7.30-7.52 (3H,m) , 7.84 (lH,d,J=7.5Hz) ,
8.35 (lH,d,J=5.6Hz) .
Synthetic Example 50
3-Methoxypropyl 2-(methyl[[(R)-2-[j[3-methyl-4-(2,2,2-
trifluoroethoxy)-2-pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazol-
1-yl]carbonyl]amino]ethyl carbonate
To a solution (20 mL) of bis(trichloromethyl)carbonate
(0.53 g) in tetrahydrofuran was dropwise added a solution (1
mL) of pyridine (0.44 mL) in tetrahydrofuran under ice-
cooling. After stirring under ice-cooling for 5 min., 3-
methoxypropyl 2-(methylamino)ethyl carbonate hydrochloride
so (0.82 g) obtained in Reference Example 49 was added. A
solution (1 mL) of triethylamine (0.75 mL) in tetrahydrofuran
was dropwise added and the mixture wad stirred at room
temperature for 1 hr. After concentration under reduced
pressure, water (50 mL) was added to the residue and the
209



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (50 mL). The ethyl
acetate layer was washed with 0.2N hydrochloric acid (20 mL)
and saturated brine (50 mL) and dried over anhydrous
magnesium sulfate. The layer was concentrated under reduced
pressure, and the residue was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran
(20 mL). (R)-2-[[[3-Methyl-4-(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)-2-
pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazole (1.11 g),
txiethylamine (0.63 mL) and 4-dimethylaminopyridine (0.037 g)
were added, and the mixture was stirred at 60°C for 6 hrs.
zo and at room temperature for 6 hrs. After concentration under
reduced pressure, water (50 mL) was added to the residue and
the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (50 mL). The
ethyl acetate layer was washed with saturated brine (50 mL)
and dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. After
concentration under reduced pressure, the residue was
purified by basic silica gel column chromatography (eluted
with ethyl acetate: hexane=3:7, then ethyl
acetate: hexane=7:3). Crystallization from diethyl ether gave
the title compound (0.70 g) as a colorless solid.
1H-NMR(CDC13) : 1.94 (2H,quintet,J=6.2Hz) , 2.23 (3H,s) ,
3. 09 (3H,bs) , 3. 31 (3H, s) , 3. 40-4.20 (2H,br) ,
3.44(2H,t,J=6,2Hz), 4.25(2H,t,J=6.5Hz), 4.38(2H,q,J=7.8Hz),
4.44(2H,m), 4,80-5.20(2H,m), 6.64(lH,d,J=5.6Hz), 7.35-
7.48(3H,m), 7,83(lH,d,J=7,8Hz), 8.34(lH,d,J=5.6Hz).
Synthetic Example 5I
2- [Methyl [ [ (R) -2- [ [ [ 3-methyl-4- (2 , 2 , 2-trifluoroethoxy) -2-
pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazol-1-
yl]carbonyl]amino]ethyl N,N-dimethylglycinate
2-(Methylamino)ethyl N,N-dimethylglycinate
dihydrochloride (1.06 g) obtained in Reference Example 50 was
added to tetrahydrofuran (40 mL) and the mixture was stirred
for a while, to which bis(trichloromethyl)carbonate (0.77 g)
was added. After ice-cooling, a solution (5 mL) of
triethylamine (2,17 mL) in tetrahydrofuran was dropwise added
210



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 hrs.
The precipitated solid was filtered off and ethyl acetate (80
mL) was added. The mixture was washed with an ice-cooled
aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution (50 mL) and
saturated brine (50 mLx2) and dried over anhydrous magnesium
sulfate. The layer was concentrated under reduced pressure,
and the residue was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (20 mL).
(R) -2- [ [ [ 3-Methyl-4- (2 , 2 , 2-trifluoroethoxy) -2-
pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazole (1.11 g),
to triethylamine (0.63 mL) and 4-dimethylaminopyridine (0.037 g)
were added, and the mixture was stirred at 60°C for 6 hrs.
and at room temperature for 3 days. 4-Dimethylaminopyridine
(0.037 g) was added, and the mixture was further stirred at
60°C for 6 hrs. After concentration under reduced pressure,
an aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution (50 mL) was
added to the residue, and the mixture was extracted with
ethyl acetate (50 mL). The ethyl acetate layer was washed
with saturated brine (50 mL) and dried over anhydrous
magnesium sulfate. After concentration under reduced
2o pressure, the residue was purified by basic silica gel column
chromatography (eluted with ethyl acetate: hexane=l: l, then
ethyl acetate, then methanol: ethyl acetate=1:19).
Crystallization from diethyl ether gave the title compound
(0.41 g) as a colorless solid.
1H-NMR (CDC13) : 2. 23 (3H, s) , 2 . 35 (6H, s) , 3. 08 (3H,bs) ,
3.21 (2H,s) , 3.50-4.20 (2H,br) , 4.38 (2H,q,J=7. 8Hz) , 4.44 (2H,m) ,
4.80-5.18(2H,m), 6.64(lH,d,J=5.6Hz), 7.36-7.48(3H,m),
7.84(lH,d,J=6.9Hz), 8.35(lH,d,J=5.6Hz).
Synthetic Example 52
so S-[2-[Methyl[[(R)-2-[[[3-methyl-4-(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)-2-
pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazol-1-
yl]carbonyl]amino]ethyl] thioacetate
S-[2-(Methylamino)ethyl] thioacetate hydrochloride
(0.75 g) obtained in Reference Example 51 was added to
211



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
tetrahydrofuran (30 mL) and the mixture was stirred for a
while, to which bis(trichloromethyl)carbonate (0.66 g) was
added. After ice-cooling, a solution (10 mL) of
triethylamine (1.85 mL) in tetrahydrofuran was dropwise added
and the mixture was stirred under ice-cooling for 30 min. and
at room temperature for 30 min. The precipitated solid was
filtered off and ethyl acetate (50 mL) was added to the
filtrate. The mixture was washed with ice-cooled 0.2N
hydrochloric acid (20 mL) and saturated brine (50 mL) and
io dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. The layer was
concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue was
dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (20 mL). (R)-2-[[[3-Methyl-4-
(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)-2-pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-
benzimidazole (0.96 g), triethylamine (0.54 mL) and 4-
dimethylaminopyridine (0.032 g) were added, and the mixture
was stirred at 60°C for 6 hrs. and at room temperature for 8
hrs. After concentration under reduced pressure, water (50
mL) was added to the residue and the mixture was extracted
with ethyl acetate (50 mL). The ethyl acetate layer was
2o washed with saturated brine (50 mL) and dried over anhydrous
magnesium sulfate. After concentration under reduced
pressure, the residue was purified by silica gel column
chromatography (eluted with acetone: hexane=3:7, then
acetone:hexane=7:3) to give the title compound (1.19 g) as a
yellow amorphous solid.
''H-NMR(CDC13) : 2.23 (3H,s) , 2.34 (3H,s) , 3.10 (3H,bs) ,
3.22(2H,t,J=6.6Hz), 3.67(2H,m), 4.38(2H,q,J=7.8Hz), 4.80-
5.20 (2H,m) , 6. 64 (lH,d,J=5. 7Hz) , 7.35-7. 50 (3H,m) ,
7.83(lH,d,J=6.9Hz), 8.35(lH,d,J=5.7Hz).
g~~etic Example 53
Ethyl 2-[2-[methyl[[(R)-2-[[[3-methyl-4-(2,2,2-
trifluoroethoxy)-2-pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazol-
1-yl]carbonyl]amino]ethoxy]ethyl carbonate
To a solution (40 mL) of bis(trichloromethyl)carbonate
212



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
(1.19 g) in tetrahydrofuran was dropwise added a solution (2
mL) of pyridine (0.95 mL) in tetrahydrofuran under ice-
cooling. After stirring under ice-cooling for 30 min., ethyl
2-[2-(methylamino)ethoxy]ethyl carbonate hydrochloride (2.73
g) obtained in Reference Example 52 was added. A solution (2
mL) of triethylamine (1.68 mL) in tetrahydrofuran was
dropwise added, and the mixture was stirred at room
temperature for 3 hrs. After concentration under reduced
pressure, water (100 mL) was added to the residue, and the
to mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (100 mL). The ethyl
acetate layer was washed with saturated brine (100 mL) and
dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. After concentration
under reduced pressure, the residue was dissolved in
tetrahydrofuran (40 mL). (R)-2-[[[3-Methyl-4-(2,2,2-
I5 trifluoroethoxy)-2-pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazole
(2.80 g), triethylamine (2.11 mL) and 4-dimethylaminopyridine
(catalytic amount) were added, and the mixture was stirred at
60°C overnight. After concentration under reduced pressure,
water (100 mL) was added to the residue, and the mixture was
2o extracted with ethyl acetate (100 mL). The ethyl acetate
layer was washed with saturated brine (100 mL) and dried over
anhydrous magnesium sulfate. After concentration under
reduced pressure, the residue was purified by basic silica
gel column chromatography (eluted with ethyl
2s acetate: hexane=1:2, then 1:1) to give the title compound
(2.19 g) as a yellow amorphous solid.
1H-NMR(CDC13) : 1.28 (3H,t,J=7.2Hz) , 2.24 (3H,s) , 3. 10 (3H,bs) ,
3.38-3.80 (6H,m) , 4. 18 (2H,q,J=7.2Hz) , 4.27-4.34 (2H,m) ,
4.38(2H,q,J=8.4Hz), 4.83-5.30(2H,m), 6.65(lH,d,J=5.7Hz),
30 7.35-7.50 (3H,m) , 7. 84 (lH,d,J=7.8Hz) , 8.36 (lH,d,J=5.7Hz) .
Synthetic Example 54
Ethyl 2-[methyl[[2-[methyl[[(R)-2-[[[3-methyl-4-(2,2,2-
trifluoroethoxy)-2-pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazol-
1-yl]carbonyl]amino]ethoxy]carbonyl]amino]ethyl carbonate
213



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
To a solution (20 mL) of bis(trichloromethyl)carbonate
(0.59 g) in tetrahydrofuran was dropwise added a solution (1
mL) of pyridine (0.49 mL) in tetrahydrofuran under ice-
cooling. After stirring under ice-cooling fox 30 min., ethyl
2-[methyl[[2-(methylamino)ethoxy]carbonyl]amino]ethyl
carbonate hydrochloride (1.71 g) obtained in Reference
Example 53 was added. A solution (1 mL) of triethylamine
(0.84 mL) in tetrahydrofuran was dropwise added and the
mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 hrs. After
io concentration under reduced pressure, water (50 mL) was added
to the residue and the mixture was extracted with ethyl
acetate (50 mL). The ethyl acetate layer was washed with
saturated brine (50 mL) and dried over anhydrous magnesium
sulfate. The layer was concentrated under reduced pressure,
is and the residue was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (20 mL).
(R)-2-[[[3-Methyl-4-(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)-2-
pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazole (1.59 g),
triethylamine (1.20 mL) and 4-dimethylaminopyridine
(catalytic amount) were added, and the mixture was stirred at
20 60°C overnight. After concentration under reduced pressure,
water (50 mL) was added to the residue and the mixture was
extracted with ethyl acetate (50 mL). The ethyl acetate
layer was washed with saturated brine (50 mL) and dried over
anhydrous magnesium sulfate. After concentration under
25 reduced pressure, the residue was purified by basic silica
gel column chromatography (eluted with ethyl
acetate: hexane=1:2, then 1:1) to give the title compound
(1.62 g) as a yellow amorphous solid.
1H-NMR(CDC13) : 1.24-1.31 (3H,m) , 2.24 (3H,bs) , 2.97-2.99 (3H,m) ,
30 3_10(3H,bs), 3.55-3.58(2H,m), 4.09-4.50(lOH,m), 4.88-
5. 08 (2H,m) , 6. 65 (lH,t,J=5. 7Hz) , 7. 36-7.48 (3H,m) ,
7.85(lH,d,J=6.9Hz), 8.36(lH,d,J=5.7Hz).
Synthetic Example 55
Ethyl 2-[[[5-methoxy-2-[[(4-methoxy-3,5-dimethyl-2-
214



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
pyridyl)methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazol-1-
yl]carbonyl](methyl)amino]ethyl carbonate
To a solution (10 mL) of bis(trichloromethyl)carbonate
(0.291 g) in tetrahydrofuran was dropwise added a solution (1
S mL) of pyridine (0,243 mL) in tetrahydrofuran under ice-
cooling. After stirring under ice-cooling for 1 hr., ethyl
2-(methylamino)ethyl carbonate hydrochloride (0.551 g)
obtained in Reference Example 14 was added. A solution (1
mL) of triethylamine (0.418 mL) in tetrahydrofuran was
1a dropwise added, and the mixture was stirred at room
temperature for 2 hrs. After concentration under reduced
pressure, water (15 mL) was added to the residue, and the
mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (50 mL). The ethyl
acetate layer was washed with saturated brine (15 mL) and
is dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. After concentration
under reduced pressure, the residue was dissolved in
tetrahydrofuran (10 mL). 5-Methoxy-2-[[(4-methoxy-3,5-
dimethyl-2-pyridyl)methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazole (0.817
g), triethylamine (0.661 mL) and 4-dimethylaminopyridine
20 (p.012 g) were added, and the mixture was stirred at 60°C for
12 hrs. After concentration under reduced pressure, water
(20 mL) was added to the residue, and the mixture was
extracted with ethyl acetate (50 mL). The ethyl acetate
layer was washed with saturated brine (15 mL) and dried over
2s anhydrous magnesium sulfate. After concentration under
reduced pressure, the residue was purified by basic silica
gel column chromatography (eluted with ethyl
acetate:hexane=1:2, then 1:1) to give a 3:2 mixture (0.92 g)
of the title compound and ethyl 2-[[[6-methoxy-2-[[(4-
3p methoxy-3,5-dimethyl-2-pyridyl)methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-
benzimidazol-1-yl]carbonyl](methyl)amino]ethyl carbonate as a
pale-yellow amorphous solid.
1H-NMR (CDC13) : 1 . 27-1 . 34 (3H,m) , 2. 10-2. 30 (3H,m) , 2. 23 (3H, s) ,
2.99-3.23 (3H,m) , 3.40-3. 85 (2H,m) , 3. 69 (6/SH,s) , 3.71 (9/SH,s) ,
215



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
3.86 (6/SH,s) , 3. 88 (9/5H,s) , 4.14-4.25 (2H,m) , 4.38-4.60 (2H,m) ,
4. 82-5. 06 (2H,m) , 6.92-7. 08 (7/5H,m) , 7. 33 (3/SH,d,J=9. OHz) ,
7 . 66 (lH,m) , 8.21 (1H, s) .
Synthetic Example 56
2-[[[5-Methoxy-2-[[(4-methoxy-3,5-dimethyl-2-
pyridyl)methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazol-1-
yl] carbonyl] (phenyl) amino] ethyl acetate
To a solution (10 mL) of bis(trichloromethyl)carbonate
(0.291 g) in tetrahydrofuran was dropwise added a solution (1
1o mL) of pyridine (0.243 mL) in tetrahydrofuran under ice-
cooling. After stirring under ice-cooling for 30 min., 2-
anilinoethyl acetate hydrochloride (0.647 g) obtained in
Reference Example 27 was added. A solution (1 mL) of
triethylamine (0.,419 mL) in tetrahydrofuran was dropwise
Zs added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3
hrs. After concentration under reduced pressure, water (20
mL) was added to the residue, and the mixture was extracted
with ethyl acetate (50 mL). The ethyl acetate layer was
washed with saturated brine (15 mL) and dried over anhydrous
magnesium sulfate. After concentration under reduced
pressure, the residue was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (10
mL). 5-Methoxy-2-[[(4-methoxy-3,5-dimethyl-2-
pyridyl)methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazole (0.829 g),
triethylamine (0.669 mL) and 4-dimethylaminopyridine (0.012
25 g) were added, and the mixture was stirred at 60°C for 14
hrs. After concentration under reduced pressure, water (40
mL) was added to the residue, and the mixture was extracted
with ethyl acetate (80 mL). The ethyl acetate layer was
washed with saturated brine (15 mL) and dried over anhydrous
so magnesium sulfate. After concentration under reduced
pressure, the residue was purified by basic silica gel column
chromatography (eluted with ethyl acetate: hexane=1:2) to give
a 1:1 mixture (1.10 g) of the title compound and 2-[[[6-
methoxy-2-[[(4-methoxy-3,5-dimethyl-2-
216



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
pyridyl)methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazol-1-
yl]carbonyl](phenyl)amino]ethyl acetate as a colorless
amorphous solid.
1H-NMR(CDC13) : 1.99 (3H,s) , 2.19 (1.5H.s) , 2.21 (1.5H,s) ,
2.25 (3H,s) , 3.70 (1.5H,s) , 3.71 (3H,s) , 3.78 (1.5H,s) ,
3. 84 (1.5H,s) , 4. 15-4.56 (4H,m) , 4.74-4.80 (lH,m) , 4.91-
4.98 (lH,m) , 6. 83-6.91 (1. SH,m) , 7 . 04-7. 19 (3.5H,m) , 7.25-
7. 53 (2.5H,m) , 7.51 (0.5H,d,J=8.7Hz) , 8.25 (lH,s) .
Synthetic Example 57
Io Ethyl 2-[[[(S)-5-methoxy-2-([(4-methoxy-3,5-dimethyl-2-
pyridyl)methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazol-1-
yl]carbonyl](methyl)amino]ethyl carbonate
To a solution (10 mL) of (S)-5-methoxy-2-[[(4-methoxy-
3,5-dimethyl-2-pyridyl)methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazole
(1.34 g) synthesized by the method described in Synthetic
Example 1 of JP-A-10-504290 in tetrahydrofuran were added 2-
[(chlorocarbonyl)(methyl)amino]ethyl ethyl carbonate (0.9 mL)
obtained in Reference Example 34, triethylamine (1.08 mL) and
4-dimethylaminopyridine (0.010 g), and the mixture was
2o stirred at 60°C for 6 hrs. After concentration under reduced
pressure, water (30 mL) was added to the residue and the
mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (50 mL). The ethyl
acetate layer was washed with saturated brine (15 mL) and
dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. After concentration
under reduced pressure, the residue was purified by basic
silica gel column chromatography (eluted with ethyl
acetate:hexane=1:2, then 1:1) to give a 3:2 mixture (0.92 g)
of the title compound and ethyl 2-[[[(S)-6-methoxy-2-[[(4-
methoxy-3,5-dimethyl-2-pyridyl)methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-
3o benzimidazol-1-yl]carbonyl](methyl)amino]ethyl carbonate as a
pale-yellow amorphous solid.
2H-NMR(CDC13) : 1.25-1.34 (3H,m) , 2.10-2.30 (3H,m) , 2.23 (3H,s) ,
2. 99-3. 23 (3H,m) , 3. 40-3. 85 (2H,m) , 3. 69 (6/5H, s) , 3. 71 (9/5H, s) ,
3. 86 (6/SH,s) , 3. 88 (9/SH,s) , 4. 14-4.25 (2H,m) , 4.38-4.60 (2H,m) ,
217



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
4. 79-5. 05 (2H,m) , 6.92-7. 08 (7/SH,m) , 7. 33 (3/SH,d,J=9.3Hz) ,
7.65 (lH,m) , 8.21 (lH,s) .
Synthetic Example 58
Ethyl 2-[[[2-[[[4-(3-methoxypropoxy)-3-methyl-2-
s pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazol-1-
yl]carbonyl](methyl)amino]ethyl carbonate
To a solution (10 mL) of bis(trichloromethyl)carbonate
(0.291 g) in tetrahydrofuran was dropwise added a solution (1
mL) of pyridine (0.243 mL) in tetrahydrofuran under ice-
cooling. After stirring under ice-cooling fox 30 min., ethyl
2-(methylamino)ethyl carbonate hydrochloride (0.551 g)
obtained in Reference Example 14 was added. A solution (1
mL) of triethylamine (0.418 mL) in tetrahydrofuran was
dropwise added, and the mixture was stirred at room
is temperature for 2.5 hrs. After concentration under reduced
pressure, water (15 mL) was added to the residue, and the
mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (50 mL). The ethyl
acetate layer was washed with saturated brine (15 mL) and
dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. After concentration
zo under reduced pressure, the residue was dissolved in
tetrahydrofuran (10 mL). 2-[[[4-(3-Methoxypropoxy)-3-methyl-
2-pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazole (0.723 g),
triethylamine (0.528 mL) and 4-dimethylaminopyridine (0.012
g) were added, and the mixture was stirred at 60°C for 17
2s hrs. After concentration under reduced pressure, water (40
mL) was added to the residue, and the mixture was extracted
with ethyl acetate (80 mL). The ethyl acetate layer was
washed with saturated brine (15 mL) and dried over anhydrous
magnesium sulfate. After concentration under reduced
3o pressure, the residue was purified by basic silica gel column
chromatography (eluted with ethyl acetate: hexane=1:2), then
by silica gel column chromatography (eluted with ethyl
acetate: hexane=1:1, then ethyl acetate) to give the title
compound (0.44 g) as a colorless amorphous solid.
218



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
1H-NMR(CDC13) : 1.31 (3H,t,J=7.lHz) , 2.05 (2H,m) , 2, 18 (3H,s) ,
3.08(3H,bs), 3.34(3H,s), 3.54(2H,t,J=6.lHz), 3.61-4.01(2H,m),
4.08(2H,t,J=6.3Hz), 4.21(2H,t,J=7.lHz), 4.38-4.54(ZH,m),
4.81-5.12(2H,m), 6.68(lH,d,J=5.6Hz), 7.34-7.48(3H,m),
s 7. 83 (lH,d,J=7. 8Hz) , 8, 27 (lH,d,J=5. 6Hz] .
Synthetic Example 59
2-[[[2-[[[4-(3-Methoxypropoxy)-3-methyl-2-
pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazol-1-
yl]carbonyl](phenyl)amino]ethyl acetate
zo To a solution (10 mL) of bis (trichloromethyl) carbonate
(0.291 g) in tetrahydrofuran was dropwise added a solution (1
mL) of pyridine (0.243 mL) in tetrahydrofuran under .ice-
cooling. After stirring under ice-cooling for 30 min., 2-
anilinoethyl acetate hydrochloride (0.647 g) obtained in
is Reference Example 27 was added. A solution (1 mL) of
triethylamine (0.419 mL) in tetrahydrofuran was dropwise
added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3
hrs. After concentration under reduced pressure, water (20
mL) was added to the residue, and the mixture was extracted
zo with ethyl acetate (50 mL). The ethyl acetate layer was
washed with saturated brine (15 mL) and dried over anhydrous
magnesium sulfate. After concentration under reduced
pressure, the residue was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (10
mL). 2-[[[4-(3-Methoxypropoxy)-3-methyl-2-
zs pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazole (0.877 g),
triethylamine (0.641 mL) and 4-dimethylaminopyridine (0.012
g) were added, and the mixture was stirred at 60°C for 16
hrs. After concentration under reduced pressure, water (40
mL) was added to the residue, and the mixture was extracted
so with ethyl acetate (80 mL). The ethyl acetate layer was
washed with saturated brine (15 mL) and dried over anhydrous
magnesium sulfate. After concentration under reduced
pressure, the residue was purified by basic silica gel column
chromatography (eluted with ethyl acetate: hexane=1:2), then
219



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
by silica gel column chromatography (eluted with ethyl
acetate) to give the title compound (0.93 g) as a colorless
amorphous solid.
1H-NMR (CDC13) : 1 . 99 (3H, s) , 2 . 07 (3H. s) , 2. 19 (3H, s) , 3. 35 (3H,
s) ,
3.54(2H,t,J=6.2Hz), 4.09(2H,t,J=6.2Hz), 4.14-4.40(4H,m),
4.80(lH,d,J=13.7Hz), 5.00(lH,d,J=13.7Hz), 6.71(lH,d,J=5.7Hz),
7 . 03-7 , 34 (7H,m) , 7. 38 (lH,m) , 7. 65 (lH,m) , 8. 32 (lH,d,J=5. 7Hz) .
Synthetic Exaatple 60
2-[[[5-(Difluoromethoxy)-2-[[(3,4-dimethoxy-2-
1Q pyridyl)methyl]sulfinyl]-IH-benzimidazol-1-
yl]carbonyl](methyl)amino]ethyl ethyl carbonate
To a solution (8 mL) of bis(trichloromethyl)carbonate
(0.174 g) in tetrahydrofuran was dropwise added a solution (1
mL) of pyridine (0.146 mL) in tetrahydrofuran under ice-
cooling. After stirring under ice-cooling for 1 hr., ethyl
2-(methylamino)ethyl carbonate hydrochloride (0.330 g)
obtained in Reference Example 14 was added. A solution (1
mL) of triethylamine (0.25D mL) in tetrahydrofuran was
dropwise added, and the mixture was stirred at room
temperature for 3 hrs. After concentration under reduced
pressure, water (10 mL) was added to the residue, and the
mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (30 mL). The ethyl
acetate layer was washed with saturated brine (10 mL) and
dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. After concentration
under reduced pressure, the residue was dissolved in
tetrahydrofuran (8 mL). 5-(Difluoromethoxy)-2-[[(3,4-
dimethoxy-2-pyridyl)methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazole (0.432
g), triethylamine (0.279 mL) and 4-dimethylaminopyridine
(0.008 g) were added, and the mixture was stirred at 60°C for
17.5 hrs. After concentration under reduced pressure, water
(20 mL) was added to the residue, and the mixture was
extracted with ethyl acetate (50 mL). The ethyl acetate
layer was washed with saturated brine (10 mL) and dried over
anhydrous magnesium sulfate. After concentration under
220



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
reduced pressure, the residue was purified by basic silica
gel column chromatography (eluted with ethyl
acetate: hexane=1:2, then 1:1), then by silica gel column
chromatography (eluted with ethyl acetate: hexane=2:1, then
ethyl acetate) to give a 1:1 mixture (0.09 g) of the title
compound and 2-[[[6-(difluoromethoxy)-2-[[(3,4-dimethoxy-2-
pyridyl)methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazol-1-
yl]carbonyl]methylamino]ethyl ethyl carbonate as a pale-
yellow amorphous solid.
1H-NMR (CDC13) : 1 . 31 (3H, t,J=7 . 2Hz) , 3. 06 (3H, s) , 3. 42-
3.98 (2H,m) , 3.87 (3H,s) , 3.90 (3H,s) , 4.21 (2H,q,J=7.2Hz) , 4.36-
4.54(2H,m), 4.90(lH,d,J=13.2Hz), 4.98(lH,d,J=13.2Hz),
6.54(0.5H,t,J=73.5Hz), 6.61(0.5H,t,J=73.5Hz),
6. 78 (IH,d,J=5. 3Hz) , 7. 15-7.25 (1. 5H,m) , 7.44 (0.5H,d,J=9. OHz) ,
zs 7_59(0.5H,s), 7.80(0.5H,d,J=9.OHz), 8.17(lH,d,J=5.3Hz).
Synthetic Example 61
2-[Methyl[[(R)-2-[[j3-methyl-4-(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)-2-
pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazol-1-
yl]carbonyl]amino]ethyl 1-methylpiperidine-4-carboxylate
2-(Methylamino)ethyl 1-methylpiperidine-4-carboxylate
dihydrochloride (0.98 g) obtained in Reference Example 54 was
added to tetrahydrofuran (50 mL) and the mixture was stirred
for a while, to which bis(trichloromethyl)carbonate (0.53 g)
was added. After ice-cooling, a solution (50 mL) of
triethylamine (2.01 mL) in tetrahydrofuran was dropwise added
and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 hrs.
Ethyl acetate (100 mL) was added and the mixture was washed
with an aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution (100 mL)
and saturated brine (80 mL) and dried over anhydrous
so magnesium sulfate. The layer was concentrated under reduced
pressure, and the residue was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran
(20 mL) . (R) -2- [ [ [3-Methyl-4- (2 , 2 , 2-trifluoroethoxy) -2-
pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazole (0.74 g),
triethylamine (0.56 mL) and 4-dimethylaminopyridine (0.049 g)
221



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
were added, and the mixture was stirred at 60°C overnight.
After concentration under reduced pressure, an aqueous sodium
hydrogen carbonate solution (50 mL) was added to the residue,
and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (50 mL).
The ethyl acetate layer was washed with saturated brine (50
mL) and dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. After
concentration under reduced pressure, the residue was
purified by basic silica gel column chromatography (eluted
with ethyl acetate: hexane=7:3, then ethyl acetate, then
to methanol: ethyl acetate=1:19) to give the title compound (0.78
g) as a yellow-green amorphous solid.
1H-NMR (CDC13) : 1 . 65-2 . 05 (6H,m) , 2 . 23 (3H, s) , 2 . 25 (3H, s) , 2 .
24-
2. 38 (lH,m) , 2. 75-2. 85 (2H,m) , 3. 07 (3H,bs) , 3. 40-4. 10 (2H,br) ,
4.38(2H,q,J=7.8Hz), 4.40(2H,m), 4.80-5.10(2H,br),
i5 6.64 (lH,d,J=5.6Hz) , 7.36-7.47 (3H,m) , 7. 84 (lH,d,J=7. 8Hz) ,
8. 35 (lH,d,J=5.6Hz) .
Synthetic Example 62
2- [ [ 4- (Aminocarbonyl ) phenyl ] [ [ (R) -2- [ [ [ 3-methyl-4- ( 2 , 2 , 2-
trifluoroethoxy)-2-pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazol-
2° 1-yl]carbonyl]amino]ethyl acetate
To a solution (20 mL) of bis(trichloromethyl)carbonate
(0.45 g) in tetrahydrofuran was dropwise added a solution (10
mL) of 2- [ [4- (aminocarbonyl) phenyl] amino] ethyl acetate (0 . 67
g) obtained in Reference Example 55 and triethylamine (0.63
2s mL) in tetrahydrofuran under ice-cooling, and the mixture was
stirred at room temperature for 1 hr. After concentration
under reduced pressure, water (50 mL) was added to the
residue and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (50
mL). The ethyl acetate layer was washed with 0.2N
3o hydrochloric acid (20 mL) and saturated brine (50 mL) and
dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. After concentration
under reduced pressure, the residue was dissolved in
tetrahydrofuran (30 mL). (R)-2-[[[3-Methyl-4-(2,2,2-
trifluoroethoxy)-2-pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazole
222



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
(I.11 g), triethylamine (0.63 mL) and 4-dimethylaminopyridine
(0.037 g) were added, and the mixture was stirred at 60°C for
30 min. and at room temperature overnight. After
concentration under reduced pressure, an aqueous sodium
hydrogen carbonate solution (50 mL) was added to the residue,
and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (50 mL).
The ethyl acetate layer was washed with saturated brine (50
mL) and dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. After
concentration under reduced pressure, the residue was
so purified by basic silica gel column chromatography (eluted
with ethyl acetate: hexane=4:6, then 6:4, then 8:2) to give
the title compound (1.26 g) as a yellow amorphous solid.
1H-NMR (CDC13) : 1 . 99 (3H, s) , 2. 26 (3H, s) , 4 . 15-4. 55 (4H,m) ,
4.41 (2H,q,J=7.9Hz) , 4.80-5.20 (2H,br) , 6. 69 (lH,d,J=5.7Hz) ,
i5 7,26-7.38 (3H,m) , 7.48 (2H,d,J=8.9Hz) , 7.54 (2H,d,J=8.9Hz) ,
7.66-7.73(lH,m), 8.39(lH,d,J=5.7Hz).
Synthetic Example 63
2-[Methyl[[(R)-2-[[[3-methyl-4-(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)-2-
pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazol-1-
2o yl]carbonyl]amino)ethyl 1-methyl-4-piperidinyl carbonate
2-(Methylamino)ethyl 1-methyl-4-piperidinyl carbonate
dihydrochloride (1.01 g) obtained in Reference Example 56 was
added to tetrahydrofuran (30 mL). After stirring for a while,
the mixture was ice-cooled, Bis(trichloromethyl)carbonate
2s (0.69 g) was added and a solution (10 mL) of triethylamine
(1.95 mL) in tetrahydrofuran was dropwise added. After
stirring under ice-cooling for 1 hr. and at room temperature
for 1 hr., the precipitated solid was filtered off. After
concentration under reduced pressure, ethyl acetate (50 mL)
3o was added, and the mixture was washed with an ice-cooled
aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution (50 mL) and
saturated brine (50 mL), and dried over anhydrous magnesium
sulfate. The layer was concentrated under reduced pressure,
and the residue was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (20 mL).
223



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
(R)-2-[[[3-Methyl-4-(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)-2-
pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazole (1.11 g),
triethylamine (0.63 mL) and 4-dimethylaminopyridine (0.037 g)
were added, and the mixture was stirred at 60°C overnight.
After concentration under reduced pressure, an aqueous sodium
hydrogen carbonate solution (50 mL) was added to the residue,
and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (50 mL).
The ethyl acetate layer was washed with saturated brine (50
mL) and dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. After
to concentration under reduced pressure, the residue was
purified by basic silica gel column chromatography (eluted
with ethyl acetate: hexane=1:1, then ethyl acetate, then
methanol: ethyl acetate=1:19) to give the title compound (0.70
g) as a yellow amorphous solid.
15 1H-NMR(CDC13) : 1.70-1. 86 (2H,m) , 1.90-2.04 (2H,m) , 2.23 (3H,s) ,
2.28 (3H, s) , 2. 10-2.35 (2H,m) , 2. 60-2. 72 (2H,m) , 3. 08 (3H,bs) ,
3.40-4.20 (2H,br) , 4.39 (2H,q,J=7.9Hz) , 4.44 (2H,m) , 4. 60-
4.74 (lH,m) , 4. 80-5.15 (2H,br) , 6. 65 (lH,d,J=5.9Hz) , 7.35-
7. 52 (3H,m) , 7. 84 (lH,d,J=7. 5Hz) , 8.35 (lH,d,J=5.9Hz) .
so Synthetic Example 64
2- [ [ 4- (Aminocarbonyl ) phenyl ] [ [ 2- [ [ [ 3-methyl-4- ( 2 , 2 , 2-
trifluoroethoxy)-2-pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazol-
1-yl]carbonyl]amino]ethyl acetate
To a solution (5 mL) of bis(trichloromethyl)carbonate
25 (0.12 g) in tetrahydrofuran was dropwise added a solution (5
mL) of 2-[[4-(aminocarbonyl)phenyl]amino]ethyl acetate (0.22
g) obtained in Reference Example 55 and triethylamine (0.17
mL) in tetrahydrofuran under ice-cooling, and the mixture was
stirred at room temperature for 30 min. Water (20 mL) was
3o added, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (30
mL). The ethyl acetate layer was washed with saturated brine
(20 mL) and dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. After
concentration under reduced pressure, the residue was
dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (10 mL). 2-[[[3-Methyl-4-
224



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)-2-pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-
benzimidazole (0.37 g), triethylamine (0.28 mL) and 4-
dimethylaminopyridine (0.012 g) were added, and the mixture
was stirred at 60°C for 2 hr. After concentration under
reduced pressure, an aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate
solution (20 mL) was added to the residue, and the mixture
was extracted with ethyl acetate (30 mL). The ethyl acetate
layer was washed with saturated brine (20 mL) and dried over
anhydrous magnesium sulfate. After concentration under
to reduced pressure, the residue was purified by basic silica
gel column chromatography (eluted with ethyl
acetate: hexane=3:7, then 5:5, then 8:2) to give the title
compound (0.34 g) as a pale-yellow amorphous solid.
1H-NMR(CDC13) : 1.99 (3H,s) , 2.26 (3H,s) , 4.15-4.55 (4H,m) ,
15 4.41 (2H,q,J=7.9Hz) , 4.80-5.20 (2H,br) , 6.69 (lH,d,J=5.9Hz) ,
7.26-7.40 (3H,m) , 7.47 (2H,d,J=8. 8Hz) , 7.54 (2H,d,J=8. 8Hz) ,
7.65-7.74(lH,m), 8.38(lH,d,J=5.9Hz).
Synthetic Example 65
(-)-Ethyl 2-[[[5-methoxy-2-[[(4-methoxy-3,5-dimethyl-2-
2o pyridyl)methyl]sulfinyl]-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-3-
yl]carbonyl](methyl)amino]ethyl carbonate
5-Methoxy-2-j[(4-methoxy-3,5-dimethyl-2-
pyridyl)methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridine
synthesized according to the method described in JP-A-63-
25 146882 was subjected to preparative HPLC for optical
resolution to give a (-) enantiomeric form (0.10 g) thereof.
To a solution (5 mL) of this form in tetrahydrofuran were
added 2-[(chlorocarbonyl)(methyl)amino]ethyl ethyl carbonate
(0,081 g) obtained in Reference Example 34, triethylamine
30 (p.080 mL) and 4-dimethylaminopyridine (0.007 g) and the
mixture was stirred at 50°C for 18 hrs. After concentration
under reduced pressure, water (30 mL) was added to the
residue and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (50
mL). The ethyl acetate layer was washed with saturated brine
225



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
(30 mL) and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. After
concentration under reduced pressure, the residue was
purified by basic silica gel column chromatography (eluted
with ethyl acetate: hexane=2:1) to give the title compound
s (0.053 g) as a colorless oil.
~H-NMR(CDC13) : 1.30 (3H,t,J=7. 1Hz) , 2.24 (6H,s) , 3. 15,3.32 (total
3H, s), 3.73(3H,s), 3.90-4.55(9H,m), 4.85(lH,d,J=13.2Hz),
4.97(lH,d,J=13.2Hz), 6.8D(lH,d,J=8.SHz), 7.96(lH,d,J=8.8Hz),
8.23(lH,s).
to Synthetic Example 66
(+)-Ethyl 2-[[[5-methoxy-2-[[(4-methoxy-3,5-dimethyl-2-
pyridyl)methyl]sulfinyl]-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-3-
yl]carbonyl](methyl)amino]ethyl carbonate
5-Methoxy-2-[[(4-methoxy-3,5-dimethyl-2-
is pyridyl)methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridine
synthesized according to the method described in JP-A-63-
146882 was subjected to preparative HPLC for optical
resolution to give a (+) enantiomeric form (0.10 g) thereof.
To a solution (5 mL) of this form in tetrahydrofuran were
2o added 2-[(chlorocarbonyl)(methyl)amino]ethyl ethyl carbonate
(0.081 g) obtained in Reference Example 34, triethylamine
(0.080 mL) and 4-dimethylaminopyridine (0.007 g) and the
mixture was stirred at 50°C for 18 hrs. After concentration
under reduced pressure, water (30 mL) was added to the
zs residue and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (50
mL). The ethyl acetate layer was washed with saturated brine
(30 mL) and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. After
concentration under reduced pressure, the residue was
purified by basic silica gel column chromatography (eluted
so with ethyl acetate: hexane=2:1) to give a 2:1 mixture (0.115
g) of the title compound and (+) -ethyl 2- [ [ [5-methoxy-2- [ [ (4-
methoxy-3,5-dimethyl-2-pyridyl)methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-
imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-1-yl]carbonyl](methyl)amino]ethyl
carbonate as a colorless oil.
226



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
1H-NMR(CDC13) : 1.20-1.38 (3H,m) , 2.24 (6H,s) ,
3.08,3.15,3.33(total 3H, s), 3.73(3H,s), 3.88-4.55(9H,m),
4.78-5.05(2H,m), 6.80,6.86(lH,d,J=8.8Hz),
7.76,7.96(lH,d,J=8.8Hz), 8.21,8.22(total lH,s).
In the following Comparative Examples 1 and 2,
Examples 1 - 3 and Experimental Examples 1 and 2, optically
active R form of lansoprazole (hereinafter to be referred to
as Compound A) was used as an active ingredient. In
io Comparative Examples and Examples, cornstarch, lactose and
hydroxypropylmethylcellulose used were the Japanese
Pharmacopoeia 14th Edition compatible products.
Comparative Example 1
i5 Compound A (450 mg) and HPMC (trade name: Metolose
65SH-4000, manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.)
(1550 mg) were mixed in a mortar and 200 mg of the obtained
mixture was tableted using a hydraulic pump press
(manufactured by RIKEN SEIKI) to give a tablet (comparative
ao preparation 1) having a diameter of 8 mm.
Comparative Example 2
Compound A (450 mg), HPMC (trade name, Metolose 65SH-
4000, manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) (1085 mg)
and methacrylic acid copolymer L (trade name: Eudragit L100,
25 manufactured by Rohm Pharma) (465 mg) were mixed in a mortar
and 200 mg of the obtained mixture was tableted using a
hydraulic pump press (manufactured by RIKEN SEIKI) to give a
tablet (comparative preparation 2) having a diameter of 8 mm.
Comparative Example 3
so Ethyl 2-[methyl[[(R)-2-[[[3-methyl-4-(2,2,2-
trifluoroethoxy)-2-pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazol-
1-yl]carbonyl]amino]ethyl carbonate obtained in Synthetic
Example 14 (compound 14) (900 mg) and HPMC (trade name:
Metolose 65SH-4000, manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co.,
227



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
Ltd.) (2600 mg) were mixed in a mortar and 350 mg of the
obtained mixture was tableted using a hydraulic pump press
(manufactured by RIKEN SEIKI) to give a tablet (comparative
preparation 3) having a diameter of 9 mm.
Example 1
Compound A (113 mg), lactose (303 mg), cornstarch (50
mg) and low-substituted hydroxypropylcellulose (trade name:
L-HPC, manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) (35 mg)
were mixed in a mortar and 50 mg of the obtained mixture was
Io tableted using a hydraulic pump press (manufactured by RIKEN
SEIKI) to give a tablet having a diameter of 5 mm. Compound
A (450 mg) and HPMC (trade name: Metolose 65SH-4000,
manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) (1550 mg) were
mixed in a mortar and 150 mg of the obtained mixture was used
15 as an outer shell, which was tableted with the obtained
tablet as an inner core using a hydraulic pump press
(manufactured by RIKEN SEIKI) to give a dry coated tablet
(preparation 1) having a diameter of 8 mm.
Example 2
2o Compound A (I13 mg) , lactose (303 mg) , cornstarch (50
mg) and low-substituted hydroxypropylcellulose (trade name:
L-HPC, manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) (35 mg)
were mixed in a mortar and 50 mg of the obtained mixture was
tableted using a hydraulic pump press (manufactured by RIKEN
25 SEIKI) to give a tablet having a diameter of 5 mm. Compound
A (450 mg), HPMC (trade name: Metolose 65SH-4000,
manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) (1085 mg) and
methacrylic acid copolymer L (trade name: Eudragit L100,
manufactured by Rohm Pharma) (465 mg) were mixed in a mortar
so and 150 mg of the obtained mixture was used as an outer
shell, which was tableted with the obtained tablet as an
inner core using a hydraulic pump press (manufactured by
RIKEN SEIKI) to give a dry coated tablet (preparation 2)
having a diameter of 8 mm.
228



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
Example 3
Compound A (225 mg), lactose (125 mg), cornstarch (50
mg) and low-substituted hydroxypropylcellulose (trade name:
L-HPC, manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) (10 mg)
s were mixed in a mortar and 50 mg of the obtained mixture was
tableted using a hydraulic pump press (manufactured by RIKEN
SEIKI) to give a tablet having a diameter of 5 mm. Compound
A (225 mg), HPMC (trade name: TC-5R, manufactured by Shin-
Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) (350 mg) and HPMC (trade name: TC-
l0 5S, manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) (225 mg)
were mixed in a mortar and 150 mg of the obtained mixture was
used as a outer shell, which was tableted with the obtained
tablet as an inner core using a hydraulic pump press
(manufactured by RIKEN SEIKI) to give a dry coated tablet
is having a diameter of 8 mm. Furthermore, Compound A (100 mg),
lactose (300 mg), cornstarch (50 mg) and low-substituted
hydroxypropylcellulose (trade name: L-HPC, manufactured by
Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) (50 mg) were mixed in a mortar
and 100 mg of the obtained mixture was used as an outer
2° shell, which was tableted with the obtained tablet as an
inner core using a hydraulic pump press (manufactured by
RIKEN SEIKI) to give a dry coated tablet (preparation 3)
having a diameter of 10 mm.
Example 4
2s 2- [Methyl [ [ (R) -2- [ [ [3-methyl-4- (2, 2, 2-trifluoroethoxy) -
2-pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazol-1-
yl]carbonyl]amino]ethyl acetate obtained in Synthetic Example
1 (compound 1) (113 mg), lactose (303 mg), cornstarch (50 mg)
and low-substituted hydroxypropylcellulose (trade name: L-
so HPC, manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) (35 mg)
were mixed in a mortar and 50 mg of the obtained mixture was
tableted using a hydraulic pump press (manufactured by RIKEN
SEIKI) to give a tablet having a diameter of 5 mm. Compound
1 (450 mg) and HPMC (trade name: Metolose 65SH-4000,
229



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) (1550 mg) were
mixed in a mortar and 150 mg of the obtained mixture was used
as an outer shell, which was tableted with the obtained
tablet as an inner core using a hydraulic pump press
s (manufactured by RIKEN SEIKI) to give a dry coated tablet
(preparation 4) having a diameter of 8 mm.
Example 5
2-[Methyl[[(R)-2-[[[3-methyl-4-(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)-
2-pyridyl]methyl)sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazol-1-
yl]carbonyl)amino]ethyl 2-pyridinecarboxylate obtained in
Synthetic Example 12 (compound 12) (113 mg), lactose (303
mg), cornstarch (50 mg) and low-substituted
hydroxypropylcellulose (trade name: L-HPC, manufactured by
Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) (35 mg) were mixed in a mortar
is and 50 mg of the obtained mixture was tableted using a
hydraulic pump press (manufactured by RIKEN SEIKI) to give a
tablet having a diameter of 5 mm. Compound 12 (450 mg) and
HPMC (trade name: Metolose 65SH-4000, manufactured by Shin-
Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) (1550 mg) were mixed in a mortar and
150 mg of the obtained mixture was used as an outer shell,
which was tableted with the obtained tablet as an inner core
using a hydraulic pump press (manufactured by RIKEN SEIKI) to
give a dry coated tablet (preparation 5) having a diameter of
8 mm.
zs Example 6
Compound 14 (113 mg), lactose (303 mg), cornstarch (50
mg) and low-substituted hydroxypropylcellulose (trade name:
L-HPC, manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) (35 mg)
were mixed in a mortar and 50 mg of the obtained mixture was
30 tableted using.a hydraulic pump press (manufactured by RIKEN
SEIKI) to give a tablet having a diameter of 5 mm. Compound
14 (450 mg) and HPMC (trade name: Metolose 65SH-4000,
manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) (1550 mg) were
mixed in a mortar and 150 mg of the obtained mixture was used
230



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
as an outer shell, which was tableted with the obtained
tablet as an inner core using a hydraulic pump press
(manufactured by RIKEN SEIKI) to give a dry coated tablet
(preparation 6) having a diameter of 8 mm.
s Example 7
2-[Methyl[[(R)-2-[[[3-methyl-4-(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)-
2-pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazol-1-
yl]carbonyl]amino]ethyl tetrahydropyran-4-yl carbonate
obtained in Synthetic Example 18 (compound 18) (113 mg),
to lactose (303 mg), cornstarch (50 mg) and low-substituted
hydroxypropylcellulose (trade name: L-HPC, manufactured by
Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) (35 mg) were mixed in a mortar
and 50 mg of the obtained mixture was tableted using a
hydraulic pump press (manufactured by RIKEN SEIKI) to give a
is tablet having a diameter of 5 mm. Compound 18 (450 mg) and
HPMC (trade name: Metolose 65SH-4000, manufactured by Shin-
Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) (1550 mg) were mixed in a mortar and
150 mg of the obtained mixture was used as an outer shell,
which was tableted with the obtained tablet as an inner core
2o using a hydraulic pump press (manufactured by RIKEN SEIKI) to
give a dry coated tablet (preparation 7) having a diameter of
8 mm.
Example 8
2- [Cyclohexyl [ [ (R) -2- [ [ [ 3-methyl-4- (2 , 2 , 2-
2s trifluoroethoxy)-2-pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazol-
1-yl]carbonyl]amino]ethyl acetate obtained in Synthetic
Example 23 (compound 23) (113 mg) , lactose (303 mg) ,
cornstarch (50 mg) and low-substituted hydroxypropylcellulose
(trade name: L-HPC, manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co.,
3° Ltd.) (35 mg) were mixed in a mortar and 50 mg of the
obtained mixture was tableted using a hydraulic pump press
(manufactured by RIKEN SEIKI) to give a tablet having a
diameter of 5 mm. Compound 23 (450 mg) and HPMC (trade name:
Metolose 65SH-4000, manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co.,
231



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
Ltd.) (1550 mg) were mixed in a mortar and 150 mg of the
obtained mixture was used as an outer shell, which was
tableted with the obtained tablet as an inner core using a
hydraulic pump press (manufactured by RIKEN SEIKI) to give a
dry coated tablet (preparation 8) having a diameter of 8 mm.
Example 9
2-[[[(R)-2-[[[3-Methyl-4-(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)-2-
pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazol-1-
yl]carbonyl](phenyl)amino]ethyl acetate obtained in Synthetic
1o Example 25 (compound 25) (113 mg) , lactose (303 mg) ,
cornstarch (50 mg) and low-substituted hydroxypropylcellulose
(trade name: L-HPC, manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co.,
Ltd.) (35 mg) were mixed in a mortar and 50 mg of the
obtained mixture was tableted using a hydraulic pump press
is (manufactured by RIKEN SEIKI) to give a tablet having a
diameter of 5 mm. Compound 25 (450 mg) and HPMC (trade name:
Metolose 65SH-4000, manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co.,
Ltd.) (1550 mg) were mixed in a mortar and 150 mg of the
obtained mixture was used as an outer shell, which was
z° tableted with the obtained tablet as an inner core using a
hydraulic pump press (manufactured by RIKEN SEIKI) to give a
dry coated tablet (preparation 9) having a diameter of 8 mm.
Exaatple 10
2- [ [ 2- (Acetyloxy) ethyl ] [ [ (R) -2- [ [ [ 3-methyl-4- ( 2 , 2 , 2-
25 trifluoroethoxy)-2-pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazol-
1-yl]carbonyl]amino]ethyl acetate obtained in Synthetic
Example 29 (compound 29) (113 mg), lactose (303 mg),
cornstarch (50 mg) and low-substituted hydroxypropylcellulose
(trade name: L-HPC, manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co.,
3o Ltd.) (35 mg) were mixed in a mortar and 50 mg of the
obtained mixture was tableted using a hydraulic pump press
(manufactured by RIKEN SEIKI) to give a tablet having a
diameter of 5 mm. Compound 29 (450 mg) and HPMC (trade name:
Metolose ~5SH-4000, manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co.,
232



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
Ltd.) (1550 mg) were mixed in a mortar and 150 mg of the
obtained mixture was used as an outer shell, which was
tableted with the obtained tablet as an inner core using a
hydraulic pump press (manufactured by RIKEN SEIKI) to give a
dry coated tablet (preparation 10) having a diameter of 8 mm.
Example 11
Ethyl 4-[methyl[[(R)-2-[[[3-methyl-4-(2,2,2-
trifluoroethoxy)-2-pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazol-
1-yl]carbonyl]amino]butyl carbonate obtained in Synthetic
to Example 41 (compound 41) (113 mg), lactose (303 mg),
cornstarch (50 mg) and low-substituted hydroxypropylcellulose
(trade name: L-HPC, manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co.,
Ltd.) (35 mg) were mixed in a mortar and 50 mg of the
obtained mixture was tableted using a hydraulic pump press
.ts (manufactured by RIKEN SEIKI) to give a tablet having a
diameter of 5 mm. Compound 41 (450 mg) and HPMC (trade name:
Metolose 65SH-4000, manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co.,
Ltd.) (1550 mg) were mixed in a mortar and 150 mg of the
obtained mixture was used as an outer shell, which was
2o tableted with the obtained tablet as an inner core using a
hydraulic pump press (manufactured by RIKEN SEIKI) to give a
dry coated tablet (preparation 11) having a diameter of 8 mm.
Example 12
2-Ethoxyethyl 2-[methyl[[(R)-2 -[[[3-methyl-4-(2,2,2-
2s trifluoroethoxy)-2-pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazol-
1-yl]carbonyl]amino]ethyl carbonate obtained in Synthetic
Example 49 (compound 49) (113 mg), lactose (303 mg),
cornstarch (50 mg) and low-substituted hydroxypropylcellulose
(trade name: L-HPC, manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co.,
3o Ltd.) (35 mg) were mixed in a mortar and 50 mg of the
obtained mixture was tableted using a hydraulic pump press
(manufactured by RIKEN SEIKI) to give a tablet having a
diameter of 5 mm. Compound 49 (450 mg), HPMC (trade name:
Metolose &5SH-4000, manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co.,
233



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
Ltd.) (1550 mg) were mixed in a mortar and 150 mg of the
obtained mixture was used as an outer shell, which was
tableted with the obtained tablet as an inner core using a
hydraulic pump press (manufactured by RIKEN SEIKI) to give a
s dry coated tablet (preparation 12) having a diameter of 8 mm.
Exa,mpl a 13
2-[Methyl[[(R)-2-[[[3-methyl-4-(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)-
2-pyridyl]methyl]sulfinyl]-1H-benzimidazol-1-
yl]carbonyl]amino]ethyl N,N-dimethylglycinate obtained in
to Synthetic Example 51 (compound 51) (113 mg), lactose (303
mg), cornstarch (50 mg) and low-substituted
hydroxypropylcellulose (trade name: L-HPC, manufactured by
Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) (35 mg) were mixed in a mortar
and 50 mg of the obtained mixture was tableted using a
is hydraulic pump press (manufactured by RIKEN SEIKI) to give a
tablet having a diameter of 5 mm. Compound 51 (450 mg) and
HPMC (trade name: Metolose 65SH-4000, manufactured by Shin-
Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) (1550 mg) were mixed in a mortar and
150 mg of the obtained mixture was used as an outer shell,
2o which was tableted with the obtained tablet as an inner core
using a hydraulic pump press (manufactured by RIKEN SEIKI) to
give a dry coated tablet (preparation 13) having a diameter
of 8 mm.
Example 14
2s Compound 14 (400 mg) , lactose (160 mg) , cornstarch (80
mg) and low-substituted hydroxypropylcellulose (trade name:
L-HPC, manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) (160 mg)
were mixed in a mortar and 8D mg of the obtained mixture was
tableted using a hydraulic pump press (manufactured by RIKEN
so SEIKI) to give a tablet having a diameter of 6mm. Compound
14 (400 mg), HPMC (trade name: TC-5R, manufactured by Shin-
Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) (700 mg), HPMC (trade name: Metolose
65SH-4000, manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) (700
mg) and granulated sugar (400 mg) were mixed in a mortar and
234



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
220 mg of the obtained mixture was used as an outer shell,
which was tableted with the obtained tablet as an inner core
using a hydraulic pump press (manufactured by RIKEN SEIKI) to
give a dry coated tablet having a diameter of 9 mm.
s Furthermore, compound 14 (100 mg), lactose (250 mg),
cornstarch (50 mg) and low-substituted hydroxypropylcellulose
(trade name: L-HPC, manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co.,
Ltd.) (100 mg) were mixed in a mortar and 50 mg of the
obtained mixture was used as an outer shell, which was
io tableted with the obtained tablet as am inner core using a
hydraulic pump press (manufactured by RIKEN SEIKI) to give a
dry coated tablet (preparation 14) having a diameter of 10
mm.
Example 15
is In the same manner as in Example 14, a diameter of 9 mm
dry coated tablet comprising 40 mg of compound 14 in an inner
core having a diameter of 6 mm, and 40 mg of compound 14 in
an outer shell was obtained. The obtained dry coated tablet
was coated with a compound 14-containing suspension having
2o the following composition using a HI-COATER HC-LABO
(manufactured by Freund Corporation) to give a preparation 15
coated with an outermost layer containing 10 mg of compound
14 per one dry coated tablet.
Composition of coating solution:
Zs hydroxypropylcellulose
(trade name: HPC-SL,
manufactured by Nippon Soda Co., Ltd.): 2.5 g
low-substituted hydroxypropylcellulose
(trade name: L-HPC, manufactured by
so Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.): 2.5 g
compound 14: 10 g
purified water: 105 g
Experimental Example 1
35 The drug dissolution property of the controlled
235



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
release composition of the present invention, which contains
release-controlled parts A and B, was evaluated by a
dissolution test.
To be specific, preparations 1 and 2 obtained in
Examples 1 and 2 were subjected to a dissolution test (Paddle
Method, 0.1% sodium dodecylsulfate-containing phosphate
buffer (pH 6.8, 500 mL, 100 rpm, using a sinker). As a
control group, comparative preparations 1 and 2 obtained in
Comparative Examples 1 and 2 were subjected to a similar
1° dissolution test. The results are shown in Fig. 1.
From the comparison with comparative preparations, the
controlled release composition of the present invention has
been shown to have multistep releaseability. It has been
also clarified that the releaseability of the active
Is ingredient from the release-controlled part B can be
controlled by changing the kind (composition) of the polymer
contained in the release-controlled part B in the composition
of the present invention.
Experimental Example 2
2° The drug dissolution property of the controlled
release composition of the present invention, which contains
release-controlled parts A, B and C, was evaluated by a
dissolution test.
To be specific, preparation 3 obtained in Example 3
2s was subjected to a dissolution test (Paddle Method, 0.1%
sodium dodecylsulfate-containing phosphate buffer (pH 6.8,
500 mL, 100 rpm, using a sinker). The results are shown in
Fig. 2.
From the comparison with comparative preparations (see
so Fig. 1), the controlled release composition of the present
invention has been shown to have multistep releaseability.
It has been also clarified that the releaseability of the
active ingredient from each release-controlled part can be
controlled by changing the kind of the carrier contained in
zss



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
each release-controlled part and the ratio of the active
ingredient in each release-controlled part, in the
composition of the present invention.
Experimental Example 3
The preparation of the present invention was evaluated
by dissolution property.
To be specific, preparation 14 obtained in Example 14
was subjected to a dissolution test (Paddle Method, 0.1~
sodium dodecylsulfate-containing phosphate buffer (pH 6.8,
500 mL, 100 rpm, using a sinker). As a control example,
comparative preparation 3 obtained in Comparative Example 3
was subjected to a similar dissolution test. From the
results shown in Fig. 3, the controlled release composition
of the present invention has been shown to have multistep
releaseability of rapid release in the first stage, sustained
release in the middle stage and more rapid release than in
the middle stage in the last stage.
Experimental Example 4
The preparation of the present invention was evaluated
2o by the absorbability.
To be specific, one tablet of preparation I4 obtained
in Example 14 was orally administered to beagle dogs under
fasting and changes in the drug blood concentration were
evaluated. As a control example, similar evaluation was
performed using comparative preparation 3 obtained in
Comparative Example 3. From the results shown in Fig. 4, in
comparative preparation 3 showing constant sustained release,
the blood concentration decreased after 4 hr from
administration, which has indicated Lower absorption in the
so lower small intestine - large intestine, Tn contrast, the
preparation 14 of the present invention maintained high blood
concentration even after 4 hr from administration, which has
clarified that a constant effective blood concentration is
maintained for a long time.
237



CA 02519208 2005-09-15
Industrial Applicability
The controlled release composition of the present
invention shows a drug release profile characterized by a
sustained drug release in the first and middle stages or
middle stage, and a more rapid drug release in the last
stage, and therefore, when used as a preparation for oral
administration, it can maintain an effective blood
concentration for an extended period of time even for a drug
io that shows lower absorbability due to the lower drug
dissolution property in the lower small intestine - near the
large intestine when used as a conventional sustained-release
preparation.
238

Representative Drawing
A single figure which represents the drawing illustrating the invention.
Administrative Status

For a clearer understanding of the status of the application/patent presented on this page, the site Disclaimer , as well as the definitions for Patent , Administrative Status , Maintenance Fee  and Payment History  should be consulted.

Administrative Status

Title Date
Forecasted Issue Date Unavailable
(86) PCT Filing Date 2004-03-16
(87) PCT Publication Date 2004-09-30
(85) National Entry 2005-09-15
Dead Application 2010-03-16

Abandonment History

Abandonment Date Reason Reinstatement Date
2009-03-16 FAILURE TO PAY APPLICATION MAINTENANCE FEE
2009-03-16 FAILURE TO REQUEST EXAMINATION

Payment History

Fee Type Anniversary Year Due Date Amount Paid Paid Date
Registration of a document - section 124 $100.00 2005-09-15
Application Fee $400.00 2005-09-15
Maintenance Fee - Application - New Act 2 2006-03-16 $100.00 2006-02-13
Maintenance Fee - Application - New Act 3 2007-03-16 $100.00 2007-02-07
Maintenance Fee - Application - New Act 4 2008-03-17 $100.00 2008-02-06
Owners on Record

Note: Records showing the ownership history in alphabetical order.

Current Owners on Record
TAKEDA PHARMACEUTICAL COMPANY LIMITED
Past Owners on Record
AKIYAMA, YOHKO
MIYAMOTO, KEIKO
NAGAHARA, NAOKI
Past Owners that do not appear in the "Owners on Record" listing will appear in other documentation within the application.
Documents

To view selected files, please enter reCAPTCHA code :



To view images, click a link in the Document Description column. To download the documents, select one or more checkboxes in the first column and then click the "Download Selected in PDF format (Zip Archive)" or the "Download Selected as Single PDF" button.

List of published and non-published patent-specific documents on the CPD .

If you have any difficulty accessing content, you can call the Client Service Centre at 1-866-997-1936 or send them an e-mail at CIPO Client Service Centre.


Document
Description 
Date
(yyyy-mm-dd) 
Number of pages   Size of Image (KB) 
Drawings 2005-09-15 2 18
Claims 2005-09-15 4 117
Abstract 2005-09-15 1 28
Description 2005-09-15 238 10,955
Representative Drawing 2005-11-10 1 5
Cover Page 2005-11-14 1 46
PCT 2005-09-15 7 304
Assignment 2005-09-15 3 125
PCT 2007-07-17 5 172